Cambridge University Press www.cambridge.org/elt Cambridge Assessment English www.cambridgeenglish.org Information on this title: www.cambridge.org/9781108891462 © Cambridge University Press and Cambridge Assessment 2020
m Ca
This publication is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception and to the provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements, no reproduction of any part may take place without the written permission of Cambridge University Press. First published 2020 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
br
Printed in Poland by Opolgraf A catalogue record for this publication is available from the British Library
id
ISBN 978-1-108-89146-2 Student’s Book without answers
ge
The publishers have no responsibility for the persistence or accuracy of URLs for external or third-party internet websites referred to in this publication, and do not guarantee that any content on such websites is, or will remain, accurate or appropriate. Information regarding prices, travel timetables, and other factual information given in this work is correct at the time of first printing but the publishers do not guarantee the accuracy of such information thereafter.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
t
en
m
CONTENTS 4
How to use this book
6
Starter Take it from me
8
Unit 1
14
m Ca
Map of the book
Good company
br
Unit 2
On the move
28
Unit 3
id
40
Rolling in money
42
Unit 4
The natural world
54
Unit 5
Surfing, scrolling and swiping
66
ge
Progress check 1
78
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Progress check 2
Structures and landmarks
80
Unit 7
Broadening horizons
92
Unit 8
On demand
104
Co
Unit 6
Progress check 3 Unit 9
118
Cultural contribution
120
Unit 10 Living life to the fullest
132
Unit 11 A steady job
144
Progress check 4
156
Unit 12 Mind over matter
158
Unit 13 Lifestyle choices
172
Unit 14 Looking after yourself
184
Progress check 5
196
Grammar reference Multi-word verb bank Exam information
t
Speaking and Writing bank
229
en
Answer Key and Audioscripts
226
m
Material available online:
198
UNIT TITLE
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
LISTENING
WRITING
Starter
Language learning
Future prospects
‘Advanced’ English
1
Part 5 Dunbar’s number The reality of twins Part 3 Friends or contacts? Family sizes
Distractors in listening tasks
Part 1 An essay
Part 2 The Electric Egg The Kittiwake
Part 3 Travel bloggers Holiday pleasures
Proofreading
Part 8 Young entrepreneurs Digital finance apps
Part 4 Currency Financial events and services
Part 2 A report
Part 7 Sustainable fashion The Great Pacific Garbage Patch
Part 2 Planet 9 Wildlife repopulation
Part 2 An email
Take it from me p.8 Good company p.14
m Ca 2
On the move p.28
br
Progress check 1 p.40 Rolling in money p.42
4
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
5
U
The natural world p.54
ge
id
3
Part 6 The work of Zaha Hadid Skyscrapers
American and British English
Part 2 A proposal
7
Part 1 Overly ambitious? Grammar schools
Guessing meaning from context
Part 2 A review
8
Part 5 Online shaming The death of cinema
Part 3 Interactive television Citizen journalism
Signposting
9
Part 6 Modernisation of museums Geek culture
The culture of Japan
Part 1 An essay
10
Part 2 The rice and the chessboard Explaining the urge to climb Everest Part 3 Grassroots football Badminton sisters
Part 1 Boris Becker Sports in schools
Part 2 A review
11
Part 8 Recruitment fairs Work-life balance
Signposting in presentations
Part 2 A report
12
Part 7 The Wisdom of Crowds The lost wallet experiment
Part 2 The Intelligence Trap A psychology experiment
Part 2 A letter/email
13
Lifestyle choices p.172
Part 1 Road-schooling Hotel living
Part 4 Alternative lifestyles Positive changes
Part 1 An essay
14
Part 4
Inferring attitude
Part 2 A proposal
6
Structures and landmarks p.80
Broadening horizons p.92 On demand p.104 Progress check 3 p.118 Cultural contribution p.120 Living life to the fullest p.132
Progress check 4 p.156
Looking after yourself p.184 Progress check 5 p.196
4
t
Mind over matter p.158
en
A steady job p.144
m
Considering both sides of an argument
Progress check 2 p.78
Part 4
Co
Part 1 Viral posts Bitcoin
Surfing, scrolling and swiping p.66
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY
Making conversation
Past and perfect tenses review Future tenses
Easily confused words
Part 1 Talking about yourself
Question forms Verb patterns (1) – Gerunds and infinitives
Personality Negative prefixes C2 Relationship idioms
Being courteous
Determiners and quantifiers Adverb modifiers
Travel Prepositional phrases (1) C2 Prepositional phrases
Driving in the UK
Conditionals (1) Verb patterns (2) – Objects, reflexives and reciprocals
Money Verb collocations C2 Money idioms
Personal finances
Out of this world?
m Ca
SPEAKING
Part 2 Describing a pair of photos
br
ge
id
Asking for and giving clarification
REAL WORLD
Future continuous, perfect, perfect continuous and be + to + infinitive Verb patterns (3) – Multi-word verbs C2 Future tenses for speculating about the present and past
Space Noun collocations
Parts 3 and 4 Collaborative task and discussion
Relative clauses Modals (1)
Multi-word verbs (1) Language for expressing change C2 Phrases with dare
Dealing with technology
Part 1 Strategies for answering questions
The passive Modals (2) – Modals in the past
Buildings Phrases with get, have, make and do C2 Building-related phrases and collocations
Renting a place to live
Part 2 Structuring your talk
Articles Countable and uncountable nouns
Adverb + adjective collocations Wordbuilding C2 Expressions with bring and take
Education in the UK and the USA
Parts 3 and 4 Interactive communication
Reported speech and reporting verbs Conditionals (2) – Advanced conditionals and wish/if only
TV Verbs of communication C2 Reporting verbs
Working in the media
Part 1 Pronunciation
Comparison Reason, purpose and result C2 Comparative forms
Culture and festivals Prepositional phrases (2)
Visiting Glastonbury
Starting a presentation
Substitution and ellipsis Contrast and concession
Verb prefixes and suffixes Words with similar meanings C2 Sports idioms
Understanding the rules of games
Parts 3 and 4 Justifying opinions
Emphasis (1) Emphasis (2)
Work and careers Multi-word verbs (2) C2 Expressions with line
Applying for a job
Exemplification
Participle and to + infinitive clauses Nominalisation
Verbs related to mental processes Mood and feelings C2 Think and thought idioms
Dealing with stress
Pausing or chunking in natural speech
Pronouns (1) – it and there clauses Pronouns (2)
Safety and risk Adjective + noun collocations C2 Expressions with time
Staying safe whilst travelling
Part 2 Speculating
Review (1) Review (2)
Word families relating to health Health C2 Health idioms
Discussing food preparation
Co
MAP OF THE BOOK
t
en
m
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Buying time and keeping the conversation going
5
K O O B S I H T E S U O T HOW WELCOME TO OPEN WORLD
m Ca
THE COURSE THAT TAKES YOU FURTHER Learn about the features in your new Student’s Book
ge
id
br Large images at the start of each unit introduce the topic and get you talking.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U DID YOU KNOW?
Co
Find useful tips about the English language.
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Scan the QR codes to watch grammar animations in your free time to learn about each grammar point.
m
PUSH YOURSELF
‘Training’ exam tasks provide guidance and tips on each part of the exam.
6
t
en
Learn and practise more challenging language and skills that take you to the next level.
EXAM FOCUS
EXAM CHECK
Read exam tips and facts and do three complete practice exam tasks.
Check what you remember about the exam.
m Ca ge
id
br Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U REAL WORLD
Go outside the classroom and into the real world.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE AND HEAR Learn and practise phrases you might use and hear when you are using English in the real world.
Scan the QR codes to watch videos of different locations around the world on your mobile phone or tablet.
LIFE COMPETENCIES
Develop important skills, knowledge and attitudes that you can use in your daily life.
t
en
m Find extra grammar practice, a multi-word verb bank and exam information at the back of your book.
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
7
m Ca ge
id
br ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
SPEAKING
Co
MAKING CONVERSATION
PHRASES
1 Work with a partner and interview each other using
the questions below. Make notes about your partner’s answers. • • • • • •
How long have you been learning English? What aspects of learning English do you find the most difficult/the easiest? Have you ever been in a real world situation in which your English proved to be really useful? Tell me about a holiday you had that was memorable for some reason. Tell me about the last film you watched in English. Did you watch it with or without subtitles? Tell me about any hobbies or interests that you have.
2 Share what you learnt with the class.
3 Look at the advice in the tip box for maintaining
• Strategy 1: Expressing your emotional response to what the other speaker is saying (surprise, relief, fear, etc.) • Strategy 2: Expressing comprehension of/agreement with the speaker’s situation/point • Strategy 3: Asking for more detail or a follow-up question
8
4
Really?
C
Why was that?
D
That’s true.
E
No way!
F
That sounds amazing.
G
Me too/neither.
H
You’re so lucky!
I
I know what you mean.
J
What a nightmare!
K
Like what?
L
That must have been lovely!
3
1
002 Listen to three conversations based on questions from Exercise 1. Complete the third column of the table by noting the order in which you hear each phrase.
5 Work with a new partner. Ask each other one of the
questions from Exercise 1 and use the ideas in Exercise 3 or your own ideas to keep the conversation going.
t
A successful conversation is not just about how well you speak, but also how well you listen and support the other speaker. Show the other person that you are actively listening both with your body language (eye contact, nodding in agreement, etc.) and by saying things that show you are engaging with what they are saying. Here are three common active listening strategies:
B
en
ACTIVE LISTENING
You’re having me on!
ORDER IN LISTENING
m
successful conversations. Then match the conversation strategies (1–3) with the active listening phrases (A–L). Can you think of any more examples for each of the three strategies?
A
WHICH STRATEGY (1–3)
Home
GRAMMAR PAST AND PERFECT TENSES REVIEW GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Past and perfect tenses review: Page 198
1 Answer the questions. What is an anecdote? What makes a good anecdote? Match the pictures with the anecdotes in the text.
B
ge
id
A
Co D
2 Choose the correct tense options to complete the
forum posts.
3 Complete the grammar summaries with the names
of the tenses.
present perfect simple past perfect continuous past continuous past perfect simple 1
often provides background The information about the activities in progress when the events of the story begin, or expresses an action that was in progress in the past when another shorter past action interrupts it. Use the to indicate that a completed past event occurs before another past event. You can use the to ask questions about past experiences that may have happened at some point in a person’s life, to describe an action or state that started in the past and continues until now, or to talk about recent past events that have a present result. The is less common in English and is used to talk about an extended activity that occurred and finished before another past event or situation happened.
4 Write notes about the key events of a funny anecdote
of your own. Then work in groups and take turns to read your anecdotes out.
@angelinaballerina
In a department store last week, I (6) bumped/was bumping into someone and knocked them to the floor. I was mortified and started apologising profusely. It was only then that I realised I (7) have been talking/was talking to a mannequin! And a headless one at that! I felt so ridiculous and went bright red, especially because a smiling sales assistant then asked me if I thought we should call an ambulance. Am I the only person who (8) has done/has been doing this or does it happen all the time? @derekthebeast95
Last year, I (9) was visiting/had been visiting the US for the first time. One day, I decided to go to a drive-through restaurant for lunch. I drove up to the machine, wound down the window and placed my order. Or so I thought. After a while I (10) heard/was hearing a voice saying ‘Can you drive up to the speaker? You’re talking to the trash can!’ I felt like such an idiot. The thing is, I (11) ’ve never been/’d never been to a drive-through restaurant before that, you see! I only went to this one because it felt like a typical American thing to do. @geographyteachernigel
A few months ago, I called in sick for work. The previous night I (12) felt/had felt really ill. I (13) was vomiting/had been vomiting all night and obviously I (14) didn’t sleep/hadn’t slept a wink. However, after a few hours’ sleep I felt much better, so I decided to head down to the beach for a walk. I (15) was/had been there about half an hour when I noticed someone (16) has been waving/was waving at me. I waved back, but it wasn’t until they came closer that I realised it was one of the receptionists who works part-time in my school. In fact, it was her that I (17) had been speaking/ had spoken to when I called in sick that morning. I quickly tried to justify why I was there and not in my bed, and to be fair, she was fairly understanding. But I felt terrible about what she might think of me. And I (18) haven’t been having/ haven’t had a day off since!
t
4
Everyone (1) was listening/had been listening to the teacher when suddenly a phone (2) started/had started ringing. When it stopped, I made a joke that all mobiles that ring in class should be confiscated by the teacher and then I looked around the room to see whose it was. It was only then that I noticed that the whole class (3) had been looking/was looking at me. Then the penny dropped. It was my phone that (4) has been/had been ringing. I (5) didn’t turn/hadn’t turned it off before coming into class!
en
3
@princesspeach
m
2
We all have those moments in life when we mess up. And we’re pretty sure you’ve had some too, moments that you wish you could erase from your memory. Tell us about yours.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
C
Topic of the day – EMBARRASSMENT
REPLY
br
1 2 3
Latest posts About Search
STARTER TAKE IT FROM ME
9
VOCABULARY EASILY CONFUSED WORDS 1 Choose the correct word from each pair to complete the
sentences.
m Ca
whose/who’s going to English class today? Can you let the teacher 1 know that I might be a little late? 2 He is one of the few professors opinion actually matters to me. recipe/receipt for that curry you prepared for us 3 You must give me the last week – it was delicious! 4 Shops generally will refuse to give you a refund for something you bought if you can’t provide the original . all together/altogether rather than 5 I think it’s better if we go to see the teacher separately – she’s more likely to listen if we explain it to her collectively. 6 I can produce good English when I am not in a pressure situation. However, doing so in an exam is a different matter . among/between 7 I’m an actor, but I’m not working at the moment. Let’s just say I’m jobs! good friends when they finish your 8 You know you’re sentences for you! complement/compliment you on your accent. Where did you learn such 9 I must good English? 10 I think her blue jeans and black leather jacket each other perfectly. It’s a classic look! principle/principal with your suggestion, but I am not sure it will 11 I agree in actually work in reality. 12 One of the reasons I am learning English is to improve my job prospects.
ge
id
br
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
LANGUAGE LEARNING
1 Work with a partner and discuss the
statements below about language learning. Do you agree or disagree with them? Give reasons or examples from your own experience.
1 2 3
003 Listen to four people talking about how they remember
2
problem vocabulary. Which speaker(s) (A–D) mention(s) the following points?
4
1 2
5
1 2 3
Are there any words in English that you have problems with or mix up? How useful do you find it to translate English into your language? Do you have any techniques for recording and learning new vocabulary?
post. What do you expect Aureliano’s five tips to be? 3 Now read the text to see if you were right
about Aureliano’s advice. 4 Complete the blog post by putting the
headings in the correct places (1–5). Storage Use Association Selection Review
t
3 Work in groups and discuss the questions.
2 Quickly read the introduction to the blog
en
4 5
remembers some good advice from their school days says that words can look similar in different languages but mean very different things says that translating from their language into English can cause errors invents reasons for words to be spelled in certain ways records their vocabulary in a way that helps them eliminate the error they talk about
Children are better at learning languages than adults. You can’t learn a language well unless you learn the grammar. Soon we won’t need English classes or English teachers. We will just learn through apps. To learn a language successfully, you have to be prepared to make mistakes and even to make a fool of yourself from time to time. You learn a language much quicker if you can spend time in or live in a country where it is spoken.
m
3
10
READING
languagetoday.com
BECOMING AN EXPERT LANGUAGE LEARNER Aureliano Verdi, 22, has spent much of his life studying languages for fun. He’s fluent in 16 of them, including Farsi, Arabic, Lithuanian and Korean, and here he describes the five principles he uses in order to master new vocabulary quickly and effectively in any language. Young children are often said to be the real experts when it comes to language learning. Up until the age of about seven, they are able to pick up the language they are exposed to, without the need for a teacher to explain the difference between the tenses, or between subject and object pronouns. Somehow, they just manage to get it, and they do so unconsciously, in other words without making any real effort. So perhaps it’s unsurprising that so many courses, apps and language teaching materials claim to get you learning a foreign language as an adult in the same way you acquired your first language as a child. But is that feasible? Or even desirable?
m Ca
3
ge
id
br
In the 1880s, German psychologist Hermann Ebbinghaus established that when we learn something, we initially retain it quite well. But over time, that memory deteriorates; Ebbinghaus termed this phenomenon the forgetting curve. But he also discovered that this tendency to forget can be combatted. If you revisit newly learnt information at time intervals, it becomes less and less easy to forget. What this means for vocabulary learners is that each day, you should take another look at the words you learnt yesterday, the day before, and the day before that. That way, they should make it into your long-term memory.
U
Adult learners should not be underestimated. It might take a child seven years to become reasonably proficient (albeit with a restricted vocabulary), whereas an adult can reach an advanced communicative ability in one year. That might sound like a bold claim, but I am living proof, having attained intermediate to advanced level in 16 of them – and most of those were as an adult. For me, the key to learning so many languages has been the ability to combine the unconscious methods we used as children with the conscious methods used by adults. We can achieve the best of both worlds by following my five principles, in order to become expert vocabulary learners, whatever the language.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4
Co
The ancient Romans had a saying: ‘Verba volant sed script manent’ – ‘Spoken words fly away, but written words stay’. What they were trying to tell us is that you need to have a way of permanently recording words in order to retain them in memory. For some people, the physical act of writing something down aids their ability to remember it. Just scribbling it on the back of an envelope isn’t enough – it’s got to be in a place where you’ll be able to access it later, maybe on your phone or in a notebook.
1
A language such as English has something in the region of one million words. But who knows that many? Or, more to the point, who wants to know that many? The ability to filter out what you don’t need is a key skill for any language learner. If you don’t do this, and you try to look up every single word in a text, well, that’s like reading an entire newspaper just to get to the sports page! Don’t make this mistake. Opt instead for the most useful words in a language. Focus on what’s going to be of use for you. So, if you’re a doctor, you might need to know that another word for ‘skull’ is ‘cranium’. But if you’re not, odds are that you can get by without knowing this word, so go for a more useful one instead! 2
5
Of course, having the words in your head so that you can think about them isn’t enough – you need to say them. But just saying them to yourself isn’t enough either, according to Boucher and Lafleur, two researchers at the University of Montreal. To effectively memorise new words, you’ve got to repeat them out loud to another person. When you’ve read a text and found some words to learn, try to summarise for a friend what you’ve read, making sure to incorporate the new words into your conversation. If you’re a learner of English yourself, why not try it with this text?
Identifying words to learn is key, but if you try to absorb these words out of context, you’ll have a hard time fitting them all in. So what I advise is that you connect new information in your head to existing information. Let’s say you already know the adjective confidential (meaning secret), and then one day you learn the multi-word verb keep something to yourself (meaning not share information): you could link these two items of vocabulary in your mind. You can think of keeping something to yourself as being what you would do with confidential information. Or the other way round: confidential information is something you would keep to yourself. The words fit together into a context like pieces of a puzzle.
6 Decide what point Aureliano was making about
t
learn completely (introduction) realistic (introduction) achieved (introduction) select (paragraph 1) gets worse (paragraph 3) continue to keep (paragraph 4) writing quickly and without care (paragraph 4) make one thing become part of something else (paragraph 5)
en
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
m
5 Find words in the text which mean:
So, there you have it: the five principles which I have followed to learn several languages to a pretty decent level. But hey – there’s nothing special about me. You can do it too!
effective language learning when he mentioned the following: 1 2 3 4 5 6
children aged up to seven his own success as a language learner the sports page of a newspaper the forgetting curve an envelope Boucher and Lafleur’s research
STARTER TAKE IT FROM ME
11
LISTENING FUTURE PROSPECTS 1
004 Listen to three students describing how they think English will help them in the future. What do they give as the main reason for learning English?
m Ca A B C
English will help me to travel abroad. English will improve my job prospects. English will enable me to reach a wider audience.
br
2 Match the verbs and objects from the conquer launch run out of enhance my push
ge
A B C D E
cash myself the world a new blog employability
3 Work in groups and answer the questions.
2
In terms of how you expect English to help you in the future, which speaker(s) are you most similar to? What other motivations do you have for learning English?
Co
1
GRAMMAR FUTURE TENSES
2 Correct the mistake in each of the sentences.
There may be more than one possible answer.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3 4 5
id
recordings to make phrases.
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
1 2 3
4 5
6
1 Match the extracts from the listening (1–7) with the
descriptions (A–E). There may be more than one answer. 1 2 3
D E
expressing a future intention, desire or promise making a prediction about the future using the present simple to describe a scheduled event at a known time in the future using the present simple to describe the conditions for a possible future outcome using the present continuous to talk about a fixed plan or arrangement
1 2
3
4
5
6
What are you doing/going to do after your English lesson today? In what ways do you hope your English is improving/will improve over the next year? Do you think you will still be studying/are still studying English in ten years’ time? Do you think that English is still going to be spoken/is still going to speak by humans 1000 years from now? Is it likely that another language is going to replace/will replace English as the world’s main international language? If so, which? Do you think your teacher shall give you/will give you homework at the end of today’s lesson?
4 Work with a partner to ask and answer the
questions in Exercise 3. GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Future tenses: page 199
12
t
A B C
sentences. Can you explain your choice? Sometimes both options will be possible.
en
7
3 Choose the correct options to complete the
m
4 5 6
“I imagine that I’ll basically be on the road until I run out of cash.” “When I’m older, I’ll still continue to work on my English.” “I’m saving up money by spending a year working on an oil rig and that comes to an end next month.” “I’m going to work hard on my English, starting next week.” “My English is going to enhance my employability.” “In fact, I am taking the Cambridge Advanced exam in October.” “The idea is that if I get enough followers in the future, then I’ll be able to earn money from advertisers.”
Tomorrow it’s snowing, so I would imagine that classes are going to have to be cancelled. I haven’t decided what I’m doing tomorrow. Perhaps I’m going to go cycling. A: ‘Will we go out this evening? We could try that new restaurant that got those rave reviews.’ B: ‘Good idea – let’s give it a shot!’ I’ll drop you a line as soon as my plane will land in London. Both teams are evenly matched so when they play each other for the first time in December, I have no idea who is winning. Unless he actually knuckles down and studies hard this year, I am sure he shan’t pass the course.
WRITING ‘ADVANCED’ ENGLISH 1 Work with a partner. Discuss what you think it means to be able
to communicate in English at an advanced level. You may use the following ideas to help you: situations you need to be able to communicate in grammar and vocabulary accuracy (avoiding errors) pronunciation formal and informal English appropriacy
m Ca
• • • • •
br
id
ge
teacher has set him (ignoring the gaps). Identify his perceived strengths and weaknesses.
5
a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b
richer bigger I struggle with are difficult area of these This is tricky because What makes this tricky is the fact that quite a challenge difficult Also, One reason for this is that Moreover, As for my language skills, over the past year or so this year and I don’t need to have without resorting to probably couldn’t do couldn’t have coped with the accent of my classmates I’d ideally like it to be I would be grateful for please give me
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Co
Reply Forward
One (3) is the grammar of articles – a and the. (4) we don’t really have an equivalent article system in Polish, so it can be (5) to choose a or the correctly. (6) there seem to be so many rules about article use that it can be hard to know which one to apply. (7) I can tell that my ability to read and to listen have really come along (8) . For example, I can watch films in English (9) the subtitles. That’s something I (10) a year or two ago. Having said that, I’m aware that my accent is stronger than (11) . So (12) any help on how to improve my pronunciation.
6
8 9
10
11
12
4 Now write a similar email to your teacher,
outlining your own strengths and weaknesses as a learner of English. Use ‘advanced’ vocabulary and structures in order to show your teacher what you are capable of.
t
en
m
Many thanks for the opportunity to tell you a bit about myself. I’m looking forward to our classes together over the coming year. Damian
3
7
I’ve been learning English for ten years now. I’m making good progress, and I’m pleased about that. For example I can tell I’ve certainly got a much (1) vocabulary now than I did a few years ago. But there are still a few areas that (2) .
With best wishes,
2
4
In order for me to help you learn as effectively as possible on this course, I’d like to find out about you as a learner. What do you feel that you are good at with English, and what do you find hard? Please email me your answer and write about 200 words.
Hello Emma,
fill the 12 gaps in Damian’s email. For each gap, both options can be considered correct. Which one should Damian, as an advanced learner, use in order to show what he is capable of? Give reasons. 1
2 Quickly read Damian’s answer to the homework his new
From: Damian To: Emma
3 Look at the words and phrases which could
STARTER TAKE IT FROM ME
13
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED following topics: • • •
Co
1 Work with a partner. Discuss the
2 Read the quotations about social media. What idea do you think
the social media platforms you use how often you use them why you use them
LISTENING
each one is expressing? Do you agree or disagree with the ideas?
1 2 3 4
‘Social media has given a voice to the voiceless in society.’ ‘Anything you say on social media can be blown out of all proportion.’ ‘Too many people use social media for self-glorification.’ ‘Social media platforms are a great place to tell everyone what you’re thinking before you’ve had a chance to think it through.’
DISTRACTORS IN LISTENING TASKS 1
005 Listen to and read what Sarah says about her
social media habits. Then look at the multiple choice question and the highlighted words/phrases in the options (A–D). Can you find any of the highlighted words or synonyms of them in the extract?
2 The correct answer is C. Can you explain why it is
correct and the other options are wrong?
3 You will listen to Jimmy talking about social media.
Before you listen, read the question and options. Work with a partner. Think of synonyms or paraphrases for the words in each option. Option A has been done for you.
What does Sarah say about herself? A She is not a very sociable person. B Being in fashion is important to her. C People tend to misunderstand her. D She enjoys being controversial.
4
006 Now listen and choose the correct option.
t
en
14
m
I never realised how controversial it would be to quit social media. Being part of the digital generation, people assume I’m incapable of being disconnected for more than a few hours a day. When they find out I only have one social media profile – an inactive one at that – they tend to think I’m antisocial, weird or behind the times. Nothing could be further from the truth. In fact, I love hanging out with friends, playing sport and listening to music. I’d say I’m a pretty well-balanced person – just one who can’t be bothered to follow every trend that comes along.
How does Jimmy feel about his work with social media? A It suits him because he’s an extrovert. He’s outgoing, so he enjoys it. / It benefits him being the centre of attention. B The positives outweigh the negatives. C He didn’t expect so much criticism. D It has made him more self-confident.
5
006 Listen again, focusing on the incorrect options. Match them with the distraction techniques in the tip box.
DISTRACTION TECHNIQUES IN LISTENING TASKS
m Ca
Technique 1: The words/ideas in the option are mentioned but the speaker says something different about it. Technique 2: The main idea from the option is mentioned but the speaker says something that is opposite in meaning.
007 Now look at the task below. Listen and choose
br
6
3
008 You will hear six people talking about someone they know. Match the speakers with the adjectives in Exercise 2. There are four adjectives you don’t need.
Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3
4 Add one of the suffixes in the box to each adjective
to make a noun. Make any other changes needed. Then think of other parts of speech for these words. conscientiousness
id
one option for each speaker. There are two you don’t need.
ge
You will listen to three speakers, Daniel, Jo and Khaled, talking about social media. Before you listen, study the question. Choose from the list (A–E) an idea about social media expressed by each speaker.
7
5 Complete the sentence with the correct form of one
of the words from Exercise 2. 1
2
Co
A B C D E
-ity -ness -ion
doesn’t regret joining social media thinks people are mostly honest online is concerned about cyberbullying loves sharing pictures of their possessions dislikes people boasting on social media
3
4
5
007 Listen again and focus on the two answers you
don’t need. Why might a student be distracted by these two options?
VOCABULARY PERSONALITY
. That’s why I What I value most in life is bought a house and got a steady job while I was still in my twenties. The tour guide spoke very about the family who used to own the stately home. One of my worst qualities is my . Whenever I have an idea, I tend to act on it straight away, often without thinking it through properly. My father worked hard all his life and my grandfather too. I think I inherited their . of the I left my home town because of the people. There seems to be a very negative attitude towards anybody with different beliefs or lifestyle choices. My best friend very bought me a new pair of gloves as she knew I’d lost mine. It was very of you not to put petrol in my car when you borrowed it. I don’t even have enough to get to work tomorrow. My grandfather has started behaving rather since he retired. For a start, he now always wears shorts and flip-flops, no matter what the weather is.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Daniel Jo Khaled
Speaker 4 Speaker 5 Speaker 6
6
7
8
1 Write three positive and three negative personality
traits you have. Explain your traits to another student.
This person always remembers my birthday. She often calls me to check how I am and always comes to my aid when I need help with something. (thoughtful)
t
en
2 Look at the adjectives below. Check their meaning
personality trait from Exercise 2 and describe how a person with this trait acts. Can your partner guess which trait it is?
m
One of my most positive traits is generosity. I’m always the one who pays if my friends and I go out as a group. I really enjoy sharing what I have. On the other hand, I’m a very restless person. I always want to move onto the next thing and never really settle down.
6 Work with a partner. Take turns to choose a
and decide if they are positive (P), negative (N) or either (E). conscientious eccentric humble imaginative impulsive
insecure knowledgeable narrow-minded selfish thoughtful
UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
15
GRAMMAR
4 Complete the questions with the correct tag. Then
practise saying them with rising and falling intonation.
QUESTION FORMS
1
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Look at the picture. What do you know about the
actor, Angelina Jolie, and her ‘rainbow family’?
2 Match the questions in an imaginary interview with
1 2 3
id
br
Angelina Jolie with their question types (A–H). Some of the questions fit more than one type.
A B C D E F G H
direct question with question word as object negative question hypothetical question indirect Yes/No question indirect question-word question tag question either/or question direct question with question word as subject
9
3
5 6
5 Look at indirect questions 1, 3 and 10 in Exercise 2.
Underline the introductory phrase for each that make them more polite. What happens to the word order after these introductory phrases? 6 Rearrange the words to form indirect questions.
Why do two of these ‘questions’ not need a question mark?
1 2 3 4 5
not / married / I / or / wondering / you’re / whether / was / . please / so / why / were / could / late / explain / you / you / ? have / know / in / I’d / relatives / the / like / if / UK / any / you / to / . telling / car / for / would / you / how / your / you / me / mind / much / paid / ? you / think / like / do / to / a / you’d / family / that / big / have / ?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Question forms: Page 200
009 Listen to Isabel asking questions 2 and 9 in two different ways. In which version of each question is Isabel confirming information (C) and in which is she unsure and actually asking a question (U)? How do you know?
t
en
2
a Two of your children are twins, aren’t they? b Two of your children are twins, aren’t they? a There should be more opportunities for young aspiring female directors, shouldn’t there? b There should be more opportunities for young aspiring female directors, shouldn’t there?
m
1
16
Co
6 7 8
4
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
5
U
4
ge
10
Would you mind telling me how many children you have? Two of your children are twins, aren’t they? Could you please tell me whether or not you will adopt any more children? Do you think it is easier to raise a biological child or an adopted child? What would you do if one of your children wanted to go and live in their country of birth? Who or what inspired you to become an actor? When did you decide to give directing a go? Isn’t it about time that there were more female directors in Hollywood? There should be more opportunities for young aspiring female directors, shouldn’t there? I was wondering what your next project is going to be.
2 3
You shouldn’t walk home on your own after dark, ? ? You’d already seen that film, There are six children on your mother’s side of the family, ? My brother would help me if I were in trouble, ? You’ve never met a set of triplets, ? Getting married too young is not a good idea, ?
SPEAKING PART 1
TRAINING
010 Listen to two students, Anthea and Robin,
1
answering a Speaking Part 1 question. 1
RELATIONSHIP IDIOMS
What question do you think Anthea and Robin were asked? Whose answer is better? Why? Work with a partner to ask and answer the same question.
m Ca
2 3
PUSH YOURSELF C2
2 Read the Part 1 question and answer below.
id
br
How could the candidate improve the language level of their answer? Match the underlined phrases 1–12 with phrases A–L.
ge
Examiner: Who are you closest to in your family? Candidate: (1) I think it is my (2) brother and sister. When we were younger, we were (3) very close and spent a lot of time together. We have always (4) had an excellent relationship and sometimes it’s (5) like we can tell what the others are thinking. (6) But we do sometimes (7) annoy each other and we (8) sometimes even argue and don’t speak, but that is (9) normal in any family relationship. I (10) really trust them and I know (11) they are always available when I need help, advice or support. And we (12) like the same things like music, fashion and TV, which helps.
1 Complete the sentences with words from the box
to form idiomatic expressions.
U
books poles tears injury chip high
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p 1
Co
A B C D E F G H I J K L
that said have similar tastes in I can turn to them got on like a house on fire siblings as if we can read each other’s minds inseparable would trust them with my life have fallen out once in a while I would have to say get on each other’s nerves typical of
3 Work with a partner. Ask and answer the Part 1
questions. Try to expand your answers to three or four sentences and use more complex language to link and explain your ideas.
4
5
6
2 Match the idiomatic expressions in Exercise 1 with
their meanings (A–F).
A B C D E F
make (somebody) cry hold a grudge or grievance against someone about something totally different make a bad situation worse have good social connections with influential people have done something to upset someone
3 Choose two of the expressions in this section and
t
en
3 4
Who are you closest to in your family? Do you prefer to have a few close friends or a large group of friends? How often do you go out with your friends? What do you enjoy doing with your friends?
3
m
1 2
2
My brother borrowed my car without asking and when he returned it, there were scratches and dents on the passenger-side door. To add insult to , he claimed that the damage was already there and refused to pay for the repairs. Although they are twins, Phil and David are apart in terms of personality. on her shoulder about Maggie must have a the fact that I have more followers than her on social media because she is always going on about it. I don’t know how she got that job. She must have friends in places. – I forgot to I think I’m in my Mum’s bad pick up her dry cleaning like she asked me to. There were so many negative comments on my latest tweet that it reduced me to , and I never cry!
write your own sentences which show their meaning clearly.
UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
17
VOCABULARY
3 Read another post from the same blogger. Some
words need a negative prefix so that they make sense in the context. Find the words and add the correct prefix.
NEGATIVE PREFIXES 1 Look at the underlined words with negative prefixes
in the blog post. Most of the prefixes mean not. Which one means bad/wrong? Which one means against?
m Ca
LATEST POST
ARCHIVE
SEARCH
ge
id
br
It seems impossible to believe that as recently as 15 years ago social media barely existed. Unquestionably, the internet has changed the world, and, some would say, not for the better. At a family gathering at the weekend, I decided to ask my older relatives what they thought. My grandmother, Eileen, said that the internet was unthinkable when she was a girl and was quite disapproving of the role of smart phones and social media in the modern world. For her, it is totally inappropriate and extremely anti-social to bring phones to the dinner table, for example. I think that was an indirect criticism of me! My great uncle, Rupert, was more concerned about the misinformation that is on the internet, particularly ‘fake news’ stories. He actually feels sorry for us for having the misfortune to have been born in the computer age. In any case, he said, most of what people post online is irrelevant nonsense in his opinion. Even my dad is on their side. He said many young people use their phones irresponsibly, walking down the street or even riding their bikes and looking at their phones instead of looking where they are going. If he had his way, it would be illegal to use a smartphone while you ride …
LATEST POST
ARCHIVE
SEARCH
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
More and more young people are staying with their parents for longer. It’s not that they’re capable of looking after themselves, it’s just that the cost of living makes it possible for them to become dependent. In many large cities there is sufficient housing, which means rents are credibly high. Owning a house is totally affordable for most people under 30. This leads to content among young adults, who know that their parents were home-owners at their age. A lot of graduates I know feel that they have been led. They were told that if they completed higher education, they would get good jobs and get onto the housing ladder. This turned out to be true.
2 Put the words from the box in the correct rows of the
table. One word can go in more than one category. Then look again at the words from Exercise 1. Can you see any tendencies about when we use each prefix?
DISIRILMIS NONANTIIM-
18
3
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 5 TRAINING
1 Read the first paragraph of the text and find out
what Dunbar’s number is.
2 Read the article quickly and make notes on the
writer’s attitude to Dunbar’s number. Which parts of the article helped you to decide?
3 Look at the question below. Choose the option that
best matches your notes.
What is the writer’s attitude to Dunbar’s theory? A The digital age has made it irrelevant. B Some of Dunbar’s evidence is not valid. C The writer is absolutely convinced by it. D There may be some truth to it. 4 Now, answer the question below.
Which word in the text implies a deliberate reduction in numbers? A cull (line 50) B falls (line 55) C dividing (line 56) D intimate (line 59)
t
IN-
2
Do your older relations all feel the same way about the internet, social media, and mobile phones? How easy or difficult is it for young people in your country to buy or rent their own homes? At what age do young people in your country typically leave home? Why? Is this a good age, do you think?
en
UN-
1
m
conformist rational stable mature understood competent sensitive able moral agreeable professional establishment courteous logical
4 Work in groups. Discuss the questions.
5 Read the tip and then look at the exam question. Match the options (A–D)
with the notes (i–iv) about why they are the correct or incorrect option. Then choose the correct option.
m Ca
Why does the writer talk about Christmas cards in Paragraph 4? A to highlight the change from paper to digital greetings B to illustrate the rising cost of using the postal system C to provide another example of why Dunbar may be right D to show we now have a wider social network than before
Tip: Some questions relate to the writer’s purpose in giving a particular example. The incorrect options (distractors) may all be points the writer makes about it but they won’t all be the reason for the example. You will need to read the whole paragraph to identify the distractors.
This idea may be true, but it is not stated in the paragraph. The phrases ‘one piece of evidence to support…’ and ‘particular significance’ point to this being the correct answer. This idea is mentioned but only as background information. A key word from the option is mentioned in the paragraph, but the text does not say that the whole sentence is true.
br
i) ii) iii) iv)
id
6 Now answer the question below.
ge
Why does the writer mention the Power Law in Paragraph 5? A because it was the law that Dunbar applied to his theory B to show that many people have very large networks
C D
to suggest we should edit our friends list regularly to show the number in McCormick’s study is misleading
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U Co
DUNBAR’S
NUMBER W
hat comes to mind when you hear the number 150? For most people nowadays, the answer would be ‘nothing special’. However, in the 1990s, many people would have associated the number 150 with anthropologist and evolutionary psychologist Robin Dunbar. Although 150 was ‘Dunbar’s number’, it wasn’t, as many people imagined, an exact number: the number was originally 148, but it has also been seen more as a range of numbers from about 100 to 250. So what was Dunbar referring to and why was the number 150 considered so significant? Based on wide-ranging research, Dunbar had calculated that 150 was the maximum number of ‘stable relationships’ an individual could maintain. This may not have been too controversial in the late twentieth century, but how does his theory make the transition to the digital age?
One piece of evidence used to support Dunbar’s number was based on the number of Christmas cards sent and received by UK households, typically less than 150. The last 20 years has seen a dramatic drop in the tradition of sending actual cards in the post; instead, virtual greetings are sent to a much larger number of acquaintances at little or no cost. The Christmas card example carries particular significance because it implies a quantifiable difference between someone you actually have a relationship with and someone you know. If you are willing to buy a card, envelope and stamp, and spend time handwriting a message and address and going to the post office, you probably have a social relationship with that person. Clicking ‘add friend’ on social media does not imply the same investment of time and emotion.
A quick glance at any social media site will reveal that most people have a huge number of contacts or ‘friends’. A 2010 study by Tyler McCormick and two others found a mean network size of 611 contacts, so four times larger than Dunbar would suggest is realistic. Barabasi and Albert, however, explain that the ‘Power Law’ has to be applied to this statistic. This means that while a few individuals have a very large number of connections, most people have a much smaller number. We are all aware of the phenomenon of meeting someone at an event, adding them on social media and never having contact with them again. We have probably 50 all done a social media ‘cull’, where we delete or ‘unfriend’ people we no longer have much in common with. If anything, this seems to add support to Dunbar’s theory; we are consciously or sub-consciously aware that we cannot maintain such a large network.
t
en
m
Clearly, Dunbar’s data came from the real rather than the virtual world. His original work was based on workers at Bill Gore’s GORE-TEX factory, where he was interested in teamwork and group cooperation. He discovered that where the number of people working in a factory Another interesting aspect of Dunbar’s social interaction theory is that the exceeded 150, working collaboratively became less likely and, where it 55 key number, 150, rises and falls according to a ‘rule of 3’ formula. did occur, less effective. What makes Dunbar’s theory more compelling is 56 Other significant numbers are based on dividing or multiplying the original that it seemed to hold true in diverse contexts, including native American number by 3. So for example, you might have 50 friends and tribes, the Amish (a religious community untouched by the modern world), acquaintances you would invite to a dinner party, 15 people you can and the military and medieval villages described in the Doomsday book. 59 always turn to for advice and 5 members of your intimate circle. At the If Dunbar had uncovered a universal truth, surely it had to be explained by other end of the spectrum, you might have about 500 acquaintances and biology. He suggested that primates, including humans, have large brains around 1500 people whose faces you can match to their names. It is to allow them to keep pace with a large number of social contacts. worth emphasising that all these numbers are approximate, but if we The size of an individual’s neocortex, Dunbar claims, correlates to the spend some time considering our own networks, they don’t seem to be number of social interactions that an individual can deal with. As we all too far off the mark. Dunbar’s number predates the world of almost know, maintaining relationships is a cognitively demanding activity, so it universal social media – yet even without knowing the changes to come, seems to make sense that we can only handle a finite number of them. he seems to have been onto something.
UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
19
GRAMMAR VERB PATTERNS (1) – GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Verb patterns (1) – Gerunds and infinitives: Page 200 011 Listen to a conversation between
br
1
id
classmates Heidi and Amalie. What is the problem and what solution do they agree on?
ge
011 Listen again and complete the gaps
2
with the correct form of the verb in brackets. neglected to tell (tell) (ask) have the sense (talk) have the chance it (show) have a strange way of (get) how about we try (do) specialise in (miss) hate always wanted (go) (forget) famous for (get) no hope of (email) you could try an extension (have) let you (be) seems
4 5 6 7 8 9
verb + to + infinitive verb + verb + -ing verb that changes its meaning when followed by either to + infinitive or verb + -ing noun + to + infinitive adjective + preposition + verb + -ing verb + preposition + verb + -ing noun + preposition + verb + -ing verb + -ing (gerund) as subject verb + infinitive (without to)
It’s difficult for me to remember all my cousins’ names. I have difficulty in remembering all my cousins’ names. Do you remember reading bedtime stories to your younger brother? Did you remember to read bedtime stories to your younger brother? Zohair happened to be in Almeria at the same time as me. Lots of things happened to Zohair and me in Almeria. I regret to tell you I’m moving out at the end of the month. I regret telling you I’m moving out at the end of the month. Keith started to tell me the story of how he met Daisy. Keith started telling me the story of how he met Daisy.
2
3
4
5
WRITING PART 1
TRAINING
1 Read the Part 1 essay question. In groups, discuss
your ideas.
Your class has interviewed some older people about the changing role of friends throughout life. You have made the notes below. Which time of life is most important for friendships?
1
•
School and university
•
Adult life
•
Old age
2 3 4 5 6
Most of my relations enjoy participate in family gatherings. The last thing you need is to have your in-laws over for the holidays. She is incapable of to think about anyone but herself. I tend to meet friends in cafes or parks rather than invite them to my place. My grandfather had difficulty to learn how to use a computer. It’s up to you forgive him for lie to you.
Some opinions expressed in the interviews:
t
with mistakes.
en
m
4 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
20
1
Co
3 Match the examples from Exercise 2 with the following: 1 2 3
different in meaning? Explain your answers to your partner.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
5 Look at the pairs of sentences. Are they similar or
‘The friends you make aged 16–25 last the longest.’ ‘Friendships change as interests and responsibilities change.’ ‘People have more time for friendships when they are older.’
Write an essay discussing friendship in two of the age groups. You should explain which time in life you think is more important for friendships, and give reasons to support your opinion. You may, if you wish, make use of the opinions expressed in the discussion, but you should use your own words as far as possible.
m Ca
2 Work with a partner. Look at this student’s essay and
discuss the questions.
br
1 Look at the mind map for the word REAL. Fill in the
parts of speech. Write adj (adjective), adv (adverb), n (noun) or v (verb) after each word. realisation
really
unreal
realism
REAL
realistic
realise
ge
id
Most people recognise the importance of friendship, of having people of similar interests to turn to socially, outside of family. However, the significance of friends can vary throughout life’s journey, and personally speaking, I would say that the older one becomes, the less important friends tend to be.
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 3 TRAINING
U
unrealistic realistically
unrealistically 2 Choose one word from the REAL family for each gap. 1
My children like the idea of being independent but they are not so keen on the of paying their own way in life. to expect to get on well It’s a bit with everybody. , I don’t think we can invite all of our cousins to the wedding – it will cost too much.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
For me, friendships matter the most during your late teens and early adult life. When you are in secondary school, it is your friends with whom you share life experiences and it is them you turn to to discuss the things that matter. The generation gap between children and parents means that they don’t understand each other in the same way. In a similar vein, friendships formed at university are often built on the shared experience of being away from home for the first time, and as such can also be deep and long-lasting.
reality
However, when it comes to adult life, I would say that friends have a lesser role. Getting married, buying a house and having children is a full-time job, meaning that existing friendships often have to take a backseat. You may see your oldest friends and even form new friendships with, for example, work colleagues or other parents, but these are rarely as intimate as those in your youth as many of them are usually caught up in their own lives. In conclusion, I think it is fair to say that during your youth, friends play a vital role in life, but their importance often diminishes with the responsibilities of adult life.
4 5
3 Write your own answer to the question in 220–260
words.
options A–D for each gap. Which part of speech is each option? Which one fits each gap?
1
2
A B A B
frustrate frustrated supportive unsupportive
C D C D
frustration frustrating supported supporting
Friends or contacts?
that social I find it (1) media sites use the word ‘friends’ instead of the more neutral ‘contacts’. To me, a friend is a person you can turn to in difficult times, when who will be (2) you have problems. Also, your friends live should (3) reasonably close so that they can help out in a crisis. I suppose a social media contact care about could (4) you, but I usually trust people I know in real life much more. I am fine chatting online with people who share the same interests – in my case, ballroom dancing – as it can be difficult in real life to find friends who share for my hobby. my (5) and hoping I am still (6) to meet someone in the future but I have not seriously considered online dating. For one thing, my family’s (7) would put me off.
FRUSTRATE
SUPPORT IDEAL
GENUINE
t
3
3 Look at gaps 1–2 in the word formation exercise and
en
2
In the first paragraph, there are two sentences. What is the purpose of each? In the second and third (body) paragraphs, which sentence in each introduces the main argument? How many supporting points are there in each of these body paragraphs? What is the purpose of the final paragraph? Do you think this is a good answer to the question? Can you suggest any alternative ways to approach this essay?
3
m
1
2
ENTHUSE MARRY
APPROVE
4 Now complete the rest of the gaps.
UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
21
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 5
m Ca
EXAM FACT
EXAM TIP The correct answers are usually expressed with synonyms/ paraphrase, and normally all the options are mentioned in some form but only one will answer the question.
id
br
There are six multiple choice questions, each of which has four options. They test your detailed understanding of the text, including aspects such as the writer’s opinion, attitude, purpose, use of examples and word choice.
ge
You are going to read an article about twins. For questions 1–6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.
U
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
‘The reality of twins’
t
22
Twins have always captured the popular imagination. Greek, Roman and Indian mythology all have examples which illustrate the different relationships between twins. One theme running through many mythologies is the association of twins with royalty. In one Greek myth, Castor and Pollux were twins but whereas Castor was a mortal, Pollux was the son of the god Zeus. Pollux’s love for his twin led him to beg Zeus to let Castor live on, and Zeus created the astrological constellation Gemini in their honour. In sharp contrast, there was no love lost between mythical twin founders of Rome, Romulus and Remus, best known for being nurtured by a wolf. The competition between them led to fratricide – Remus was murdered by his twin brother, Romulus.
en
The likelihood of being a fraternal twin varies according to several factors, while a woman’s chance of giving birth to identical twins is stable wherever she lives. The highest incidence of twins occurs in Africa, particularly among the Yoruba people, which could be linked to a particular type of yam in their diet. Other factors which make you more prone to conceiving twins include a history of twins in the family, being an older mother, having had several previous pregnancies and being of taller and heavier build.
The twin birth rate has risen all over the world in the last few decades. In the United States, it rose 76 percent between 1980 and 2009 from 18.8 to 33.3 per 1,000 births, which is clearly related to medical advances and procedures such as IVF.
m
As a child, I fantasised about being a twin. My favourite series of books featured a pair of twins called Pat and Isobel O’Sullivan. They were always playing tricks on the teachers at their boarding school, pretending to be one another, and the idea of having my own facsimile fascinated me. The reality is probably quite different. For a start, only about 10 percent of twins are identical, and having a fraternal – or non-identical – twin is not so different from having other siblings.
m Ca
In the modern era, too, fascinating stories abound of the unique bond and intuition that exists between twins. One of my teachers at school once brought her twin sister along on a school trip and on the bus, they regaled us with stories of their experience as twins. One day apparently, Jill, the younger twin, was scheduled for surgery on her ear at 2 o’clock in the afternoon. At about 10am, my teacher, Jacky, was at home and suddenly experienced an excruciating pain in her left ear, making her fall to the ground. The pain vanished as quickly as it had appeared. Later, Jacky got a call from her mother, telling her Jill’s surgery had been moved forward to 10am. Another time, the two of them were talking on the phone when Jacky smelt burning. She mentioned this to Jill, who ran to her kitchen to find her toast burning. I admit my younger self was intrigued and convinced, though now I sometimes wonder whether they were just good stories.
ge
id
br
2
3
4
5
t
en
m
6
Overall, how would you describe the writer’s attitude towards twins? A jealous of people who are twins B surprised at people’s interest in twins C interested in stories about twins D doubtful whether twins are special The purpose of paragraph 2 is to explain … A why some people are more likely to have twins. B why there are more fraternal than identical twins. C why Yoruba women are more likely to have twins. D why the number of twins being born has increased. Why does the writer refer to twins from Greek and Roman mythology? A to explain how Gemini became a sign of the zodiac B to show that twins have always been of interest C to demonstrate the importance of twin myths D to make the point that twins rarely get on How does the writer feel about her teacher’s stories? A amazed this happened to someone she knew B convinced her teacher had lied about them C unsure whether to believe them or not D absolutely sure the stories were true The purpose of the anecdote in paragraph 5 is … A to show that twins raised apart are still very similar. B to suggest that female babies are not valued in China. C to criticise the authorities for lying about the twins. D to highlight the role upbringing plays in shaping a child. The phrase ‘recurring theme’ (line 74) suggests that Mia and Alexandra’s case is … A unclear. B complicated. C exceptional. D typical.
Co
1
In spite of the growing rate of twin births, the allure of twins remains. Subject of myths and legends, suspicions and intrigue, considered both ‘double trouble’ and the greatest of blessings, twins will always remain a rich part of cultures all over the world.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
One particular case of identical twins, that of Mia Hansen and Alexandra Hauglum, who were separated at birth, would later reignite my interest in this subject matter. These Chinese twin girls were found abandoned in a cardboard box as babies and put up for adoption separately.
At the adoption agency, the two sets of parents – one American and the other Norwegian – noticed each other because they had chosen similar red and white checked gingham dresses to take their new babies home in. Chatting about the coincidence, the parents noticed the remarkable similarity between the babies as well. When they raised it with the authorities, they denied that the girls were related. Neither family could forget the meeting and eventually arranged DNA tests, which revealed the children were identical twins. The girls met in California when they were six and again in Norway when they were eight. Although they spoke different languages and had very different lifestyles, the similarities in personality, likes and dislikes, mannerisms and tone of 74 voice were striking. This is a recurring theme in ‘separated at birth’ stories, revealing the role of nature in people’s identities.
UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
23
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 3
m Ca
EXAM TIP
EXAM FACT
You have to complete the eight gaps in the text with the correct form of the word given at the end of the line.
id
br
Sometimes the form of the word you need may be negative. Study the sentence carefully to see which part of speech is needed and read the sentence carefully to decide whether you need to add a negative prefix.
ge
For questions 1–8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).
U
SHRINK LARGE CHILD REPRODUCE
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
shrunk The average number of children per woman has now (0) to under two. This is (1) due to the fact that the number of women who remain (2) has risen to one in five. In much of the world, (3) is now a choice for women and many prefer to opt out. On the other end of the spectrum, there are some families in Britain who go to the other extreme, most (4) the Radford family from Morecambe, Lancashire, who welcomed their 21st child last month. Like some other large families, usually from the US, the Radfords have their own (5) TV show, which is currently called 21 Kids and Counting. The show reveals a normal, loving family full of humour, kindness and (6) . All the children seem to get on very well together with the older ones helping the younger ones in a selfless manner. It is shocking to learn, however, that some people can be very (7) when it comes to large families. Parents Sue and Noel have been on the receiving end of some very nasty comments. In my view, this behaviour shows those people’s (8) .
NOTE
REAL
GENEROUS
JUDGE
SECURE
t
en
m
24
WRITING PART 1: AN ESSAY EXAM FACT
EXAM TIP
• You have to write 220–260 words based on the information. • You must discuss two of the three points in the ‘notes’ section.
• An essay should have a clear introduction and conclusion. • In your ‘body’ paragraphs you present your ideas. Choose one or two points and make sure you develop your ideas/ arguments clearly.
m Ca
• You can use opinions or come up with your own ideas.
br
Recently your class took part in a discussion on the impact of social media on human relationships. You have made the notes below. The impact of social media on human relationships
id
• Personal communication
ge
• Shared interests • Support groups
Some opinions expressed in the discussion: ‘It’s easy to keep in touch now that we’ve left school.’
U
‘I’ve discovered a completely new hobby.’
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
‘It’s good to know there are people who share my views.’
Co
Write an essay discussing two of the impacts from your notes. You should say which impact of social media on human relationships is more significant, giving reasons in support of your answer.
SPEAKING PART 1 EXAM FACT
EXAM TIP
• The questions in this part are generally personal.
• Look at past papers and practise answering questions.
• You are not expected to interact with the other candidate.
• Try to make sure your answers are well-developed.
• Topics generally include aspects of everyday life and experiences.
• Look for opportunities to show off higher-level language.
Work with a partner. Take turns asking and answering questions from Part 1 of the C1 Advanced speaking exam.
Personality/relationships
Social media
• How would you describe yourself? • Who has the biggest influence on you – your family or
• How often do you use social media? • What type of social media posts interest you? • Do you communicate with family members
• Do you enjoy socialising in small groups or big groups? • Do you think it is important to see friends regularly?
• Have you changed the way you use social
your friends?
through social media?
t
en
m
media recently?
UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
25
SOCIAL MEDIA ETIQUETTE:
BEING
m Ca
COURTEOUS br
id
1 Read the clues and decide what each acronym
1
6 7 8 9
10
2 Work with a partner. Discuss what advice you
would give to someone who has recently joined your favourite social media platform and is about to post for the first time. Then read the text quickly. Was any of your advice given?
3 If you want to rant, complain or get advice on a serious matter, popular social media sites may not be the best option. People on Facebook and Instagram, for example, are often scrolling through quickly while waiting for the bus or watching TV. They are not usually interested in reading your in-depth thoughts on the state of the nation or giving detailed advice on your relationship problems. There are specialist sites where this kind of content might be more appropriate. 4 There is huge variation in the amount people post on social media. They might not post anything for months and then post many times in one day when they are on holiday, for example. More than three posts per day may be considered excessive. If you are posting about a special occasion, it is often better to create one post with all the photos you want to share rather than separate posts for each picture.
t
Keep them guessing Choose the right forum Avoid ambiguity Limit your posts Get it off your chest Consider your whole audience when sharing Have a schedule for posting Calm down before you post Keep it interesting
2 For you, reaching level 200 of your favourite game might be a joyful and significant achievement, but will others feel the same? People often get irritated with uninteresting or repetitive posts. I once had a friend who shared her daily horoscope predictions every single day. This may lead to people unfollowing or even unfriending you. In real life you wouldn’t keep on talking about a subject no one was interested in, so don’t do it online either.
en
sections (1–6) in the text. There are some headings you don’t need.
26
1 Most offence is caused by posts created and posted in the heat of the moment. Posting a comment you may later regret is worse in many ways than being rude in real life because it can be read by an unlimited number of people it was not intended for. You can be judged by those who don’t even know you. Sometimes giving no response can be more powerful than posting in haste.
m
3 Match the headings (A–I) with the advice
A B C D E F G H I
So, you have finally decided to get on board with social media? You have probably heard plenty of horror stories about relationships irreparably damaged by an ill-advised post on a social media site. Perhaps this is what has put you off being active online in the past. Or maybe you are a young person just starting out on social media, deciding who you are going to ‘be’ online. Even if you are a seasoned user, these tips will help you avoid causing offence and losing friends in the virtual domain.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
5
Co
3 4
laughed out loud – when you found LOL something funny OMG – an expression of surprise BRB – I will return shortly. – to signal ICYMI something you might not have seen NSFW – a warning that something is not appropriate in a workplace environment NTW – It’s fine. – used to introduce BTW something incidentally ASAP – when something needs to be done quickly FOMO – constant checking of social media to see what your friends are doing HT – something you do to indicate gratitude or respect for what someone has done
U
2
ge
or abbreviation means. They are all commonly used on social media in English.
Advice to users
5 Clicking ‘share’ on something only takes a second, but the effects can last forever. Most of us have hundreds of ‘friends’ on social media, including family members, friends, acquaintances, neighbours, colleagues and friends of friends. Inevitably, among those will be people of different religious and political views and those with conservative and liberal outlooks. Ultimately, it is up to you which views you wish to publicise through your social media presence, but consider whether you really stand behind a post that may offend your contacts.
8 Work with a partner. Look at the following
situations. Choose one of them and write a conversation using as many expressions of politeness from Exercise 7 as you can. 1
m Ca
6 Some posters are deliberately vague with messages such as ‘Can’t believe what has happened …’ They often do this to get a reaction as their friends will be keen to get clarification. This is generally seen as immature attentionseeking behaviour because it can cause unnecessary worry as people speculate that some tragedy has befallen the poster, who has in fact, just lost their phone or broken a nail. Online communication already has a massive potential for misunderstanding, so don’t add to this by posting content that could be misinterpreted. So, remember that just because you are sitting comfortably at home, virtual reality is also the real world. Don’t underestimate the damage that can be done – to yourself and others – by careless posting, liking and sharing.
ge
id
br
happened to experienced (adj) what’s going on in the country
4 9
Watch the video about social etiquette in the UK. Make notes on the advice given to visitors to the UK. • • • • •
apologising punctuality queuing and public transport greeting people having dinner
WATCH
Co
1 2 3
3
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
4 Replace the highlighted words and phrases with the
synonyms below.
2
A waiter has brought you the wrong meal in a restaurant. Somebody tells you that you are sitting in their reserved seat on a train. You are having dinner at someone’s house and they serve you some food that you are allergic to. You need some help understanding a bus timetable.
4 5 6
miscalculate speak angrily unwise
5 Work with your partner again and discuss the advice
given in the text. Do you agree/disagree with it? Why? 6
012 You will hear three short conversations
related to etiquette in real world situations. Listen and decide what you think each situation could be. 7
012 Listen again and complete the gaps to make
expressions of politeness.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE/HEAR
t
LIFE COMPETENCIES
en
m
Conversation 1 , but is it 1 OK if I sit here? 2 I’ve made a bit of a mess. . I don’t need 3 That’s much space. Conversation 2 4 to give us some advice? 5 Well, , could you recommend somewhere to buy a few small souvenirs? 6 help. Conversation 3 but 7 Sorry changing it? 8 I’d give us some feedback on our website. . 9 It
R UNDERSTANDING AND DESCRIBING YOU OWN AND OTHER’S CULTURES Find some websites which give advice to visitors to your country. Which advice do you agree/disagree with? Plan a short presentation for the class on what you think visitors to your country need to be aware of. UNIT 1 GOOD COMPANY
27
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED the quiz.
Co
1 Work with a partner to complete
Think you know about
ELECTRIC CARS? Then put your knowledge to the test with our quiz!
1 The first ever electric car was a the Roadster, built by Elon Musk’s firm Tesla in California in 2008. b produced in Russia in the 1950’s, but then converted into a petrol car. c created by an engineer from Scotland called Robert Anderson in 1832.
5 Between 2014 and 2018, monthly sales of electric cars in the UK increased by a 100%. b 1000%. 28
Gap 1: Sometimes a gap might be part of a phrase. Here you need to complete a three word phrase that means due to or because of
Gap 2: Although faced is passive, don’t fall into the trap of writing by. Which preposition completes the phrase to be faced … difficulties?
Gap 3: The missing word is part of a phrase (nothing of) which means nothing less than.
Gap 4: What multi-word verb means get rid of something?
THE ELECTRIC EGG
of In 1942, reports began circulating (0) a strange shiny little car that silently flashed around the streets of Paris. This turned out to be the invention of artist and engineer Paul Arzens, and it soon acquired of its a name, L’Œuf Electrique (The Electric Egg), on (1) a scarcity of materials, Arzens’ approach to shape. Faced (2) of revolutionary. the design of his car had been nothing (3) away with the conventional shape of a His solution was to (4) car body and instead construct a lightweight oval frame of aluminium. was the This tapered to a blunt point at the rear, behind (5) third wheel and motor. This ran on electricity rather than petrol, making the Egg much cleaner than most other vehicles of the day. Sadly, the Electric Egg never caught on, and Arzens’ prototype was one ever constructed. However, in (7) way the (6) should it be seen as a failure. Arzens demonstrated first (8) foremost that a graceful non-polluting car could be built with minimal resources.
2 Now complete the other
four gaps.
t
4 The first country in the world where more than 50% of cars were electric was a Norway. b New Zealand.
help you.
en
3 A law came into effect in Europe in 2019 requiring electric cars to be a quieter. b noisier.
1 Complete gaps 1–4 with one word in each space. Use the clues below to
m
2 More pollution is caused in the production of a electric vehicles (EVs). b fossil fuel vehicles.
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 2 TRAINING
4 Decide which of the words in Exercise 2 have other
VOCABULARY
uses/meanings in different contexts and as different parts of speech. Try to work out the meaning of the underlined word or phrase.
TRAVEL 1 Work with a partner. Make a list of as many kinds of
vehicle as you can, including ones that travel by air, by water and by land.
1 2
m Ca
2 Put the following words and phrases into the most 3
track (n) reverse (v) boot (n) give way (v) carriage (n) board (v) cabin (n) shuttle (n) congestion (n) wreck (n) overtake (v) commute (v) divert (v)
4
id
br
suitable transport categories in the Venn diagram. Use a dictionary if you have one.
ge
5
OK, so track – is that connected with flying, driving or taking the train?
U
5 Which of the ideas/experiences mentioned in
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Taking the train – the track means the rails the train goes on.
Writing things in my phone calendar is the best way to keep track of everything I need to remember to do. I thought learning to drive would be easy but the reverse was true. I needed to take the test a few times before I passed. I will never pass my driving test. Every time I get behind the wheel, I turn into a nervous wreck and forget to do the basic things. Initially, I was a bit dubious about electric cars, but now that I have had the long term and environmental benefits explained to me, I am fully on board with the idea. I’m pretty sure that within the next few years, the production of electric cars will overtake that of conventional petrol-powered cars.
Exercise 4 are true for you or do you agree with? Compare with a partner and explain.
Co
Yes, but you can also drive a car along a track, which is a rough road or path or a “racing track.” So, for me, it’s driving and taking the train. flying
sailing
driving
track
3 Complete the travel announcements with a word from Exercise 2 in the correct form.
4 Flight attendants will now be passing through the , offering a range of light refreshments and duty-free items.
2 All passengers wishing to continue onto London Kings Cross station should make their way to the front four of the train before we reach the next station. 5 OK, so now it’s time for a travel update, and we’ve got reports of heavy on the M5 motorway heading towards Birmingham after an accident has blocked two lanes. Traffic is being onto alternative routes where possible.
3 This is a passenger announcement for all those travelling on ECT4857 to Seville. Please proceed to gate 14, where the aircraft is now ready for .
t
1 We regret to inform you that the 10:43 train to Winnipeg is cancelled due to engineering works being undertaken on the .
en
m
taking the train
6 Taxis are available if you turn left out of the main terminal building, or for the bus to the city centre, turn right.
UNIT 2 ON THE MOVE
29
GRAMMAR
2 Complete the sentences with the correct option.
DETERMINERS AND QUANTIFIERS GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
1
2
m Ca
1 Complete this text about a traveller by adding
the following words in the correct place. Use each word once.
3
id
br
plenty another every whole much many each 4
ge U
THE MAN
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
WHO’S BEEN
5
a In the farmyard, there was a tractor and an old van. But no/neither vehicle appeared to be roadworthy. b For me, there’s no/neither better driving experience than taking the Route of the Seven Lakes in South Argentina to Bariloche. a A one-day travel pass allows you to use public transport throughout the whole/all city. b What makes Jodhpur such a spectacular place is that virtually whole/all the city is painted blue. a We’re taking two suitcases, and each/every one weighs about 4 kilos when empty. b In virtually each/every country I’ve visited, I’ve been touched by how hospitable people are towards travellers. a I refuse on principle to use any/whatever form of transport which causes more than the minimum level of pollution. b The mechanic was very inventive and could mend cars with any/whatever materials were available. My daily commute to work takes me less/fewer time a than it used to. b The race will be cancelled if there are less/fewer than ten competitors. a There is a little/little hope of us getting there on time in such heavy traffic. b The collision only caused little/a little damage to the front of the car, and fortunately it was fully covered by the insurance.
Co
EVERYWHERE
In 2016, Sal Lavallo quit his job and embarked on a quest to visit (1) single country on the planet. It wasn’t actually as ambitious as it may sound. Sal had been to an international school, where he had classmates from across the (2) world. H e’d kept in touch with them, and so there were (3) of people he knew he’d be able to stay with during his journey, which would save him some money.
Spending so (4) time on the road, Sal has learnt to expect the unexpected. ‘I tried to enter Ivory Coast by two d ifferent land borders, but (5) was closed’ Sal says. Fortunately, the third was open, enabling Sal to tick offyet (6) country from his growing list.
3 Add the word of to the correct place in the sentences
where necessary.
1 2 3 4 5 6
7
I’ve visited several places where I didn’t feel entirely safe. We knew it was going to be a tough journey, so we allowed ourselves plenty time to get there. Several the beaches we visited were almost completely deserted. We spent the whole holiday lounging around by the pool. It seems that no amount suncream would suffice to stop Polly from getting sunburnt. If there’s one thing I’ve observed in each and every one the countries I’ve been to, it’s this: wherever you are, people love to party! I can’t believe that both us passed our driving test first time.
4 Complete the questions with suitable determiners from
this section.
3
length of What would be the best way to travel the your country, from one end to the other? Do you think we should make trips to other countries to cut down on air pollution? Is there anything you take with you on and long journey you make?
t
2
en
1
m
One thing he’s enjoyed about visiting so (7) countries has been the opportunity to establish new friendships and to see what he describes as the beauty within people. ‘I am yet to meet a person that I am unable to connect with and feel similar to. When I look at a map I see faces.’
6
5 Work with a partner. Ask and answer the questions. GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Determiners and quantifiers: Page 202
30
LISTENING PART 3
TRAINING
1 Look at the blog homepages and answer the
rodneyontheroad.com
questions in pairs. 1 2
m Ca
What kind of content would you expect to find in these pages? What would/wouldn’t appeal to you about reading them? Do you follow any other bloggers or vloggers? Have you ever blogged or vlogged?
3 4
013 You will hear a radio interviewer with two
br
2
1
ge
id
professional travel-bloggers, Elsa and Rodney. For questions 1–4, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. Use the tip boxes to help you. According to Elsa, how do her followers view her life as a travel blogger? A They recognise that her lifestyle must be challenging. B They underestimate the amount of work it involves. C They are jealous of those who do what they love for a living. D They doubt whether it can bring a sustainable income.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
elsastraveldiary.com
Tip: This task often has questions where you identify the opinions of the speakers. However, here you need to listen for what Elsa says about other people’s views.
2
What is Rodney’s advice for attracting large numbers of followers? A Add posts to your blog regularly. B Ensure that your blog is distinctive. C Incorporate popular search terms into your text. D Imitate what other successful blogs do.
4
Tip: Notice that the interviewer asks this question using different words. Make sure you listen to all of Rodney’s answer as he will mention all of the points in some form, but only one of them is the thing he would recommend.
3
en
3 Decide if the statements about the Listening Part 3
task you have just done are true or false. 1 2 3 4
t
Tip: Here we need to identify Elsa’s opinion, but what she says will be a paraphrase of one of the options, so don’t expect to hear the words in the option.
Tip: Some questions ask you to identify where speakers agree or disagree. Here, focus on what Rodney says in response to the interviewer’s question about mistakes and listen for how Elsa expresses the same idea.
m
How does Elsa feel about her earliest attempts at writing blog posts? A disappointed that so few people saw them B embarrassed about the quality of the writing C confused as to what their purpose actually was D surprised that it used to take her so long to write them
What do Rodney and Elsa agree about when discussing mistakes that bloggers make? A It may be some time before problems caused by the mistakes become apparent. B Fear of making mistakes shouldn’t stop someone from trying new things. C It’s preferable if their followers don’t spot the mistakes on the blog. D Making mistakes enables people to enhance their skills.
The format of the listening is usually an interview or a discussion with at least two speakers. There are four multiple-choice questions in the actual exam. The questions are in the same order as the information is presented in the audio. The speakers will often mention aspects of all four of the options in some way, but only one will actually answer the question.
UNIT 2 On the move
31
VOCABULARY
3 Complete the following sentences using the
prepositional phrases in the box.
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES (1)
in accordance with up to speed for the most part in turn to some extent in terms of in reverse in two minds
1 Read the sentences about travel bloggers. What is
the meaning of the underlined phrases?
m Ca
‘A privileged few are able to live on the road and make a living by writing about their experiences.’ ‘You might think so, but for a start, most of my followers know that I quit a really lucrative job to do this. I got rid of my apartment …’
2
3
id
br
‘At times I still have to spend hours getting an article just right.’
1
2 Read the tip box. Then, look at the pairs of sentences
ge
and decide what the difference is between the sets of phrases in bold.
2
3
4
6
7
8
4 Complete the second sentence using the word in
capitals so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Use between three and six words in each gap.
1
2
I partly agree that trekking can be bad for the environment. EXTENT about trekking being bad I agree for the environment. Diesel vehicles aren’t allowed because their emissions are dangerous. ACCOUNT Diesel vehicles have been banned dangerous emissions. I can’t decide if I should buy a bike MINDS to buy a bike or not. I This app lets me know all the latest travel information from around the city. SPEED with This app enables all the latest travel information from around the city. To comply with European law it’s compulsory to wear seatbelts in vehicles. ACCORDANCE In vehicles, seatbelts must European law.
3
t
en
32
a With so many potholes in the road, driving conditions are far from ideal. b After seven months on the road and the adventure of a lifetime, she was delighted to be back home again. a No way will I ever go camping! For a start, tents are uncomfortable to sleep in. Plus campsites are depressing places – and the showers are cold! b At the start of the holiday, I didn’t think much of the hotel, but by the end I loved it! a Commercial air travel between the UK and Australia began in 1935, and the journey took 12 days, which seemed pretty quick at the time. b It’s a really bendy road, and at times I thought I was going to be sick. I wasn’t though, fortunately. a Our Mountain Itinerary 75-litre backpack has been in demand recently and has sold out, but we do have lots of other great rucksacks – just ask our friendly staff. b With movies, music and more on demand, it’s the only app you’ll ever need. a We travelled from Argentina to Peru by way of Chile and then Bolivia. b That taxi is on the way. It should be here in 15 minutes or so. c The construction of a new road to link my town with the capital city is currently under way and is due to be finished by 2023. d You’re right in a way about the need for more electric vehicles, but I don’t think you are being realistic about the implications for the car industry and for customers.
m
5
Co
1
5
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Tip: Prepositional phrases often consist of simple words, but their correct use is considered to be C1 level. As such, they will be useful in all parts of the Advanced exam. Be careful, though! Sometimes a change of preposition in a phrase fundamentally changes its meaning.
4
The ascent up the mountain is gentle , with the exception of a steep climb to the summit. Staff at Ecotoura go on regular study tours at our resorts in order to keep with the full range of destinations on offer and provide first-class customer service. It was just disastrous – because of congestion I got to the station late. This meant that I got a later shuttle train to the airport, and so I missed my flight. Sunshine Travel have reported a fall in profits, caused by rising prices in plane fuel, as well as tough competition across the travel sector. variety of flora and fauna, I’ve not seen anywhere with greater bio-diversity than Cuba’s Humboldt National Park. I’m about whether to walk to college today or just get the bus. Once we land, all foreign nationals will be requested to show a completed immigration form, customs regulations. Normally people buy their flip-flops and beach gear before they fly off on holiday. This year I’m doing it and buying my vacation essentials when I get to the resort.
4
5
GRAMMAR
4 Decide which option(s) can be used in the following
sentences.
ADVERB MODIFIERS
1
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
2
m Ca 1
1
ge
3
Rudy is impressed with the island he is visiting. Rudy managed to sleep during his flight. Rudy was disappointed with the coach he travelled on. Rudy feels tired now. Rudy is confident about his waterskiing trip. Rudy is always on the lookout for ways to save money.
id
2
Co
2
4
5 Look at these sentences with adverb modifiers that
modify the whole sentence. Cross out any of the options which do not make sense. 1
Incredibly/Sadly/Fortunately, the flights weren’t as expensive as I had thought they might be. Typically/Generally speaking/Totally, the local transport was reliable and comfortable. Simply/Regrettably/Obviously, we weren’t able to visit everywhere we had planned to. Foolishly/Luckily/Sadly, we didn’t book a hotel in advance, so when we arrived, we had to drag our backpacks from one hotel to another, looking for a room. Unsurprisingly/Fortunately/Predictably, the country’s number one theme park was very crowded indeed.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
4 5 6
3
br
014 Listen to Rudy, who is contacting his parents while on a backpacking holiday. Decide if the statements are true (T), false (F) or not stated (NS). How do you know?
more passengers Atlanta Airport handles than any other US airport. A substantially B few C many Crossing the Harbour Bridge gives an unbeatable view of Sydney – and best of all, it’s free! A substantially B totally C quite worse when you travel Jet lag tends to feel from west to east. A much B completely C absolutely the most crowded flight path on earth is in Korea, from the capital Seoul to Jeju, gateway to an island of beach resorts and volcanic craters. A Easily B Considerably C Totally
014 There are 11 examples of adverb of degree +
2 3
adjective phrases used in the phone call. Listen again and note down any that you hear. The first is done for you.
4
absolutely gorgeous
5
3 Complete the following table with the correct adverbs
of degree. Some can go into more than one category.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Adverb modifiers: Page 203
totally fairly quite utterly completely thoroughly extremely really incredibly pretty rather slightly a little (bit) considerably easily far by far ADVERBS THAT MODIFY GRADABLE ADJECTIVES very
better more tired worse more beautiful
ADVERBS THAT MODIFY SUPERLATIVES
t
much
amazing exhausted awful stunning
en
ADVERBS THAT MODIFY COMPARATIVES
absolutely
m
good tired bad beautiful
ADVERBS THAT MODIFY EXTREME ADJECTIVES
the best the most tired the worst
UNIT 2 On the move
33
WRITING
Write a review of any holiday accommodation you have recently stayed in. Please tell us about your level of satisfaction with the accommodation, say how closely the accommodation matched the description and suggest what could have been done to make your stay even better.
PROOFREADING 1 Look at the writing task and the text written by a
student. Read the teacher’s comment and look at the 12 mistakes in bold. Match the errors with the descriptions.
m Ca
missing word incorrect tense used wrong article wrong preposition used error with word order plural used instead of singular wrong adverb used before adjective spelling mistake with single/double letter subject/verb agreement error with use of infinitive/gerund missing punctuation
A
ge
id
br
2 Correct the student’s errors.
Co
3 Read the tip box on proofreading on the next page.
Then discuss the questions below. 1 2 3
The description and photos on the website are accurate for the most 4part although you could take issue with the flat being described as ‘centrally located’, when in fact it’s a good 5 20-minutes walk to the main square. Having said that, it was conveniently close to the airport 6shutle bus, and there’s plenty to do in the immediate vicinity. The ice creams from the shop directly opposite the front door 7is just sensational! And if you’re up for it and don’t mind 8to climb 300 steep steps, the top of the Fortress Tower gives you an 9absolutely impressive panorama of all the city’s sights.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
A B C D E F G H I J K
My mum and I have just spent a weekend in a self-catering apartment in Prague, which we 1were booking through findabreak. com. All in all, we had 2the really pleasurable few days. The flat was ideal in terms of its facilities. There was ample room for the 3two of, and it was imaginatively decorated.
Do you already proofread any piece of writing you produce? Why/Why not? Why might students be reluctant to proofread a text in an exam situation? Are there any repeated errors that you make when you write?
4 Now write your own answer to the exam question in
Exercise 1. When you have finished, spend five minutes proofreading your review. Did you find any avoidable errors?
The only suggestions I could offer the owners of the apartment would be to consider 10getting checked the wi-fi, as the signal was really weak 11for times. Also, there was quite a lot of traffic noise in the front bedroom, so maybe something 12could done to the windows in order for it to be quieter.
A full and successful answer to all aspects of the question, although it is slightly too short. Remember that you should write between 220 and 260 words. However, there is a good range of natural-sounding language, and the tone is friendly and helpful. On the other hand, there are several simple but avoidable errors, which you could have fixed with more careful proofreading.
PUSH YOURSELF C2
A
1 Match the sentence halves (1–8) with A–H to
B C
form the correct prepositional phrases.
6 7 8
D E F G H
2 Work with a partner. Discuss what the prepositional
phrases in bold mean.
34
t
3 4 5
My grandparents prefer to take their holidays out We hadn’t initially planned on renting a kayak, but did so on There’s a wealth of historic attractions in the I’d say that in I wanted to rent a cabin in the jungle but my partner wasn’t in The holiday wasn’t a complete disaster, but in all The hotel offered us free meals by way It’s not a great place to visit at
en
1 2
favour of that, saying that she wouldn’t sleep at night for fear of being bitten by a snake. of apology for the mix-up with our rooms. retrospect we probably should have checked out the hotel before we booked it. the best of times, but in the winter it is a horrible experience vicinity of the apartment we were staying in. of season now that they’re retired because it is cheaper than going during the school holidays. honesty, I wouldn’t use that airline again. impulse and it turned out to be the best way to explore the nature reserve.
m
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES
PROOFREADING IN EXAMS • When you write, leave every alternate line empty so you have space to make any corrections in your text when you proofread it.
m Ca
• Everyone’s different, so it helps if you know what kinds of mistake you make most often, e.g. using the wrong article, confusing homophones (like their and there) or making sentences too long.
• When checking your text, read each sentence separately, starting from the end of the text.
ge
id
br
• You can also use your proofreading to upgrade any lowlevel language to something more complex. For example, the top of the Fortress Tower gives you a nice view an absolutely impressive panorama of all the city’s sights …
SPEAKING PART 2
TRAINING
2
016 Listen to a candidate called Giuseppe doing the task. Look again at the list A–I and tick (✓) those that Guiseppe does in his 1-minute talk.
3
016 Listen to Giuseppe again, and for each pair underline the phrases he uses to give his talk structure.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I’d like to focus on/I’m going to talk about the fundamental difference is/the main difference is something like that/something along those lines presumably/probably in contrast/on the other hand looks like/looks as if have in common/share in the same way/similarly
4 Work with a partner. Take turns to be the examiner
U
and the candidate and practise the photo exam task in Exercise 2.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
015 Listen to an examiner giving instructions
1
Your pictures show people travelling in water vehicles. Why might the people have chosen these forms of transport? How might they be feeling?
Co
about a Part 2 Speaking task involving pictures A, B and C. Then decide which of the following things you should aim to do. Choose YES, NO or NOT NECESSARILY.
A
B
C
I
t
H
en
G
describe in detail what each picture shows give reasons for opinions you state involve your partner in a discussion say which two pictures you like best compare and contrast the three pictures mention your own experience of being in situations like these speculate on why the people in two of the pictures are travelling in these ways show that you know some more obscure vocabulary (e.g. helipad, handlebars …) discuss some negative aspects of travelling in these ways for the two pictures you are talking about
m
A B C D E F
UNIT 2 On the move
35
EXAM FOCUS m Ca
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 2
id
br
For questions 1–8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).
ge
The Kittiwake
LISTENING PART 3
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
EXAM FACTS
• Part 3 is the longest part of the Listening test.
Co
• This part usually features a discussion or interview involving two or more speakers.
EXAM TIPS
• As the questions often focus on the attitude of the speakers, pay attention to any words in the question which denote attitude, e.g. criticise, disappointing, problem.
Launched in 1945, the American ship USS Kittiwake was deployed for the next 49 years (0)
as
a
• Bear in mind that questions may focus on the views expressed by one speaker, or agreement (or disagreement) between both speakers.
submarine rescue ship. Its rescues weren’t just (1)
to assisting submarines. For example,
in 1963, the ship picked up twelve Cubans, three of (2)
were children, whose boat had got into
trouble off the Florida Keys. However, in 1994 the
Kittiwake was decommissioned in Norfolk, Virginia, (3)
it faced an uncertain future.
When the Cayman Islands wanted a shipwreck
017 You will hear an interview in which two
psychologists called Matthew Partridge and Emma Macedo are talking about the benefits of holidays. For questions 1–6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. 1
added to its world-class scuba-diving attractions, they approached the US Maritime Administration
(MARAD), which keeps decommissioned ships afloat they can safely be disposed
(5)
. MARAD donates these ships for use that the recipient can
Preparing the ship involved removing pollutants (7)
its five decks, as well as cutting holes in
its hull in (8)
for divers to access it.
It seems fitting that the Kittiwake is now, after a lifetime keeping people safe underwater, a major diving attraction.
36
2
t
meet the necessary environmental standards.
en
as artificial reefs (6)
m
(4)
What point does Matthew make about holiday pleasures? A Seeing their children having fun is the key for adults. B Both children and adults report that they enjoy spending time together. C There’s a big difference between the highlights of adults and children. D Adults want to repeat their childhood experiences with their own children. According to Emma, the Dutch research concludes that A it is hard to predict how enjoyable a holiday is going to be. B people’s mood tends to fluctuate during their holiday. C the first half of a holiday tends to be more fun than the second. D enjoyment of a holiday is closely related to the time spent travelling.
3
m Ca
Matthew says it can be difficult to interpret people’s accounts of their holidays because they tend to A feel differently depending on how long they go away for. B focus on practical details in their written records. C look back on past experiences in an over-favourable light. D exaggerate the effects of minor problems that didn’t affect their overall enjoyment. Matthew and Emma agree that what makes analysing holiday research so complicated is that A some holidaymakers forget to provide the data to researchers. B people quickly forget how they were feeling before their holiday. C it is obvious that people will feel happier before than after a holiday. D identifying what caused a change in attitude before or after a holiday can be hard.
4
5
6
ge
id
br
Emma says it is extremely disappointing that A the amount of paid leave in some countries is too short to be a benefit. B so little research is being done into the psychology of travelling. C researchers disagree on so many important questions. D the benefits of going on holiday are only short-term. What advice do Emma and Matthew both give in order to ensure people benefit from their holidays? A Take vacations frequently. B Book your trips well in advance. C Select the people you holiday with carefully. D Find out as much as possible about your destination before you go.
U
Co
EXAM FACT
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
SPEAKING PART 2
In the Advanced test, you are expected to start speaking as soon as you are given your photos and the instruction.
Candidate A: Your pictures show people doing something while travelling. I’d like you to compare two of the pictures, and say why the people might have decided to do these things while travelling, and what difficulties they might face.
EXAM TIPS
• Rather than just describing the photos individually, remember to focus on similarities and differences between them. • Remember that you only need to talk about two of the photos.
• Candidates sometimes run out of things to say and stop before the time is up. Practise comparing two photos of a similar theme for one minute. You can easily find photos online.
Candidate B: Which activity do you think is most commonly done while travelling?
t
en
m UNIT 2 On the move
37
1 2
m Ca
DRIVING IN THE UK br
id
1 Look at the UK road signs above. Match them
6
You are approaching a roundabout National speed limit applies No motor vehicles allowed No entry Maximum length of vehicle No overtaking This is the minimum speed for this road Give way (priority) to oncoming vehicles
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
8
7
Co
A rough guide to
U
A B C D E F G H
DRIVING IN THE UK REQUIREMENTS As with most countries, you are required to have a driving licence and insurance. If you already have a licence from your own country, then you are permitted to drive in the UK for the first year of your stay. Thereafter you need to apply for a provisional licence and then take a UK test. Note that if you are in the UK to visit and want to rent a car, many rental firms may require you to be over 21.
Thinking of driving in the UK? Then check out the following tips to make sure you do so safely and legally.
KEY DIFFERENCES FOR OVERSEAS DRIVERS The most obvious difference for most overseas drivers is that in the UK we drive on the left. But there are a few other aspects to UK driving that can confuse people. Because we drive on the left, remember to go clockwise around roundabouts and give way to the cars on the roundabout coming from your right-hand side. Also on motorways and A-roads, you overtake on the right of the other vehicle – it is illegal to do so on the left-hand side. UK streets are often narrower than many visitors are used to and you need to keep an eye out for one-way systems and lane markings because if you find yourself in the wrong lane, you may be forced to take a turning you hadn’t intended to.
m
AVOID FINES There are a number of simple and common ways that people can break the laws of the road, so be aware of the following: • Seatbelts are compulsory. If you are pulled over by the police, you can be fined if you or any of your passengers are not wearing one. • Parking – yellow lines, especially double yellow lines, indicate no parking at any time. Note that most streets in the centre of cities do not allow parking or may have parking restricted until after peak hours. There is usually a sign to indicate what these restrictions might be. • There are very few toll roads in the UK, but be aware that in the centre of London there is a congestion charge, currently at £11.50 per day, which should be paid in advance.
t
en
ROADS AND SPEEDS Remember that UK road distances and speeds are given in miles, not km. A mile is approximately 1.6 km, so for example, 60 miles is roughly 97 km. Speaking of speed limits, it’s important to recognise the different types of road in the UK and their respective limits. M-roads are motorways – the largest and fastest roads – usually with two to four lanes and with a speed limit of 70 mph. These usually connect city to city. A-roads are the most common roads in the UK, and for the most part have a speed limit of 60 mph outside of built-up areas but this can drop to 30 mph in urban areas, and even 20 mph close to schools. B-roads are smaller connecting roads whose speed limit again depends on where they are situated. Watch out for yellow speed cameras, especially in urban areas, or you may get a nasty fine.
38
4
ge
with the information each is giving.
5
3
2 Read the guide to driving in the UK and decide if the
7
statements are true or false. 1
If you rent a car in the UK, you can use your license from your own country. You can only rent a car if you are over 21. The maximum speed on any UK road is 70 mph. You overtake cars using the left-hand lane on a road with two or more lanes. Double yellow lines mean you can only park at that place at certain times of the day. There is a daily charge for driving in the centre of London.
2 3 4
m Ca 5 6
br
3 Find words or phrases in the text that mean the maximum speed on a road go past another car urban road junction stopped and questioned made to pay a financial penalty the busiest times for traffic pay to use
ge
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE 1 2 3 4 5
Watch the video. What do you learn about
8 • • • • •
the early years of Formula 1? qualifying practice? race length and duration? pit stops? the two championships?
9 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2
Co
3
4 Work with a partner. Which driving rules about your
country do you think would be most important for an overseas visitor to know?
Why do you think motorsports are so popular? If you could test drive a Formula 1 car, would you do so? Should motorsports change from using petrol engines to electric engines?
WATCH
018 Listen to two conversations related to cars.
5
I’m looking for rent a car on Friday. Am I correct of assuming I’m OK to use that? I think we’ll go the Gold package Better you are safe than sorry. Well, I’m not expert, but I think there is a problem with the cooling system.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
id
following:
018 Listen again and correct the mistakes in these sentences that you might use in these contexts.
What situations does each represent?
018 Listen again and match the sentences halves
6
you might hear in these situations.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR
with the exception of scratches and dents. our weekly rental package. and running again in no time. cheaper for you than paying a daily rate. to please. the bonnet open? to the bottom of this. in the event of an accident.
LIFE COMPETENCIES MANAGING THE SHARING OF TASKS IN
A PROJECT
Work in groups of three. Choose a famous car to research and prepare a short presentation on it that covers the following points. Agree on who will produce each part of the presentation, what materials you will use and how you will present it to the class.
t
A B C D E F G H
en
I would suggest you go for It will work out There is an insurance excess of £500 It offers fully comprehensive cover We aim Can you pop I think I’ve got They will have you up
m
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
• • •
the origins of the car what made the car famous why you chose the car
UNIT 2 On the move
39
PROGRESS CHECK 1 TENSES
1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
4 Choose the correct option to complete the text.
m Ca
PERSONALITY words in the box.
6
Co
5
QUESTION FORMS
2 Rearrange the words to form sentences. 1 2 3 4 5
your / he / graduated / brothers / has / One / of / just / hasn’t / ? you / What / would / I / didn’t / told / believe / you / say / if / you / I / ? starts / Would / you / what / mind / confirming / the / time / party / ? you / mouth / full / refrain / Please / could / from / with / your / talking / . you / your / you’re / agree / overly / that / dependent / on / phone / Don’t / ?
4
40
t
3
We had the misfortune to have a totally uncompetent builder working for us, who completely misunderstood what he was asked to do. It’s irrational to argue that because buying a home is inaffordable that therefore there’s no point saving up for one! The President accused the media of being discourteous to him and of trying to unstabilise the government through fake news. Before you enter the building you need to unable the alarm system. Let me know if you are incapable of doing this and I will send someone to help you.
en
3 Find and correct the mistakes in the sentences.
2
Hope. Fear. Excitement. I’ve been on a round-the-world backpacking trip for three months now, and the experience (1) all of those things. When I left home and hit the road, I didn’t really know what to expect because I (2) solo before. I was a rookie, and to be honest, I didn’t have much idea of what I (3) . Basically, I (4) my guidebook for the first few weeks. So if I could give my younger self some travel advice, here’s what I’d say. Firstly, bear in mind that people are the best resource. You aren’t the first person to travel the world. You (5) new continents – there’s a well-worn travel trail out there, and people to guide you along the way. So ask the hostel receptionist to recommend a place to grab a bite to eat, or see what a travel blogger says about the museum she (6) the other day. Remember that trip to Cuba in 2019 when you packed more toiletries than you could carry? Save yourself the hassle and only pack the essentials. Then you (7) less to carry. Trust me, there’s no way you’ll need as many things as you (8) when you’re on the road!
m
NEGATIVE PREFIXES 1
before I started travelling
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4
U
3
ge
2
Joan never went to university, and yet she’s incredibly about a range of subjects, from astronomy to zoology. In my opinion – and I may be wrong about this – Dixon will get the job. She was lacking confidence and often felt a sense of about her appearance, even though many considered her to be phenomenally beautiful. Although he thinks of himself as being tolerant and open, he can actually be very about some things. Dave’s always been careful and methodical, and he is always very about checking his work. as My brother was incredibly a child and was always pretending to be a dinosaur, or inventing a brand new language, that kind of thing.
Things I wish I’d known
id
1
br
insecure knowledgeable narrow-minded humble conscientious creative
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
a a a a a a a a
has provided haven’t travelled was doing just followed aren’t discovering has visited are going to have think
b b b b b b b b
provided hadn’t travelled had been doing have just followed don’t discover visited will have will think
GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES
ADVERB MODIFIERS
5 Choose the correct option to complete the
8 Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
sentences. 1 2
1
m Ca
your birthday. I hope you can forgive me a for not remembering b not to remember a taxi home after the It’ll be up to you party. a for organising b to organise I’m sad because Mark has moved away and I didn’t get the chance goodbye before he left. a of saying b to say more sport when I was at I really regret college. a not having played b not to have played He seems to be absolutely incapable when he’s been tactless. a to realise b of realising There’s no way I will get that homework done by tomorrow, so I am thinking of asking the teacher if she will let me an extension. a having b have
3
3
4
5
Co
TRAVEL
5
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
6
ge
id
br
4
2
It was easily a the filthiest hotel room I’d ever seen. b an exceptionally filthy hotel room. His driving skills are absolutely a bad and I wonder how he passed his test. b awful and I wouldn’t be surprised if he has an accident. Vegetarian food can be considerably a more nutritious than you might expect. b good for you when cooked well. I’d say that Janine is by far a more extrovert than either of her sisters. b the most outgoing person in her family. In some countries, putting your feet on the table is considered extremely a unacceptable. b anti-social.
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES (1)
9 Read Alice’s travel plans and add in the missing
prepositions.
6 Complete the sentences with a word or phrase
from the box in the correct form.
boot board reverse overtake give way 1 2 3 4 5
The easiest way to get into a parking space is by into it. Families with young children are invited to the aircraft now. the vehicle in front unless you Don’t ever know it’s absolutely safe to do so. The of our family car is so tiny that we have bought a luggage rack to go on the roof. What typically happens at busy intersections is that smaller vehicles to larger ones, and in general the system works well.
DETERMINERS AND QUANTIFIERS
3
4 5
t
2
hotel in the world has Nowadays, nearly an online booking system. (each/every) The cab never showed up, so we ended up walking the way home. (whole/all) Plans have been announced to extend the city’s metro and construct seven stations. (another/more) When planning a journey, I choose mode of transport costs the least. (any/whatever) The city transport authority owns of buses, so in theory there should never be a shortage in the event of things going wrong. (plenty/enough)
en
1
When my dad was my age he drove across the US from east coast to west coast. I’m going for a very similar itinerary, except that I’m doing the trip reverse, starting in LA and heading for New York. Dad was only 18 and didn’t think it was a big deal the time. But, contrast, my trip’s like the biggest deal ever for him and mum, though I guess it’s sweet that they’re concerned about me! There’s no way I’d do the trip on my own, so I’ll have my two besties (Chanelle and Poppy) company. And we’re not driving (like my dad did). Instead, accordance with his ‘suggestion’, we’re taking trains. We’ll be visiting cities the most part, like Denver and Chicago. But times we’ll probably get off the beaten track and head out into some of the national parks.
m
7 Choose the correct word for each gap.
I’ve always wanted to take a year out when I finish school, but for a while I was in two minds about whether to spend it working or travelling. So I’ve opted for the best of both worlds – the plan is to start by working to save up some money, and then spend a couple of months the road. It has to be that way round of course account of the cost of the trip! People with language skills like me are very much demand in the workforce in my hometown apparently, so I’m reasonably hopeful I should get a job no time!
We’re so excited – it’s going to be this absolutely amazing journey, literally of course, and also terms of being completely independent for the first time.
PROGRESS CHECK 1
41
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED with a partner. 1
2
3
vocabulary related to money.
CONDITIONALS (1)
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Conditionals (1): Page 204
1 Find three examples of conditional questions in the
quiz. What type of conditional questions are they: Zero, First, Second or Third?
2 Work with a partner. Discuss what the form(s) and
function of each conditional type in Exercise 1 are.
Zero conditional = If + present tense (conditional clause), present tense (result clause). We use zero conditional to express facts and for things which are generally true.
3 Look at these less common conditional structures.
Decide what type each one is. How did you decide? 1 2
3
4 5
42
Max is going to do the charity fun run provided he gets enough sponsorship. Supposing I suddenly became very wealthy, I’d invest in the development of a young entrepreneur or a start-up tech company. As long as they’re careful with their spending, it is possible for young people to survive on their student loan. I am taking some extra spending money with me in case I see something I really like. If you should need a larger overdraft, please let us know and we can arrange it.
t
2 Read the questions and underline any useful
GRAMMAR
en
Which expression best summarises your general attitude towards money? a You can’t take it with you – spend it now! b Money doesn’t buy happiness. c Money makes the world go round. What do you do if you need money to buy something expensive? a Save up until you have the money you need. b Borrow the money from a bank or pay for it on your credit card. c Arrange to pay for it in instalments on direct debit. What would you do if you suddenly inherited a huge sum of money? a Treat yourself to luxuries, like an expensive house or a sports car. b Invest it wisely so that you never had to work again. c Donate some of it to your favourite charity. Amrit found a £50 note on the pavement outside a shop. He handed it over to the shop assistant in case the owner came in to claim it. What would you have done if you had found it? a Exactly the same as Amrit. b Handed it in at the police station instead. c Kept it and treated yourself to something nice.
m
4
Co
1 Answer the questions. Then compare your answers
4 Complete the conditional sentences with the words
in the box. You must use all the words. Then decide what type of conditional you think each sentence is. have been even if when would unless if assuming could 1
m Ca
Leah donates money to the wildlife charity every she can’t really afford it. month If I were to tell you the perks were excellent, you consider working for us? I’ve finished all my work, I’ll come to the festival with you. Our accountant made some recommendations which, followed, will put us back in profit for the next financial year. I’m very much mistaken, this year will be our best ever in terms of profits. If the project had managed to stay on budget, we might able to afford to employ more staff. I’d spend my whole life travelling the world on a luxury cruise ship if I afford to. you take out a mortgage, you are always at risk of having your home repossessed by the bank.
2
3
MONEY
Co
VOCABULARY
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
8
U
7
1 Match the two halves of the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
being successful and having lots of money when you spend more money than you have in your bank account when a business’s costs and their profits are the same. legally declared as unable to pay one’s debts wealthy items of value owned by a person of business to waste money total amount spent not worth what you paid profitable
3 Choose the better option. 1
2 3
Working in the Middle East can be very prosperous/ lucrative for professionals. It was my own fault that my account became overdrawn/bankrupt. I spent way beyond my means. Sometimes the government seems to be squandering/ expending our taxes on things that don’t benefit the country. Because Deepa was only selling the products for £30 each, her profits were so low that she only managed to rip-off/break even. Increased affluence/assets is the natural outcome of a flourishing economy.
t
due to an increase in the birth rate. you end up paying way more than the normal price. in fact, they’re lucky if they manage to break even. including property, vehicles and stock. on holidays, partying and in casinos. in fact, he’s hoping to retire on the proceeds. has led to greater prosperity in the region. Europeans are much more affluent than they used to be. I ended up with an overdraft. because his business has failed.
to each definition.
en
I J
My uncle is filing for bankruptcy The millionaire’s son squandered all of his inheritance money Tom’s new business idea is expected to be quite lucrative; The deal they offered was a total rip-off; Thanks to booming economies in many countries, The opportunity for our farmers to take out business loans Government expenditure on education has risen Because I forgot to cancel my direct debit, Most businesses don’t make a profit in their first year; The company has a large number of assets,
2 Write one of the words in italics from Exercise 1 next
m
A B C D E F G H
I only lend money to people on condition that … Unless house prices decrease soon, … I would accept a lower salary in my job as long as …. Assuming that I have enough money, … I don’t give money to charity unless … I wouldn’t have bought …
ge
6
1 2 3 4 5 6
id
5
conditionals.
br
4
5 Complete the sentences with your own ideas to make
4
5
4 Write your own example sentences using the incorrect
options in Exercise 3. UNIT 3 ROLLING IN MONEY
43
LISTENING PART 4
1
TRAINING
1 Look at the pictures which show forms of currency in the past. What does
each show and where/when do you think they were used instead of money? 2
019 You are going to listen to a speaker talking about salt being used as currency. You will hear the recording twice. Answer question 1.
What reason does she give for salt being used as money? A It was common. B Laws had made it scarce. C It was inexpensive.
m Ca
1
2
What does the speaker want to know about the topic? A why the regulations existed B how common the practice was C whether it’s related to a saying
ge
id
2
br
019 Listen again and answer question 2.
3
020 You are now going to listen to a speaker talking about seashells
U
4 1
What reason does the speaker give for their use? A They were hard to imitate. B Supply was plentiful. C People thought they were more attractive. What does the speaker want to know about the topic? A the way in which the currency form affected language B how the currency was moved from place to place C where the shells originally came from
3
Co
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
as currency. Read both questions first and then listen and answer.
4
020 Listen again and check your answers to both questions.
5
6 Read the tip box below and think about the previous four exercises.
Which technique do you prefer for this kind of exam task?
LISTENING TECHNIQUE
Technique 1 – Focus on answering one question per listening.
Technique 2 – Attempt to answer both questions on the first listening and use the second listening to check your answers.
7
Choose from the list (A–E) the reason for this currency form being used.
Choose from the list (A–E) what the speaker wants to know about this currency form.
A
People preferred it.
Speaker 1
A
what happened to the product afterwards
Speaker 1
B
There was a plentiful supply.
Speaker 2
B
whether it is still used today
Speaker 2
C
It could be easily transported.
C
why regulations existed
D
The state controlled its production.
D
how commonly used it is
E
It allowed people to get round legal restrictions.
E
whether it relates to a saying
t
44
TASK 2
en
TASK 1
m
021 You are now going to hear two more speakers talking about forms of currency. You will hear them consecutively and then hear the recording again. Look at the task and think about the listening techniques in Exercise 6. Then listen and choose the correct options (A–E).
WRITING PART 2: A REPORT
TRAINING
1 Read the exam task below. Then discuss and make notes on good
and bad financial habits that young people might have.
m Ca
Your school or college has recently run a short Manage Your Finances course for students. You took the course and have been asked to write a report on your own spending habits. Your report should say what your spending habits were like before the course, what you learnt and how you have applied it.
br
id
Bad habits: Impulse buying – buying things that you hadn’t planned to, can’t afford and possibly don’t really need …
ge
2 Read this report that a student wrote in answer to the question
in Exercise 1. Number each paragraph in the order you think it should appear and then choose the correct heading for each.
U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
WRITING TECHNIQUE
Co
For a report or proposal, it’s a good idea to give each section a heading so that it has a clear structure. Make sure everything in the section relates to the heading.
What the course taught me Introduction Recommendations My spending habits before the course Changes to my spending habits
3 Replace the underlined words and phrases in the report with a better alternative from the box.
t
en
I attended the college’s Manage your Finances course from 23rd to 25th April. This report explains the effect this programme has had on my own financial behaviour.
m
A I have already begun to change my habits. I now keep detailed records of everything I spend. I try to plan ahead and take food and drink with me from home. I often walk instead of using the bus but only if it’s a short distance! I have even downloaded an app to help me find good prices when I’m shopping. B Like most students, I don’t have a lot of money. I have a student loan as well as a part-time job in a supermarket. I was always spending more than I had in my account and having to ask my parents to help me out. I never really tried to keep track of where my money was going; all I know is that it was nearly impossible to manage. C I encourage all college students to take the Manage your Finances course. I believe it will help all of us to graduate with much less debt. D During the course we were made to list all our spending over the course of a month. What surprised me most was how much I was wasting on unnecessary purchases, such as expensive drinks and snacks when I was out. I was stunned to learn how all the small amounts added up over time. It was a real eye-opener! 1 E
get the best deals going into overdraft overpriced my outgoings make ends meet our expenditure am on a limited budget squandering
4 Look again at the ideas in Exercise 1 and the text in Exercise 2. Underline any ideas that you could
use to answer the exam task. Then write your own answer to the question using the same paragraph structure. UNIT 3 ROLLING IN MONEY
45
GRAMMAR VERB PATTERNS (2) – OBJECTS, REFLEXIVES AND RECIPROCALS GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Read the grammar information. Label the highlighted words
in the dialogue as direct object (D) or indirect object (I).
ge
id
br
A direct object is the receiver of the action. An indirect object is the person or thing for whom/which the action is done. A: Could you possibly lend me a tenner? I’m a bit short on cash at the moment. B: Again? You’re always borrowing money from me!
U
2 Add suitable direct and indirect objects to the sentences.
What do you notice about the order of direct/indirect objects when there is a preposition?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Shane’s boss offered The insurance company compensated Would you be able to advance Your bad advice cost from Lindsay withdrew
Co
1 2 3 4 5
.
for
.
?
.
.
3 Rearrange the words to form sentences. 1 2 3 4 5
4 Complete the gaps with a reflexive pronoun
to / about / and / can / each / Varnia / other / I / talk / anything / . blames / business / family / for / failure / the / himself / the / Tony / of / . able / 16 / be / to / after / should / Children / by / themselves / the / look / age / of / . and / My / clothes / sister / often / I / another’s / wear / one / . Family / presents / to / Day / give / Christmas / each / members / other / on / .
(myself, herself, etc.), reciprocal pronoun (each other, one another) or an object pronoun.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
. Someone else You can’t sponsor needs to sponsor you. If you rent it out, the house will pay for in five years. if It’s vital to communicate with you’re in business together. Miguel and I tend to help out with odd jobs since we live next door to . back the You really need to pay money he lent you. Carla is really applying to her studies this semester – she’s getting excellent grades. Our business broke even last year. Our profits and losses cancelled out. Ann is delighted that the manager nominated for Employee of the Month.
statements.
3
4 5
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Verb patterns (2) – Objects, reflexives and reciprocals: Page 205
46
t
2
People who get into financial difficulties should only blame themselves. These days, it is incredibly easy to get yourself into debt. If you start a small business, it is important that you and your main partners trust one another implicitly. I don’t trust myself with money. We cannot rely on anyone to help us to be financially responsible; we have to teach ourselves how to be so.
en
1
m
5 Decide if you agree with the following
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 8 1 Work in groups. Discuss the questions. 1 2
m Ca
3
Who are the most successful entrepreneurs you know of? What do you think is a good age to start your own business? Why? What characteristics make a good entrepreneur?
2 Read the exam task below but don’t read the text
id
br
yet. Then look at the exam strategies and decide if you think they would be useful for this exam task and why. Compare your ideas in groups.
ge
You are going to read an article about young entrepreneurs. Choose from the sections (A–C). The sections may be chosen more than once.
3
used their stardom to advertise their business?
4
has been formally recognised for their achievements?
5
does the writer feel has the potential for continued success?
1
Quickly read the whole text before you start looking at the options. Underline the key words in the options. Look for the exact key words in the options in the sections of the text. Look for synonyms/paraphrases of the key words in the options in the texts. Look at all the options and for each section of the text check all the options to see if they match the information in the section. Look at each option individually and then quickly skim-read all the sections and look for a match. If you find two text sections that match an option, write them both down next to the question and then move onto another option. When you have finished, go back and choose the most suitable option. Quickly check all your answers again when you have finished.
6 7
8
3 Now do the exam task and use the strategies you
think are best. 4 Compare your answers with a partner and explain
how you found the answers.
‘I love a challenge and I love problem solving,’ says 18-year-old Noa Mintz, who founded her company Nannies by Noa when she was only 12. Perhaps because she was herself a child, Noa instinctively knew what qualities were needed in a babysitter. She started off matching family and friends with the ideal carers for their children, and decided to turn her matchmaking skills into a business. Nannies by Noa is a high-end agency, placing staff with families in affluent areas of New York City and the Hamptons. Often considered a low-skilled job, nannying with Noa requires creativity, New York ‘savvy’ and sometimes even a college degree. Of those who apply for the prestigious positions on offer, the acceptance rate is very low due to the exceptionally high standards. Despite being hugely successful, Noa has hired a CEO to run her business for her, so that she can continue her education.
C AMBER ATHERTON
Versatile entrepreneur, Amber Atherton, had already tried business ideas as diverse as cuddly toys, e-cards and selling books online, when she achieved success running her jewellery business, MyFlashTrash. After a spell as a model and with a few acting roles under her belt, her appearance on the reality show Made in Chelsea gave her the chance to get her company and products into the public eye, gaining her celebrity – and even royal – customers and led to her selling MyFlashTrash for an estimated $2 million in 2016. Like all good business people, Amber moves with the times, her next business, Zyper, being a response to the social media age. Zyper is a community marketing software which enables brands to engage with the top 1% of their customers, offering them free products and other rewards. With world-famous brands Topshop, Estee Lauder and Godiva chocolates among her clients, Amber is definitely one to watch.
t
produced a product aimed at a specific age group?
5
B NOA MINTZ
en
2
4
Although he dropped out of school in the tenth grade, Ben Pasternak was voted one of the world’s most influential teens by TIME magazine. Having started by creating iOS games Impossible Rush and Impossible Dial, which became the number one trending apps in several countries, he moved on to developing a buyingand-selling app specifically for teens called Flogg. His success only grew with his next project, video chat platform Monkey, which he designed ‘to fill the loneliness void in teenagers’. Having reached 15 million users and generated $2 million, Ben sold the platform to rivals, Holla. This young entrepreneur symbolises the creativity of the teen years. As the co-founder of Monkey, Isiah Turner put it, ‘I’m afraid to not be a teen in two years. Nobody takes you seriously as an adult’.
m
set up a business based on an innate natural talent?
Co
1
2 3
A BEN PASTERNAK
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Which entrepreneur
TRAINING
UNIT 3 ROLLING IN MONEY
47
PUSH YOURSELF C2 MONEY IDIOMS 1 Read the texts and focus on the money idioms in
bold. Match the idioms (1–10) with the meanings (A–I). One of the meanings matches two idioms.
m Ca
1
br
I’m fascinated by (1) rags to riches stories, and the other day I was reading about Howard Schultz, the billionaire former CEO of Starbucks, the coffee chain. Normally you expect such people to have been (2) born with a silver spoon in their mouth, but Schultz’s experience was the opposite. He was raised in a low income area and for many of his early years his family (3) lived hand to mouth, struggling to (4) make ends meet, and yet now he apparently has a net worth of almost $3 billion.
VOCABULARY
id
VERB COLLOCATIONS
ge
1 Choose verbs in the box that collocate with the
pay make spend waste lose
no time in spending your wages money on unnecessary things off your debts a fortune on a deal for the course in instalments business due to the recession a donation to charity someone back what you borrowed top dollar for rare items a living by selling cars
Co
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of a
verb collocation from Exercise 1. 1 2 3
4
1 2 3 4 5
48
How do members of your family make a living? Have you ever paid for anything in instalments? Do you ever waste money on unnecessary things? What? Have you ever forgotten to pay back money you owed someone? Do you know any companies that have lost business recently? Why?
in debt, owing money reduce costs and live more economically be really expensive be able to manage to pay for the things you need
E
come from a wealthy and privileged background
F G H
spend money freely and without worry have barely enough money to live on start poor but later become extremely wealthy
I
spend more than you can afford
2 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2 3 4 5
What are three things that you would like to have but which cost the earth? Who are three famous people who you think were born with a silver spoon in their mouth? Do you enjoy retail therapy – splashing out on things when you need to be cheered up? What percentage of the population of your country would you say regularly struggle to make ends meet? Why do you think so many people in society live beyond their means?
t
3 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
A B C D
en
of In 2018 Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, $2 billion to the homeless. I’m sure Bob will spending the money he inherited from his grandfather. He used to be a multi-millionaire but he by investing too much in a company that later went bankrupt. The antique shop in our town for rare editions of super hero comics from the 1950s and 60s. It’s important for students to start their student loan as soon as they get a job.
My husband is terrible when it comes to money. Our bank balance is always (5) in the red, and yet we both earn reasonable salaries. I think the problem is that he comes from a family that has always (6) lived beyond its means. His sister for example, works in a local supermarket and regularly (7) splashes out on things she can’t afford. I mean, she drives a Porsche for heaven’s sake – they (8) cost the earth! I would have to (9) break the bank to get one of those. Anyway, my husband is going to have to change his habits. We are saving to get the deposit together for a mortgage this year and we’ll need to (10) tighten our belts if we are going to manage that.
m
5
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
expressions in italics in sentences 1–10. There may be more than one possibility.
SPEAKING ASKING FOR AND GIVING CLARIFICATION 1 You are going to listen to two students discussing a
m Ca
topic related to money. Look at the words/phrases in the box below from the conversation and if necessary, check their meaning. What do you think the discussion will be about?
2
id
br
cryptocurrency QR code decentralised hack transaction verify online scammer log in counterfeit peer-to-peer network
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3
The two students are disagreeing about something. One of the students is explaining something to the other. The two students are discussing a technical problem.
U
1 2 3
ge
022 Now listen to the discussion. What is happening in the conversation?
022 Look at the phrases for checking understanding
Co
and clarifying ideas. Then listen again and number them in the order you hear them. Let me rephrase that. You’ve lost me there. What do you mean by …? I’m afraid I don’t follow. I’m sorry I didn’t quite get that last part. So what you’re saying is … Basically What I mean is … Put simply What I mean by that is … To put it in a nutshell 4
022 Listen again and put the phrases from Exercise 3 in the correct columns of the table.
CHECKING UNDERSTANDING
CLARIFYING AN IDEA
UNIT 3 ROLLING IN MONEY
t
Student A: Choose a topic from the list below that you know a lot about (or another topic of your own choosing) and talk about it with Student B. Clarify any points using phrases from Exercise 4. Student B: Listen to Student A and pretend you understand very little. Use the phrases and questions from Exercise 4 to check your understanding. Possible topics: • how a credit card works • opening a bank account • how a mortgage works • how the stock market works • online fraud (phishing, spyware, trojans, etc.) • using an online payment service such as PayPal • online banking
en
m
5 Work with a partner and do the task below. Then swap roles.
49
EXAM FOCUS LISTENING PART 4
m Ca
EXAM FACTS
EXAM TIPS
• You hear five monologues of around 30 seconds each on the same topic.
• Some candidates prefer to focus on one question per listening whereas others prefer to try to answer both questions the first time they listen and use the second time to check the answers.
id
br
• You answer the same two questions for each monologue, choosing from a list of eight options.
Task 1
ge
023 You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about events and services related to money.
U
For questions 6–10, choose from the list (A–H) how each speaker feels about the event or services he or she describes.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
For questions 1–5, choose from the list (A–H) the purpose of each event or service.
Task 2
Speaker 1
1
Speaker 2
2
Speaker 3
3
Speaker 4
4
Speaker 5
5
Co
We have matched First SB page 77 for this. I hope this is correct. – While you listen you must complete both tasks. Design
Speaker 1
6
Speaker 2
7
Speaker 3
8
Speaker 4
9
Speaker 5
10
A
to collect useful data about shopping habits
A
curious about how it made money
B
to make money from unwanted items
B
convinced it should be banned
C
to publicise its benefits for the young
C
confident it would be enjoyable
D
to give assistance to those who are less fortunate
D
confused about what it is for
E
to get their business noticed
E
doubtful of consumer benefits
F
to increase understanding of personal finance
F
interested in how it differs from similar events
G
to encourage people to shop locally
G
annoyed that they wasted money on it
H
to help the environment through recycling
H
disapproving of its appropriacy
WRITING PART 2: A REPORT
• One of the Part Two options is to write a report either for a superior (for example, your boss or college principal) or your peer group (classmates or colleagues).
• Use a report format, which will usually include headings.
• You will have a prompt to draw on, but you can also use your own ideas and experience.
• Use formal language, especially if writing to a superior. Even if writing to peers, avoid very informal language.
• Use appropriate language for making suggestions and recommendations.
Over the last year your school or college has been raising money in support of a local charity. You have been asked to write a report for the staff and students on the past year of fundraising activities for the charity. In your report you should briefly describe the chosen charity and its aims, evaluate the overall success of the fundraising and explain which activities were the most successful.
50
t
en
EXAM TIPS
m
EXAM FACTS
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 8 You are going to read six reviews of digital finance apps. For questions 1–10, choose from the reviews (A–F). The reviews may be chosen more than once.
m Ca
Which app 1 claims to be particularly useful for those with little experience of financial investment? 2 can assist someone whose debts have involved them in a legal process? 3 can be programmed to provide information you have requested as soon as it is available? 4 requires users to buy a piece of equipment to use alongside the app? 5 can give you advance notice of anticipated future prices? 6 enables you to benefit financially from expert opinion? 7 generates information for people working in a particular industry? 8 claims to be of particular value to people who are extravagant? 9 has expanded rapidly into a worldwide market? 10 provides information specific to wherever you happen to be?
EXAM FACTS • You need to identify which paragraph of a text information contains the answers to the questions. • The text is usually either a single text divided into sections or several short separate texts on the same subject matter.
EXAM TIPS
ge
id
br
• Underline the key words/ideas in each question and look for which paragraph or section expresses them, but be aware that they will be expressed in different words. • Often there will be more than one section that mentions the same topics or ideas as the question, but only one will EXACTLY match the question.
Landrock
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
A
D
Co
Endorsed by no less than the Chief Financial Officer of a major international bank, this free app is described by its creators as a ‘financial champion’, meaning that it puts customers’ needs first and gives them tailor-made guidance on taking control of their money. Landrock tracks your spending and identifies wasteful behaviour, such as paying for subscriptions you don’t use and paying more than you need to for utilities. This app is the ideal investment if you tend to squander your hard-earned cash and regularly get into debt before payday, as it comes up with practical ways of reducing unnecessary expenditure. You can also set up a savings account within the app for all the money you will save! B
Jeremiah
C
Willow
E
Sparrowhawk
With over 30 million apps installed, Sparrowhawk is a super popular way to save money on travel and holidays. This app monitors the cost of millions of worldwide flights daily so that it is able to predict likely changes. Type in your home city, chosen holiday destination and the range of dates you are interested in, and you can receive clear information on how much your journey is likely to set you back at any time throughout the year. It’s invaluable if you have flexibility in your travel requirements and means you’re no longer at the mercy of the enormous fluctuations in the travel industry that you would otherwise suffer from. F
Betony
Betony is aimed at anyone who wants to save money, but it has been of particular benefit to those recovering from bankruptcy. Once your bank account is linked to the app, it checks your spending and transfers what you can safely afford to your Betony account. Betony guarantees that you will not go overdrawn while using the app, giving you peace of mind while you budget and save. By using this app, hotel manager Sylvia Reynolds saved over $10,000 in two years, which she was then able to grow through careful investment. Use Betony free for three months and then a small fee applies. The popularity of the app has rocketed, and it is now being used across the globe, making an estimated total saving of $25 million a year.
UNIT 3 ROLLING Rolling in IN money MONEY
t
en
This award-winning app aims to help users reduce expenditure by drawing their attention to the best offers and discounts around. Willow covers all your needs from food, clothes and beauty products to flights, hotels and car rentals. All the best deals around your current location are displayed on a map, making it easy to avoid getting ripped off. You also have access to a huge number of coupons, online codes and cashback offers, and you can set up alerts based on products you are currently interested in. There is also a useful section on relevant consumer law as it might affect you.
CrystalGro is a great app for those who want their money to grow but don’t know where to start. You link the app to your debit and credit cards, and when you make a purchase, it rounds up the amount and puts the difference in index funds recommended by Brandon Carter, the international prize winning economist. To make it work best for you, you need to keep spending, but it’s easy to ‘set it and forget it’, so that you are automatically growing your money. CrystalGro charges a fee but as long as your account is active, you’ll be quids in!
m
Jeremiah was developed five years ago in response to the knowledge that one third of food is wasted. Jeremiah combines a tablet app, which identifies the type of food being binned, and an electronic scale to work out the value of the food wasted. This awareness prompts chefs and other senior staff in professional kitchens to reconsider their production methods and reduce waste. In the first couple of years, one restaurant, Carlota’s, saved over £4000 in a month, and more than 150 kitchens cut the amount of food wasted by half.
CrystalGro
51
m Ca
PERSONAL FINANCES br
questions. 1
Do you have a bank account of any type? If so, what factors did you consider when choosing your bank and the account type? Do you do any banking online? Would you use an online-only bank?
2 Choose the advice that you think will be
Co
given by the writer in the guide. Then read and check. 1 2 3
4 5
Choose a ‘physical’ bank rather than a fully online one. Always choose the account with the highest interest rate. Make sure the account you choose doesn’t charge fees for other bank services. Choose a bank with a branch close to where you live. Beware of attractive offers for new customers.
3 Look at the numbered words and phrases in
the text and choose the best synonym for each. Choose a, b or both. a a a a a
technophobic evaluate be conditional on confused by take into account
b b b b b
1. Can a fully online bank meet all my needs?
technophile consider depend on deceived by consider
Young people are usually quite (1) tech-savvy. They are much more likely to operate their bank account from their phone and visiting the branch in person is probably a relatively rare event. Online banks (which don’t have physical branches) are an attractive prospect because they often offer higher rates of interest. However, there are times when it might be preferable to speak to your bank face to face, such as withdrawing large amounts of cash or seeking financial advice regarding a loan. This will almost certainly be easier in a real bank branch. 2. Interest rates, fees and penalties
When choosing a bank account, look at what is on offer and (2) weigh up what is best for your circumstances. If you want to save then look for accounts that offer higher interest rates but be aware that this may be at the cost of limited access to your cash. Some charge monthly fees but offer benefits in return, such as travel and mobile phone insurance and car breakdown cover that may be useful to you. Some offer free overdraft facilities for when you spend more than is in your account, but others may charge for this service. 3. Accessibility of branches
Almost all high street banks tend to offer the same basic services: a debit card, online banking, ATM access, branch access and even a cheque book, so it may (3) come down to whether there is a branch near where you live, work or study. Remember though, that you are likely to be with the bank longer than you are in your student accommodation, college or workplace, so make sure your bank has plenty of branches wherever you are likely to be in the future. 4. Don’t be (4) taken in by short-term benefits
en
m
1 2 3 4 5
Opening your first bank account is something that needs careful consideration. But how do you choose a bank account? Here are some points to consider:
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2
ge
id
1 Work with a partner and discuss the
Choosing a bank account
t
Banks compete fiercely for student business with various rewards given in return for opening an account with them. Some even offer you a cash reward for doing so. Such offers might seem superficially attractive, but ask yourself how useful they really are to you personally and weigh them up against the possible disadvantages of that bank in the long term. 5. Take your time and seek advice
52
Your family and friends may all have experience with different banks, so take time to chat to them and find out what they recommend. (5) Bear in mind, though, that not all advice may be relevant to your circumstances. Give yourself enough time to look into all your options. However, if you’re starting university, don’t leave it until you arrive – you’ll be too busy to dedicate the time this important decision deserves.
4 Work with a partner. Do you agree or disagree with
any of the advice in the article? Is there any other advice you would add? 5
024 You will hear three dialogues related to money. Answer the questions.
m Ca
Conversation 1 1 What type of bank account does the customer want to open? 2 What is the bank going to send the customer? 3 What does the teller say about online security? Conversation 2 1 What does the customer want to do and why? 2 What does the shop assistant offer her? Conversation 3 1 Why does Dominique have no money? 2 What suggestion does Pete make? 3 Is Pete sympathetic to Dominique’s situation?
8
You are going to watch the video about the world’s top 5 financial centres. Look at the list and decide which order (1st to 5th) you think they will appear in. Then watch the video to check and make notes on each. Tokyo London New York Hong Kong Singapore
ge
id
br
WATCH
U
6
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
024 Choose the better option for each sentence. Then listen to Conversations 1 and 2 again and check.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR 2
3 4
Co
1
We just need to see some proof of identity/ identification for you both. You’ll have a password/passcode and you’ll set up security/safety questions with secret answers to protect your account. Unfortunately, we can’t give a refund/return on these items because they were in the sale. The credit note is valuable/valid for up to six months. 025 Listen to Conversation 3 again. Complete the
7
phrases they use. Then match them with the meanings.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE 1 2 3 4
f g
saved up rescue financially be responsible for your own financial obligations have just enough money to live on and nothing extra take out money you had saved, especially when you shouldn’t borrowed money from other people, exploiting their generosity no money
TAKING CONTROL OF LEARNING
t
a b c d e
LIFE COMPETENCIES
en
6
m
5
. I am flat Sorry, Dominique, but this time I cannot you . I am pretty much until the end of the semester. the money I I for the fees, just to get by. Sooner or later you are going to have to . me and Mum and You have Dad long enough.
Go online and find a video in English on managing personal finances that you think would benefit students in your class. Present it to the class and explain why you chose this video in terms of: • • •
the content of the video the presentation of information in the video the language level of the video
UNIT 3 ROLLING IN MONEY
53
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
Co
1 Work in groups. Do the quiz.
So, you think you know about space? Then put your knowledge to the test with this intergalactic quiz!
Round 1 – closest guess scores the point 1 How fast is the speed of light? 2 How many times wider is the Earth in comparison with the Moon? 3 Approximately how much does a NASA spacesuit cost in US dollars? 4 What is the diameter of the largest asteroid ever discovered? 5 In which year will the orbit of Halley’s Comet next bring it past the Earth?
to his college astronomy club about a recent discovery made by scientists in the United States. First, look at Questions 1–4. Then, read the ‘Listening Technique’ box and answer the questions in it.
PLANET 9 Darren says that the newly discovered body should be . considered as a planet on account of its (1) to describe the People have used the phrase (2) body’s behaviour. Planet 9 helps to explain the movements of a group of (3) objects in the Kuiper Belt. It was noticed that all of these objects were at the same (4) in their orbit of Planet 9. planet discovered in This could be only the (5) the solar system in modern times. As one of the first planets in the solar system, Planet 9 might have developed by collecting (6) . Planet 9’s orbit can be explained as being the result of the effects of Jupiter’s (7) on it. to support Batygin At present there is still no (8) and Brown’s theories about Planet 9.
t
54
1 You are going to hear a student giving a presentation
en
Bonus round: (1 point for each) Name all the planets in our solar system.
TRAINING
m
Round 2 – true or false? 1 The largest ever discovery of water in outer space was a vapour cloud which contains almost as much water as in all the Earth’s oceans. 2 The footprints left on the moon by astronauts between 1969 and 1972 are still visible. 3 Scientists believe there is a planet made from diamonds. 4 There is no sound in space. 5 More solar energy hits the earth every hour than the entire Earth population consumes in a year.
LISTENING PART 2
2
026 Now listen to the first part of the presentation and answer questions 1–4. 027 Look at questions 5–8. Think about the
3
missing parts of speech for each gap and think of synonyms for the underlined words or phrases. Then listen to the second part of the presentation and complete the gaps.
m Ca
4 Work with a partner. Think of some ideas for a name
if Planet 9 is confirmed as a planet and have a class vote on the best.
br
ge
satellite orbit outer aliens station
2 Complete the sentences with a compound noun from
Exercise 1 in the correct form.
3
4
5
(1) What could be a characteristic (noun) of the body which makes it a planet? (2) How many words are you listening for here? (3) What parts of speech would you expect to go before objects here in this sentence?
3 Complete the sentences with words and phrases
from the box that collocate naturally with space in these contexts.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
craft/ship shuttle asteroid travel tourism
Co
suit ✓ spacesuit planet rocket race probe
U
with space in English.
2
Look at these clues for questions 1–4.
id
1 Decide which of these words form compound nouns
1
Always read the notes/questions before you listen, and decide what part of speech (noun, verb, adjective, adverb, phrase) is needed to fill each gap. Remember that the speaker is probably going to use synonyms and paraphrases of the words in the sentences around the gaps.
(4) The key to this answer is to listen out for a synonym of same in the audio. What synonyms can you think of?
VOCABULARY SPACE
LISTENING TECHNIQUE
needs to be able to keep an A astronaut safe and withstand extremes of temperature. Some historians say that the high costs of the between the USA and the USSR in the 1960s, 70s and 80s contributed to the eventual disintegration of the Soviet Union. I desperately hope that will become more affordable, as my ultimate dream is to orbit the earth myself. In 1977, NASA launched two unmanned intended to study Saturn, Jupiter and their moons. In order for a to escape the Earth’s gravity, it needs to hit a velocity of 11 km per second.
breathing confined hard disk waste stared parking personal bar
1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
I couldn’t save that file because I don’t have enough space on my laptop. So many people in my street have cars that sometimes it can be really tough to find a space. Claustrophobia is the fear of spaces. For a moment, he said nothing and just into space. The teacher has extended the deadline for the class project until next week, so we have a little extra space. Why are you going out with him? He’s a complete of space. on your keyboard is The space the long button at the bottom. Many people feel uncomfortable when you get too close to them and invade their space.
4 Go online and find more examples of common
t
en
m
collocations with the word space. Choose five collocations or phrases that you think would be the most useful to learn.
UNIT 4 THE NATURAL WORLD
55
WRITING PART 2: AN EMAIL 1 Look at the following possible environmental
projects/policies. Rank them 1–10 (with 1 being the most and 10 the least) in terms of how worthwhile you think they are or would be in your country.
m Ca
charging extra tax on vehicles running on fossil fuels like petrol or diesel having car and vehicle free zones in cities stricter regulations for industrial emissions and contamination with severe punishments for violations building more wind and solar power farms making solar panels for homes more affordable banning hunting of animals reintroducing new populations of wild animals to an area sparsely populated by humans organising public litter collections protection of endangered species
ge
id
br
U
English-speaking friend. Answer the questions.
Co
As part of my course, I’m researching what is being done around the world to help protect the environment. I’d really love to know what kind of environmental projects or policies you would like to see in your country, and what the benefits of these could be.
If you could let me know, I’d be really grateful, and I look forward to hearing from you. George 1 2
3
3 Now read Filip’s reply to George and answer the
questions. 1 2 3 4 5
How many projects/policies does Filip mention in his email? Does he answer both of George’s questions in relation to each project/policy? Is his email written in formal language? What is the function of the highlighted phrases? Can you think of any other phrases you could use? Does Filip show a good variety of more complex language? Hi George, Thanks very much for your email. Your research sounds intriguing and I am happy to give you my perspective on it. As you know, my area is renowned for its beautiful beaches and coastal scenery. These attractions draw millions of visitors every year but, regrettably as a result, such heavy tourism is having a negative environmental impact and something needs to be done about it. Given that this damage is being caused by tourism, it is my firm belief that the profits made by local businesses in these areas should in part pay for their protection. As far as I am aware this is currently not the case, and I am convinced that this needs to change.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
2 Look at the exam task below: an email from an
TRAINING
What two questions does George want answers to in reply to his email? Remember that your answer needs to be between 220 and 260 words. How many projects/policies do you think you would need to include? Do you think the email reply should be written using formal, informal or neutral English?
I’d also like to see money being invested in environmental education both for tourists visiting these areas and in our schools nationally. People are more likely to want to take care of the environment if they understand the damage that they are causing to the ecosystem. To my mind, a lot of environmental destruction is caused by ignorance. For example, if people are taught how to safely light campfires, we could avoid many of the fires that devastate our forests every year. Based on personal experience, I would say that once people become aware of the impact of their actions, they will change. Moreover, if we ensure that our kids are environmentally aware, they will put pressure on older generations to behave more responsibly.
m
All the best,
4 Now write your own reply to George in 220–260
words. Think about your answers in Exercise 3 and try to improve on any weaknesses you found in Filip’s answer.
56
t
Filip
en
Anyway, I hope that’s useful. I’d be really interested to read your project once you’ve finished!
PUSH YOURSELF C2
GRAMMAR FUTURE CONTINUOUS, FUTURE PERFECT SIMPLE, FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS AND BE + TO + INFINITIVE
m Ca
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
1 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the
id
br
box. Use be + to + infinitive if possible and will + infinitive where not. melt announce build become survive
4
Co
5
2 Complete the sentences using the future
continuous, future perfect simple or future perfect continuous form of the verb in brackets. Each group of sentences will use the same tense. 1
2
3
DID YOU KNOW? The future continuous, future perfect simple and future perfect continuous can also be used to say what we imagine to be true at this moment or even in the past. Look at this conversation. Speaker B gives three possible answers using each of these tenses: A:
Where’s dad? Has he gone to work?
B:
Yes, but he’ll probably have arrived by now. [= He’s probably arrived.]
OR B:
I’m not so sure – the roads look very busy today, so he’ll probably be sitting in a traffic jam somewhere. [= He’s probably sitting.]
OR B:
Well’ it’s rush hour so he’ll probably have been sitting in a traffic jam for the last 30 minutes! [= He has probably been sitting.]
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3
tough new anti-littering The government laws next week. If the planet , we need to address the key environmental problems now. The new electric car factory on the outskirts of town. Some experts predict that the polar ice caps in the next 20 years. more Extreme weather conditions common unless we stop deforestation.
U
2
ge
1
FUTURE TENSES FOR SPECULATING ABOUT THE PRESENT AND PAST
Pessimistic – The polar ice caps will have melted and sea levels will have risen dramatically. Optimistic – We won’t be using plastic packaging for food products any more.
2
3
4
A: How come I haven’t seen any hedgehogs for a long time? B: Well, it’s winter now, so they at this time of year. (hibernate) A: Can I borrow the car, Mum? B: Well, I’m not planning on using it and your father it. Yes, that will be fine. (probably not need) A: I haven’t seen Sam for months. What do you think he’ll at the moment? (do) B: No idea. You know Sam. Since we saw him last, I can almost guarantee that he for that environmental charity he joined. (still work) A: I hear you’re going to visit some distant relatives this week. B: That’s right. It’s been so long since I have seen them that I am sure they what I look like by now. (forget)
2 Work with a partner. Write the names of some
people who are not in the same room as you are now. Tell your partner what you think they will be doing, will have done or will have been doing. Use the future perfect and future continuous.
t
the year 2050 using the grammar from this section.
1
en
3 Make optimistic and pessimistic predictions for
brackets in a suitable tense.
m
a Next week is an important anniversary. It two years since I became a vegan to help the environment. (be) b The government’s target for reducing vehicle pollution by 2025. (reach) a Supposedly, by around 2040 we petrol cars any more. (drive) b us on our visit to the nature reserve tomorrow? (join) a When you come to visit us, we in our eco-house for six months. (live) b Don’t expect him to help you this evening. He in the garden all day and will be tired and in need of a rest. (work)
1 Complete the dialogues by adding the verb in
My sister will probably have finished work now. I guess she’ll be waiting for the bus at the moment.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Future continuous, Future perfect simple, Future perfect continuous and be + to + infinitive: Page 206
UNIT 4 THE NATURAL WORLD
57
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 7 1 Work with a partner. Say how
important the following considerations are for you when buying clothes. Be honest! what brand the clothes are how much the clothes cost what is in fashion at that time how long the garment is likely to last whether the fabric is natural or synthetic how far the item has travelled between the factory and the shop what the brand or manufacturer does to help or harm the environment
m Ca
• • • • •
ge
id
•
br
•
TRAINING
2 Read an article on sustainable fashion.
Find the numerical information in the article. What does it refer to? 20 percent clothing production is responsible for 20 percent of global water pollution. 350,000 tonnes one year second biggest £255 60 percent 3 Four paragraphs have been removed from the article. Choose from
the paragraphs A–E the one which fits each gap (1–4). Use the tips to help you. There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use. 4 Write the plan for a short blog post that gives tips and suggestions
on the topic ‘How to buy clothing more sustainably’.
U
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
SUSTAINABLE fashion
The environmental impact of the fashion industry is overwhelming. In fact, clothing production is responsible for 20 percent of global industrial water pollution, and the industry as a whole is often said to be the world’s second biggest polluter. Every year, the UK sends 350,000 tonnes of clothing to landfill, and with the majority of this being made from manmade materials such as polyester, it’s not going anywhere any time soon. Many people are arguing that it’s time to rethink this approach, especially given the questionable practices of some of the world’s major fashion producers. 1
But wastefulness isn’t restricted to high-end stores. Arguably, the consumer on the street is just as guilty. We’re buying 60 percent more clothing than fifteen years ago, but only keeping it for half as long. And it’s been estimated that 60 percent of all clothing made globally ends up destroyed or in landfill within a year of production. 2
4
It’s a persuasive notion, and one that may well prove to be a major disrupter to the fashion world in the years to come. 58
however, take a bolder and less B Others, conventional approach in order to highlight issues of environmental concern, such as the horrific amount of plastic that finds its way into the oceans of the world, where it threatens the marine ecosystem. Fashion designers such as Stella McCartney, as well as brands such as Adidas and Gucci are increasingly partnering with environmental conservation groups and sourcing materials for their products which have been converted from plastic salvaged from the seas.
This option begins with the word Others and talks about how some people take a certain approach to environmental problems. Where in the text is another group of people’s approach mentioned?
t
The result of one such collaboration is a £255 winter coat, produced by the Danish fashion brand Moshi Moshi. It looks and feels just like a normal padded coat, and if you weren’t told otherwise, there’s no way you’d be able to tell that it was made entirely from plastic bottles. ‘The fabric is very fine and has its own design challenges,’ says the label’s owner Jenny EgstenEricson, ‘but the idea is to learn and get better with time, as we believe this is a long-term strategy.’
Option A begins with the phrase In contrast and mentions ‘sustainable’ fashion which is ‘kinder to the environment’. Which paragraph in the text mentions something which isn’t sustainable and isn’t kind to the environment?
en
3
buying processes that are kinder to the environment. Many brands are adopting eco-friendly fabrics such as Tencel, which is made from wood pulp, and can be recycled without the need for any chemicals. Denim, hemp and the likes of recycled cashmere also tick the ‘sustainable’ box.
m
The fact that firms are embracing this sort of approach perhaps shouldn’t seem too surprising. After all, what better way for a corporation to signal to their consumer base that they believe in helping the environment than by using materials that do just that?
contrast, the movement for sustainable A Infashion advocates manufacturing and
VOCABULARY
2 Complete the review, choosing the correct
collocation for each gap.
NOUN COLLOCATIONS
NEWS
1 Match sentence halves 1–4 and A–D to complete the noun
collocations in bold. The creatures I find it most pleasurable to watch are birds of The predator at the top of the food These days there’s almost no-one who denies that climate Mankind’s relentless use of fossil
A B C D
change is one of the key issues facing our planet. fuels over the last century has had a devastating impact. chain in this habitat is of course the mighty lion. prey – I’m just in awe of them!
m Ca
1 2 3 4
REVIEWS ABOUT
SEARCH
One to watch with all the family …
ge
id
br
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Coming soon to OnDemandTV is a stunning new eight-part documentary series, Our Fragile Planet. Presented by (1) world – known/renowned ecologist Dr Susie Walker, each episode focuses on a distinct natural (2) habitat/inhabitant, starting with the Sierra Maestre mountain (3) range/group in Cuba. Walker’s focus is on the incredible (4) diversity/difference of species within each of these locations, and she makes a (5) complete/convincing case that all of them, from the top predators to the lowliest creature at the bottom of the food (6) sequence/chain are highly dependent on each other. The breathtaking footage is amongst the best ever seen in a wildlife documentary. From the (7) marine/ocean mammals of Australia to the lemurs of Vietnam, the coverage makes this (8) crucial/compelling viewing. The commentary is informative too, with clear explanations of, for example, how ocean (9) flows/currents play a key role in the redistribution of nutrients throughout the globe. Perhaps unsurprisingly, some of the most (10) noticeable/memorable scenes involve animals hunting, with the sequence in which a tiger moves in on its prey in episode 3 being a particular highlight. We won’t tell you how it ends – you’ll have to tune in to find out!
Many labels are known to destroy their unsold stock C rather than offer it at reduced prices and lower the perceived exclusivity of the brand. Some luxury manufacturers have even burnt billions of dollars’ worth of clothing for this reason. This paragraph mentions negative practices in the fashion industry. Which part of the text introduces this idea in its final sentence?
Buying second-hand clothing is another effective D way to keep down the amount of clothes that are
manufactured in a way that poses a threat to the environment. If you are buying a second-hand garment instead of a new one, no extra industrial processing or production has been done in order for you to have your new piece of clothing, and so the environment benefits.
DID YOU KNOW?
Collocations are words which naturally are used together in a language. Here we are focusing on noun collocations and they come in different types: • adjective + noun
• noun + of + noun
• noun + noun
• noun + adjective
t
What does it refer to in this option?
Exercises 1 and 2.
en
E
Whether it will be of course remains to be seen, but what is certain is that a highly professional appearance is achievable using these kinds of manufacturing techniques. ‘The idea that sustainable fashion must be of lower quality, made from less durable materials, or is generally less attractive is an outdated concept,’ says founder of the RiLEY Studio, Riley Uggla.
3 Read the tip, then classify the collocations in
m
The key word here is another. Does the text have a paragraph which mentions a different way to reduce the amount of manufactured clothes?
Verdict
It is a good idea to record words which strongly collocate together to make your language sound more natural.
4 Work in groups. Decide what makes a truly
great wildlife documentary programme. Use some of the collocations from this section in your discussion. UNIT 4 THE NATURAL WORLD
59
GRAMMAR VERB PATTERNS (3) – MULTI-WORD VERBS GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Read the information in the Grammar reference
on page 207 and categorise the multi-word verbs according to type. Then decide what each means.
7
8
9 10
Co
6
3 Decide whether the underlined adverbs in the following
sentences are in an appropriate position. Move any that aren’t. 1 2 3 4
Greenpeace was set initially up in Canada, but now operates throughout the world. It starts as a tiny seed but turns gradually into an enormous plant. Much discarded plastic ends ultimately up in the ocean. The oil industry accounts for significantly more air pollution than any other. We plan to do away completely with disposable cups in all of our stores.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
5
U
4
ge
3
id
2
How we dispose of our waste now will affect future generations. Politicians need to put their differences aside for the benefit of the environment. Too much plastic ends up in the oceans, contaminating life there, but no one takes responsibility for cleaning it up. More and more species are dying out due to deforestation and destruction of natural habitats. We cannot leave it to governments to sort out the environment; we need more direct action. Many manufacturers have done away with micro-plastics, which kill off marine life. A lot of people have gone back to growing their own fruit and vegetables rather than buying mass-produced versions in supermarkets. Governments across the world need to put together a plan to force industries to take responsibility for the environmental damage they cause. Scientists are working to come up with new types of plastic that are more biodegradable. I call on governments around the world to resolve these issues together.
br
1
5
4 Rewrite the sentences to make them clearer. 1 2 3 4
It is expected that it will take weeks or even months to clear the 45-kilometre-long oil slick up. Environmental pressure groups have put several measures to force companies to monitor their pollution levels forward. I’m planning to set a completely vegan café which will advocate animal welfare up. Foresters have had to chop ash trees affected with disease down.
2 Look at the following sentences and focus on the
5 Work in pairs. Use the multi-word verbs in this section and
multi-word verbs. Correct any mistakes in the word order. Then decide what each multi-word verb means.
make a list of suggestions or ideas for protecting the environment.
1
2
6
60
t
5
en
4
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Verb patterns (3) – Multi-word verbs: Page 207
m
3
Why do supermarkets insist on using so much plastic packaging on food products, and how is this justified? Should cafés and restaurants be required to do away plastic straws and cups with? If an oil tanker causes a spill in international waters, whose responsibility should it be to clear up it? Do you think that environmentalists’ concerns are exaggerated, or are they backed by science up? What kind of fuel do the majority of vehicles in your country run on, and how is this affecting air quality? Should renewable energy be looked upon as being morally superior to fossil fuels?
We need to stop disposing of plastic waste in the oceans as we are killing off marine life.
SPEAKING
DID YOU KNOW?
BUYING TIME AND KEEPING THE CONVERSATION GOING
Different cultures have different ideas on how long a silence feels comfortable during a conversation. In English-speaking countries such as the UK and the US, one to two seconds feels comfortable. Anything longer can feel awkward. Therefore,
028 Match the HR manager’s questions with Mariza’s
1
answers during her job interview with a firm called Green Power For Tomorrow (GPFT). Then listen and check.
m Ca 1 2
• if you need longer than one or two seconds, then say something in order to buy yourself some time This applies in formal situations such as the Speaking exam or a job interview, as well as in social situations.
A
ge
5
id
br
3 4
How do GPFT’s core values reflect your own beliefs about the environment? Being a recent graduate, do you think you have enough experience for this post? How would someone who knows you well describe you? What do you think you’d be doing if you hadn’t chosen this career? What do you hope you’ll be doing in ten years’ time?
• feel free to wait one or two seconds before replying if you need to think of what to say
B
D E
2
Co
C
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Whilst it is true that I’ve only been in full-time work for a year, during that time I have also gained valuable skills by being involved in running various student groups. I am sure this will benefit me in the role with GPFT. Well, I’d like to be making a difference, to be building a better future in some way. And I very much hope that can be with GPFT. If you asked a colleague or line manager, they’d say I’m committed, focused and serious. But my friends look upon me as a bit of a joker! I’ve always been fascinated by the environment and wildlife, so perhaps I’d have trained as a vet. I’m passionate about reducing household emissions, and I know the company shares this vision …
028 Listen again and add the phrases Mariza used to buy time.
3 Match 1–5 with A–E to make longer responses you could
use to keep a conversation going. Then decide the function of each complete response. 1 2 3 4 5
I beg your pardon. I know what you mean – That’s a tricky one to answer, That’s a really interesting idea – I wouldn’t even know
i) ii) iii) iv)
saying that you need more information explaining that the question is difficult to answer asking for more information from the questioner empathising with what the other speaker has just said
A B C D E
how to begin to answer that. I didn’t catch that. I’ve had a very similar experience myself. could you explain what you mean? but I’ll give it a go.
t
en
m
4 Work with a partner. Practise taking turns and keeping the conversation going with
appropriate phrases from this section by discussing the following opinions. If all school children spent an hour a week collecting and disposing of litter from our streets, then the world would be a better place.
By living in cities, we lose sight of the beauty of nature.
Depriving animals of their liberty by keeping them in zoos is inhumane.
It’s inevitable that some species of animal will die out over time. This has always been the case, and protecting endangered species is a waste of time and money.
UNIT 4 THE NATURAL WORLD
61
EXAM FOCUS LISTENING PART 2
WRITING PART 2: AN EMAIL
m Ca
EXAM FACTS
EXAM FACTS
• In Part 2, you will hear a monologue, which contains information and is often a lecture or a presentation.
• You must write between 220 and 260 words.
id
br
• The missing information is a word or short phrase stated in the audio and should be written in capital letters on the answer sheet.
• Part 1 and Part 2 have the same number of marks.
EXAM TIPS
ge
• Identify exactly what you are being asked to do, and underline any questions or instructions.
EXAM TIPS
U
• Read the notes before listening to understand the subject and predict what the missing information is.
• Halfway through writing your answer, check your notes again.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
• Check answers make sense, fit grammatically, are spelt correctly and don’t repeat information already in the notes.
• Make notes on a separate piece of paper and plan your email before you begin writing your actual answer.
029 You will hear a student called Matt Brady giving a presentation on the subject of wildlife repopulation. For questions 1–8, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.
….
I’m planning to come to your country for a week with two friends from my college. We’d like to visit some nature reserves during our stay. Can you suggest two or three nature reserves we could visit? What would we be able to see and do there, and what makes each one so special for visitors from other countries? Thanks for your help! Matilda
Write your email in reply.
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 7 EXAM FACTS
m
Matt describes rewilding as a particular approach to (1) of the environment. Matt says that the word rewilding usually doesn’t feature in (2) . Matt feels that the success of the rewilding project at Knepp was remarkable because it is so close to a large (3) . Knepp now has the UK’s highest number of one species of (4) . The location of a red kite reintroduction programme in Wales has become a (5) . Matt was surprised to learn that bison can live away from in Holland. (6) Matt mentions the grey wolves in Yellowstone to give an example of a project which is (7) . Matt argues that a rewilding project can be considered a success if it can be continued without (8) .
You have received an email from an English friend.
• This task tests that you understand how texts fit together, and how ideas are developed throughout a text.
EXAM TIPS GLOSSARY red kite large bird of
prey from the same family as eagles. 62
• Start by reading the gapped text first so that you understand the structure of the whole text. • Remember that each of the missing paragraphs must make sense with the one after it, as well as the one before it. • Understanding what words like pronouns and linking words/phrases refer to can help you.
t
en
• The whole text (including the removed paragraphs) is up to 800 words long.
You are going to read an extract from a magazine article. Six paragraphs have been removed from the extract. Choose from the paragraphs A–G the one which fits each gap 1–6. There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use.
The Great Pacific Garbage Patch
m Ca
The world’s largest accumulation of ocean plastic is located between Hawaii and California. Journalist Jamie Adamson reports on the most extensive analysis ever of this area.
The results demonstrate that pollution at sea, while densely clustered within the patch, is still scattered. It does not form a solid mass, and does not fit the ‘trash island’ model.
B
It is the currents within the oceans which play the most significant role in the distribution of plastics around the world. In certain locations these currents converge, and one consequence of this is the creation of what have become unceremoniously known as ocean garbage patches.
C
Factors such as wind speed, sea state and buoyancy will influence the depth below the surface of a plastic object. Buoyant plastic will generally resurface in calmer waters, and diminutive items (sometimes referred to as nurdles) will generally take longer.
1
ge
id
br
According to current estimates, some 2 million tonnes of plastic enter the world’s oceans each year by means of rivers. Along with another 10 million tonnes arriving from other sources, that’s a staggering truckload of rubbish every single minute simply being dumped in the sea. Plastic of course comes in all shapes and sizes. Food packaging and drinks bottles are particularly common in oceans, as are nets and other debris from fishing trawlers. Much of this plastic is simply thrown overboard, and more than half of it is less dense than water.
A
Co
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Another consequence of plastic’s resilience is that it takes a very long time to be broken down into smaller pieces, which in turn pose a threat to smaller sea creatures. In fact, it enters every single level of the food chain, from miniscule plankton right up to whales. It even ends up in the seafood on our plates, as it simply will not degrade. Plastic can last years at sea, during which it can be transported over vast distances.
D
Many of the world’s top oceanographers were consulted as to the most suitable way to get the plastic out of the sea and back to land, where it could be disposed of safely. After days of discussion, they were able to reach a consensus.
E
While shocking in itself, this is in fact a conservative estimate as the team only took into consideration the most densely packed central area (with concentration levels as much as hundreds of kilogrammes per square kilometre). Had the research team included the less densely packed peripheral boundaries, the figures could easily be 20 percent higher.
F
For this reason, it does not sink, but remains on or close to the surface, where it is frequently mistaken for food by fish, birds or marine mammals, and swallowed. These creatures can then starve, as the material they have swallowed is simply indigestible and yet their stomachs are full.
G
This consisted of a fleet of 30 boats, 652 surface nets and two flights over the patch to gather aerial imagery of the debris in a range of locations. Experts used this to build up a comprehensive picture of the task facing them.
Perhaps the most widely known is the one in the Pacific, between the American states of Hawaii and California. It covers an area of roughly 1.6 million square kilometres (three times the size of France). To formulate this number, the team of scientists behind the research conducted the most elaborate sampling method ever co-ordinated. 3
The scale of the patch exceeded all expectations. The mass of the 1.8 trillion pieces of plastic it contained was estimated at 80,000 tonnes, equivalent in weight to 500 jumbo jets. 4
And arguably they should have – the patch is constantly changing in location and shape, and items will shift towards the centre and then back away from it. So the fact that an object has moved beyond a certain arbitrary point should not be taken as indicating that it is no longer part of the patch. In fact, only floating objects influenced more by currents and less by wind are likely to remain in a similar position for long.
m
5
Determined measures are finally under way to reduce the amount of plastic of all shapes and sizes in the Great Pacific Garbage Patch as well as other patches around the world. Nobody underestimates the challenge of this enormous task, the vast costs involved, or the urgency to tackle this global environmental problem.
UNIT 4 THE The natural NATURAL WORLD world
t
6
en
In order for the researchers to be in a position to identify the most suitable methods for cleaning up the garbage, they also need to measure the vertical distribution, as not all plastic in the patch is visible at the surface.
63
SPACE TRAVEL and RESEARCH
m Ca
OUT OF THIS WORLD?
– for or against?
Few things divide opinion quite as much as the pros and cons of space travel, so let’s hear the arguments on both sides. FOR – astrophysics student Sangita Devi, Mumbai, India 1
ge
id
br
Out of the 72 countries that claim to have a space programme, only a handful in fact have actual launch capacity. The rest are dependent on pooling their expertise and resources with other nations. It’s hard to think of another area which brings together humans from all nations without conflict. 2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Because space exploration gives us a different perspective, it allows us to view our planet in a different way – quite literally. For example, it enabled us to identify ozone depletion in the upper atmosphere and begin a conversation about the dangers of global warming, in order to keep the planet healthy for our children and grandchildren. 3
030 Listen to a scientist talking
Co
1
about everyday inventions that are thanks to research into space explorations. One of them is untrue. Which one?
1
2
3
With finite supplies of energy and raw materials on Earth, we need to find alternative sources. The rest of the solar system may contain minerals, precious metals and even new materials which we can benefit from if they can be brought back to Earth in a cost-effective way. 4
Opponents of space travel and research cite its high cost as being a major drawback. In actual fact, only $4 per year is spent on space travel for each person on the planet. To put it another way, space only consumes 0.05 percent of the world’s GDP. Surely, as a species, we can stretch to that? AGAINST – environmentalist Rudolf Hindjou, Windhoek, Namibia 5
4
5
2 Read the text about the pros and cons
of space exploration and match the headings with the arguments.
H I
64
7
We should ask ourselves whether funding extravagant space programmes is the right thing to do, given that there are millions of people starving around the world. 8
Fewer than 600 people have been into space, where they were exposed to high levels of radiation as well as weightlessness. At present, little is known about the physical effects of this following their return to Earth. 9 Several fatalities have occurred since Soviet cosmonaut Valdimir Komarov was killed in his April 1967 space flight when a parachute failed to open, causing his capsule to crash. The distances travelled in space are so vast that it would be virtually impossible to launch a rescue mission in the event of a crew needing to be saved.
t
G
After six decades of space travel, there are half a million items of trash in orbit, which are likely to stay there forever. All this debris makes space travel more risky, because an impact with a spacecraft could have deadly results.
en
F
Space travel is hazardous. What about all the rubbish? The expenditure cannot be justified. Our understanding can be advanced. We need resources, and space may provide the solution. Much of the information gathered is already out-of-date. Going into space is more affordable than you might think. The effects of space travel on the body are not fully understood. Space travel is one of the few human endeavours that really crosses borders.
6
m
A B C D E
In 2017, NASA announced the discovery of three Earth-sized planets in the so-called Goldlilocks zone, where the distance from their star means it is neither too hot nor too cold for life. The problem is that they are 40 light years from us, so what we can observe now took place a long time ago. Think of the changes in your own life just in the past five years, and apply that on a planetary scale: how reliable can the knowledge gained from space exploration really be?
m Ca
3 Work in groups. Can you think of any more
br
arguments for or against space exploration? Then discuss whether you think space research and exploration is a positive or negative development.
031 Look at the photo in the top right-hand corner of the page. Which famous person and company do you think it might refer to? Listen and check.
5
031 Listen again. Match the words to make phrases you might use for describing achievements.
ge
id
4
U
make a crowning it wouldn’t be an achieve defy pull do nothing to cap
A B C D E F G H
off it all less than the odds success of (sth) achievement the impossible overstatement to …
Co
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR/USE
7 Prepare a one-minute presentation to tell the class
about a person that you admire. Use some of the phrases above.
8
Watch the video on the Space Race. Make notes on the sequence of events and create a time line of key moments starting with the Space Race and leading up to the present day.
6 Complete the sentences with a suitable phrase from
Exercise 5. 1
2
3
4
TAKING CONTROL OF OWN LEARNING
In groups, prepare a short 2 minute presentation on the International Space station. Work together to decide and agree on what aspects of the ISS you will focus on and how you will present it to the class, including:
t
7
LIFE COMPETENCIES
en
6
WATCH
m
5
James Watt was a prolific inventor, but his has to be the invention of the steam engine, which led the way for the Industrial Revolution. Elafonisi Beach in Crete is simply stunning. In fact describe it as the loveliest place I’ve ever been. Nobody expected Donald Trump to become US president. And yet, in 2016, he managed to and win the presidency. It’s no big deal to set up your own business, but the real challenge is whether you can it and actually earn a decent living from it. British TV presenter David Attenborough has fascinated millions of people through his TV wildlife documentaries. But his has to be raising awareness of the fragile state of our ecosystem. I was about to get rid of my computer after it stopped working. But my sister has managed to and get it working again! What a day! I got married and had a fantastic party. And , the football team I support beat Barcelona 4–0 in the Champions League!
• • •
The format of the presentation The information you want to include Any visuals or supplementary materials you might want to use
UNIT 4 THE NATURAL WORLD
65
A
B
m Ca id
br
C
D
ge U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED the questions. 1 2 3
Co
1 Work with a partner and answer
What is a meme? What memes do you know that have gone viral? Look at the photos. Can you write a comment for each to make them into memes?
LISTENING PART 1
3
1
TRAINING
2
032 You will hear Mario and Jacintha talking
1
about what makes an online post go viral. Who makes the following points? Write M (Mario), J (Jacintha) or B (both). 1 2 3
3
4
034 Listen to Rosie and Jim discuss technical problems they are having with their computers. Answer the questions.
1
032 Now listen again and answer the exam
question.
66
2
t
What do the two speakers agree about viral posts? A Strong personal feelings play a key part. B They tend to relate to important international developments. C There’s no magic formula for understanding their success.
Which technical problem have both speakers had? A the inability to log into a certain website B possible damage to files saved on the computer C an inability to make hard copies of files How do both speakers react to the solution offered by a technical support assistant? A They are concerned by what is suggested. B They are worried that it will affect their passwords. C They aren’t surprised by it.
en
2
Most viral posts relate to something that has just happened or is ongoing. It is very difficult to define what makes content go viral. Posts will not go viral without a strong appeal to the emotions. Posts may go viral if they are unlike anything else on the net.
How would you describe the attitude of Zara to AI? A impressed by how useful it could be B unsure what it should be used for C distrustful of how effective it will be How would you describe the attitude of Jake to AI? A impressed by how useful it could be B unsure what it should be used for C distrustful of how effective it will be Why does Jake mention his cat? A to promote a particular website B to illustrate the diagnostic potential of AI C to highlight the potential risks involved in using AI
m
4
033 Now listen to Jake and Zara discussing AI (Artificial Intelligence) and answer the questions.
VOCABULARY MULTI-WORD VERBS (1) 1
034 In Extract 3 in the Listening, the speakers use different multi-word verbs connected to computers. Listen again and write the correct form of one of the multi-word verbs in each gap.
back up go down lock out log onto print out put in sign in speed up slow down switch on/off
m Ca Jim:
ge
Jim:
id
br
Rosie: Jim: Rosie:
two days ago. After we had the fibre optic I haven’t been able to finish the project because my internet (1) connection (2) , the connection had really (3) but for some reason, it’s now (4) again. I’ve been on the phone to them three times, but you know what they said … Let me guess – (5) again! That’s what they usually suggest. it and Exactly. Not rocket science, right? Anyway, have you got your project done? the VLE to download the topics and guidelines but No, I’ve got technical problems too. I really need to (6) I’ve mysteriously been (7) . When they prompt me to (8) , I can’t enter my username or password. I’m also a bit worried about some of my files being corrupted. I haven’t bothered to (9) in ages. I know what you mean. I always forget to do that and occasionally I pay the price when I find an important file won’t open just when I need it. And another thing – there’s a problem with the ink in my printer, so even if I manage to do the research on my phone and write the paper, I often can’t (10) it . It’s driving me crazy.
U
Co
words or phrases in bold with a multi-word verb from the box in the correct form and make any other changes that are needed. shut down pop up scroll up hack into filter out wipe out drop down opt in
1
the grammar reference on page 207. Then decide which type (1–4) you think each multi-word verb is.
4 Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
meaning as the first. You must use the word given. Use 3–6 words for each gap.
1
Once in a while a computer programming genius will appear who is able to gain unauthorised access to important government files. Such individuals have the ability to steal or even obliterate vital information. There have even been cases where they have managed to prevent entire systems from working.
2
3 Look at the multi-word verbs in Exercises 1 and 2 and
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
2 Read the extracts from blog posts. Replace the
2
3
4
5
en
m
Don’t forget that due to a change in the law, you now have to actively choose to receive emails from companies. If you move the page upwards, you will see an arrow. Click on that and the options ‘send me emails’ or ‘don’t send me emails’ will appear underneath.
We changed our provider and speeds are much higher now. UP sped up since we The internet has changed our provider. It is vital to save a copy of your work in the cloud. UP in the cloud is essential. You need to enter your username and password to access the site. IN You cannot enter the site unless . I want to move to a different area because the internet is unreliable here. DOWN , so I don’t want to The internet stay here. I didn’t have my key, so I couldn’t get into the building. OUT Because I didn’t have my key of the building.
t
3 Today’s top tips Avoid irrelevant results in your search by using negative key words with a minus symbol. Did you know you could prevent those annoying adverts from appearing when you’re trying to write your assignment? Go to settings, type ‘pop ups’ and select ‘block’.
UNIT 5 SURFING, SCROLLING AND SWIPING
67
GRAMMAR
2 Look at the sentences (A and B) and the underlined
RELATIVE CLAUSES GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Read the article on choosing a computer. Underline
clauses. Decide which clause is a defining relative clause (D) and which is a non-defining relative clause (ND). Then look at the statements (1–5) about relative clauses and label them (D or ND). A
B
the ten relative clauses. 1
br
2
RAM
5
ge
id
Looking for a new laptop? Chances are you’re baffled by the number of options out there and blinded by science from all the jargon you’re exposed to. This simple guide will help you.
4
3 Complete the sentences with a quantifier from the
Co
box + of + relative pronoun. There may be more than one possible answer. many most none neither both one several some much
1
Intel, whose processors come in a range of qualities, understand that different users have different requirements. If you’re a customer for whom money is no object, the i7 or i9 processors provide the best overall performance. An i3 may be minimally adequate for those on a budget, but for times when you need to balance performance and cost, the i5 is recommended.
2
Storage
6
5
7
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Relative clauses: Page 208
t
This really is down to personal choice. For example, do you need to use multiple windows? How portable do you need your laptop to be? However, do be aware that Computer Weekly magazine recently tested 12 of the most popular large-screen laptops on the market, none of which were found to have satisfactory battery life.
4
en
Screen size
3
Students, most/many of whom are Macbook users, tend to make choices based on fashion. are exactly Bill Gates and Mark Zuckerberg, short of money, are two of the biggest names in the computer field. The software, has been created in-house, is popular with the library users. Macs and PCs, are easy to use, have a number of key differences in terms of their architecture and operating systems. There is a massive array of printers on the market, also function as photocopiers and scanners. just The best programmers in the school, happens to be my brother Saeed, are going to visit a software development company for work experience. The library computers, are now obsolete, are barely used anymore.
m
If your budget allows it, try to get a computer with a Solid State Drive (SSD) rather than a Hard Disk Drive (HDD). SSDs, which are quieter, lighter and cooler than HDDs, are devoid of any moving parts. This also means they are harder to damage.
68
The relative clause has commas before and after it. ‘That’ can replace ‘which’ or ‘who’ as the relative pronoun. The relative pronoun can be omitted when it is the object of the clause. The relative clause is incidental to the meaning of the sentence and could be omitted. The relative clause explains exactly what is being talked about and is essential to the meaning of the sentence.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
RAM stands for Random Access Memory. RAM can be likened to a notepad where a computer does its real-time calculations. We all use a huge number of apps these days, most of which need more memory capacity than ever before. This means most users will need at least 8GB of RAM, while those who tend to multi-task will need 16GB.
Processors
3
Expandable desktop computers, many of which can accommodate multiple graphics cards, are often a much better option for playing PC games online. The computer that I buy will have to interface seamlessly with other Apple devices.
WRITING CONSIDERING BOTH SIDES OF AN ARGUMENT 1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. What do you know about Artificial Intelligence (AI)? What are some of the benefits and dangers of AI?
m Ca
1 2
2 Look at these extracts from students’ writing.
1
br
Ignore the gaps for now. Are any of your ideas from Exercise 1 mentioned?
ge
id
(1) of AI is helping in disaster situations, where algorithms can be used to identify people most in need of help. While rescue robots have been used since the beginning of the 21st century, (2) in the area of robot– human interaction. This issue is being rectified as AI now allows the robots to provide the necessary feedback to humans.
the reason it’s so popular is on the one hand the major weakness there are both pros and cons to one of the most successful applications
(3) AI is Alexa. For those who are not familiar with this device, it can recognise and respond to the human voice. So, for instance, if you ask Alexa, ‘What’s the time in Brazil?’, it will instantly give you the correct answer. (4) that you can access all kinds of information while your hands are free to get on with other tasks. There are other similar products on the market, but (5) devices is the access its developers have allowed to other companies, so that Alexa can order an Uber or Domino’s pizza for you.
What do they refer to?
A B C D E
This issue those This these For this reason
5 Write about the advantages and disadvantages of technology
products (devices, apps, software, etc.) that you own or know of using phrases from Exercise 3.
My headphones: An excellent example of the benefits of my headphones is their excellent noise-cancelling system … Where it falls down is its audio latency, which doesn’t always synchronise well when I am playing video games…
t
en
the rapid development (6) of artificial intelligence and its myriad applications. (7) , AI can help us complete tasks more effectively, avoiding human error. Unlike people, computers do not get tired and nor do they need refreshment breaks. (8) , the more the field of AI develops, the greater the risk of unemployment for humans, which can cause socio-economic difficulties for individuals and families. This can be considered the main drawback of AI.
4 Look at the highlighted words and phrases in the article.
m
4
Co
3
what raises it above other where they fall down is on the other hand one of the drawbacks of an excellent example of the benefits of
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2
3 Complete the gaps with the phrases from the box.
(9) AI is the cost of developing applications since these rapidly become obsolete. However, in my view, with AI is that while (10) we can train machines to learn, we cannot teach them morals and ethics. For this reason, computers will never take over from humans.
UNIT 5 SURFING, SCROLLING AND SWIPING
69
VOCABULARY
035 You will hear a conversation
5
LANGUAGE FOR EXPRESSING CHANGE
between Richard and Elizabeth, two members of staff at a college. Listen and answer the questions.
1 Work in groups. Brainstorm as many verbs for expressing
1
change as possible in two minutes. improve, increase, adapt, decline …
2
m Ca
2 Put the verbs into the correct categories.
id
br
lower outnumber worsen enhance exceed modify deteriorate strengthen boost intensify facilitate augment hinder upgrade weaken magnify multiply corrupt NEUTRAL (DEPENDS ON CONTEXT)
ge
POSITIVE MEANING
NEGATIVE MEANING
3 4 5
Co
neutral meaning (NE) in the given context.
2
I had already fallen for the guy but when I heard he was a computer games fanatic, my feelings for him intensified. If you force someone to do something they are afraid of, it may well magnify their feelings of dread. The new version of the programme allows you to modify the settings to suit your needs. We installed the software to solve a few problems, but the end result is that our problems have multiplied! They have augmented the latest version of their operating system so that the security features are state of the art.
4 Complete each gap with one of the words from Exercise 2.
You may need to change the form or part of speech. There may be more than one possible answer. 1 2 3
The quality of computer provision in the college (1) over the last few years. In order to (2) the students’ learning, they plan to (3) their hardware, including printers. In addition, they need to buy some new software to prevent further (4) of students’ files. Another problem is that students wanting to use the facilities now (5) the computers that are available. Therefore, staff have decided to (6) the rules and restrict the amount of time students can use the computers. These changes should (7) learners’ experience.
Adding video to my posts really gave my popularity a/an . I now have over 1000 followers. the The number of computers per household now number of TVs. Sharing a flat with my friends is really my ability to get my work done. I’ve had my phone for over two years. I think it’s time for a/an . In spite of all the technological developments, there has been an overall in the quality of people’s lives. The latest version is not that different, but a few features have been to justify the price tag.
GRAMMAR MODALS (1)
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Modals (1): Page 209
1 Match the modal verbs and expressions
with the possible functions (A–H). Some can go in more than one category. enable don’t have/need to can ought to should may must might let needn’t permit to mustn’t have/need to can’t be able to allow to
t
6
035 Listen again. Complete the summary using a correct form of one of the words from Exercise 2.
en
5
6
m
4
3
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U 3 Decide if the words in italics have a positive (P), negative (N) or 1
What does Elizabeth say about what has happened to the computer facilities in the last two years? What changes do Richard and Elizabeth suggest? What changes to college policy do they consider?
A B C D E F G H
70
necessity/obligation must, have/need to deduction/speculation ability possibility advice/recommendation lack of obligation/necessity prohibition permission
PUSH YOURSELF C2
2 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes in the underlined expressions. 1 2 3
PHRASES WITH DARE 1
5 6
3 Read the text and think of the word which best fits
Co
each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There may be more than one possible answer.
PUBLIC WI-FI
Most of us have at some point found ourselves (0) having to log onto a public Wi-Fi networks. However, what most people don’t realise is that such networks are not always secure, even if the passwords are (1) for access. Wi-Fi network providers are under no (2) to protect your privacy, so it is all down to you to do so. Here are a few tips for public Wi-Fi safety:
• Before you log onto a public network, you (3)
•
6 7
Don’t
speak to me like that! !
036 Listen again. For each phrase with dare in
2
Exercise 1 (1–7), choose the correct meaning (A–G).
to
C D E F
G
to tell someone angrily not to do something to issue a challenge to someone to do something difficult to say you think something is probable to show disbelief about something the speaker intends to do to say you are afraid to do something (spoken English) to express shock and anger about something someone has done to show you are aware that what you are going to say may disappoint or annoy the listener
3 Write an expression with dare in each gap. 1
2
3
4
5
6
post something If someone controversial, would you do it? use my smartphone without permission! You had no right! The only solution is, , to install a new hard disk. that she now regrets posting that photo online. A: I’m going to delete you from my contacts list and block you on my social media accounts! B: ! I’d never forgive you! It was me who hacked that webpage but I admit it.
t
at the very least confirm the network name with the business whose Wi-Fi you are logging into and if possible check the IP address to make sure the network is genuine. Also consider the settings on your computer. Is it really (4) to have sharing preferences on while you are surfing the net in a coffee shop? Probably not, so close that door to hackers immediately. Consider using a VPN (Virtual Private Network) to encrypt your data, to stop hackers being (5) to view it. There are some free VPNs available, but if keeping your data from prying eyes is absolutely (6) then it is worth paying for one for added security. Install a good quality, up-to-date anti-virus on your device and/or make sure you use the firewall (software which (7) you to set the rules for what your network (8) through or blocks access for). Both can help prevent unauthorised access to your information. Avoid wherever (9) making financial transactions on public networks. If you (10) do so, ensure that the websites you are using have secure encryption. Look for the padlock symbol and HTTPS at the beginning of the web addresses.
A B
en
•
we’ll manage. Sue that I’ve dropped her
m
•
. , we’re going to
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
10
ge
9
dare!
laptop.
id
8
You My friends Well, have to let staff go.
4 5
br
7
036 Listen to the dialogues and write the expressions with dare from each dialogue.
1 2 3
m Ca
4
This programme is capable of reading the user’s emotions. It’s not necessary back up your files manually in the cloud. Your computer will do it automatically. There is no way my account details were hacked. It was protected by many layers of security. It is not mandatory for the company to refund your money, unless the product is damaged. It is imperative regularly update your software. The shop is of no obligation to exchange your purchase if it is not damaged. Because of the hack, it’s vital you change your passwords. The software we use has the ability of translating into over 60 languages. The tech expert told me that it is recommend to install advert blocking software in your browser. This new app enables me to stream movies from my phone to the smart TV.
UNIT 5 SURFING, SCROLLING AND SWIPING
71
SPEAKING PARTS 3 AND 4
TRAINING
1 Look at the Part 3 exam task. Make notes on each of
the applications and how useful they are.
PERSONALISED TV/MOVIE RECOMMENDATIONS
m Ca
SATELLITE NAVIGATION
br
extracts to form phrases for expressing agreement/ disagreement. 1
id
HOW USEFUL ARE THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS OF AI?
2
ge
3
GRADING OF EXAMS AND TESTS
U
4
Co
5 6
TARGETED ADVERTISING
7
WHICH OF THESE THINGS CAN BENEFIT PEOPLE THE MOST?
037 Listen to two exam candidates, Lily and Pablo,
2
doing the Part 3 task. Decide if the statements are true or false. 1 2 3
4 5
1 2 3 4 5
72
satellite navigation targeted advertising smart home devices personalised TV/movie recommendations grading exams and tests
Part 4 task and answer the questions.
1 2
In which order do they discuss the questions? Which points that Lily and Pablo make do you agree (A), disagree (D) or partially agree (P) with? Do you think it is important for every student to have their own laptop? Is the government responsible for ensuring all schools have good access to the internet? What do you think your life would have been like before computers? What developments in technology do you think we might see in the next few years?
6 Work in groups of three. Practise doing the Part 3
and Part 4 tasks in this section. Use the following instructions: • •
• •
One student will be the examiner who asks the questions and controls the time limits. For the Part 3 task, try to discuss all the options in the first two minutes and when the examiner interrupts to ask the second question, try to agree on the one option you would both choose. For the Part 4 questions, the examiner asks the questions and both students respond. Use phrases of agreement, disagreement and partial agreement to respond to each other’s ideas.
t
037 Listen again. Who feels more positive about each of the applications? Write P (Pablo) L (Lily) or N (neither).
038 Listen to an extract from Lily and Pablo’s
5
en
3
The task is a discussion between the candidates and the examiner. In the first part of the discussion, the candidates try to assess all the options in about two minutes. After about two minutes, the examiner interrupts the candidates even if they have not yet discussed all the options. The examiner then asks a more specific question and candidates talk for approximately one minute. Both candidates speak about the same amount during the discussion. Both candidates must agree with each other in both parts of the discussion.
8
m
6
But, seriously, I agree with you but only . Sometimes SatNavs are more trouble than they’re worth. I can see what , but you’re looking at it from a customer’s point of view. There’s some , I suppose. I hadn’t thought of it like that. That’s not always , though. We bought my Granddad one of those devices to help him around the house. . Sometimes they get it wrong. , but I don’t think you can That’s say that they benefit everyone. That’s , but I would still have to go for smart devices. OK, I guess we will have to here.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
SMART HOME DEVICES
037 Listen again. As you listen, complete the
4
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 4
TRAINING
1 Look at the question below then read and answer
the questions in the box. Then write your answer.
m Ca
It will not be possible to repair your smartphone screen – it’s too badly damaged. CHANCE There your smartphone screen– it’s too badly damaged.
br
You need to rewrite the highlighted part of the sentence, including the word chance. You can use 3–6 words in total. Think about these clues. Which preposition follows chance?
2
Which form of the verb follows the preposition?
3
How will you make the sentence negative?
ge
id
1
questions.
4 Highlight the part(s) of the sentences in questions
1–4 that need to be rewritten. 1
Co
There was very little strength to his argument until the new data emerged. BY His argument the new data. 1 What is the verb form for the word strength? 2 What is wrong with these candidates’ answers? a was challenged by the new data b became stronger because of c was weak before but was strengthened by 3 Complete the sentence with your own answer.
2
3
3 Look at the following candidates’ answers. Have
they answered correctly or not? If not, correct their answers. 1
2
4
5 Match the sentences in Exercise 4 with the language
points (A–D) that are being tested.
A B C D
passive voice/verb patterns modals of obligation/inversions multi-word verbs future perfect
6 Write your answers to the questions in Exercise 4.
UNIT 5 SURFING, SCROLLING AND SWIPING
t
en
4
I didn’t know how expensive it was or I wouldn’t have ordered it. HAD if I had known how I wouldn’t have ordered it expensive it was. Lauren has to make the final decision. WITH Lauren is the one with whom the final decision rests. Governments need to invent a way to solve the problem of climate change. UP make up with a solution to Governments need to climate change. The British and the Americans are similar in many ways. COMMON have many things common with The British the Americans.
the end of December. We have no choice but to live with the appalling broadband connection. PUT We just the appalling broadband connection. It is absolutely forbidden for students to use a smartphone during the exam. NO Under use a smartphone until the exam has finished. Marion received compensation from the insurance company because she lost her tablet. LOSS Marion of her tablet by the insurance company.
m
3
The fibre optic installation work will be completed before 31st December. HAVE The fibre optic installation work
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2 Now look at this exam question and answer the
73
EXAM FOCUS m Ca
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 4
LISTENING PART 1 EXAM FACTS • In Part 1 you listen to three unrelated extracts between two speakers. Each extract lasts about a minute.
EXAM FACTS
• For each extract, you have to answer two multiple-choice questions.
• This part of the exam tests grammar and vocabulary, including phrases with multi-word verbs.
• You are tested on your ability to understand gist, detail, function, agreement, course of action, purpose, feelings, attitude and opinion.
ge
id
br
• In this part of the test, you have to complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
EXAM TIPS
U
• Check your answer makes sense and includes all necessary information.
Co
For questions 1–5, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0
1
2
74
Extract 1 You hear two friends talking about Bitcoin, a type of digital currency. 1 What precautions does the woman suggest for using Bitcoin? A Ensure you research the sites you deal with. B Let the exchange manage your currency for you. C Only invest what you can afford to lose. 2 Why does the woman give the example of her friend’s experience? A to show that you need to be an expert to use Bitcoin B to illustrate that no one is safe online from criminals C to show that it is possible to make a good profit if you are careful Extract 2 You hear two friends talking about online crime. 3 What does the man say about internet fraud? A It tends to be limited to a narrow range of types. B It’s increasingly difficult to detect. C It has expanded the number of ways criminals can rob you. 4 What do the friends agree on with regard to internet fraud? A People should be protected from online fraud. B People should be more sceptical about potential scams. C The elderly are the least likely to fall for internet scams.
t
5
039 You will hear three different extracts. For questions 1–6, choose the answer (A, B or C) which fits best according to what you hear. There are two questions for each extract.
en
4
I just couldn’t understand why Fabio decided to stop using social media. LOSS was at a loss to understand I why Fabio decided to stop using social media. Jenny was going to sign up for an online course, but it appears she has decided not to. MIND Jenny appears signing up for the online course. Karl isn’t sure about the potential of AI. MINDS Karl about the potential of AI. I wonder what she is trying to say in this email. GETTING What in this email? The number of social networks has gone up drastically in the last few years. INCREASE There the number of social networks in the last few years. You should not forget to renew your anti-virus software. INTEREST It is forget to renew your anti-virus software.
• You might be asked for the opinion/attitude of one or both of the speakers. Listen out for phrases which indicate they agree, disagree or partially agree with each other.
m
3
EXAM TIPS • Remember that feelings, attitude, opinion, purpose, etc. are unlikely to be stated directly.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
• Underline the words in the first sentence you need to change and decide how to express them using the word given.
m Ca
Extract 3 You hear two friends discussing the use of robots. 5 What negative impacts of robots are highlighted by both speakers? A They threaten the livelihood of human workers. B They cause boredom and loss of social contact among workers. C Workers are losing their traditional skills. 6 Why does the woman mention farming at the end of the extract? A to add strength to her point that robots increase output B because she is sad that the ‘poetry’ of farming has been lost C to show she doesn’t sympathise with the worker the man talks about
ge
id
br
SPEAKING PARTS 3 AND 4
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
EXAM FACTS
Co
• In Part 3, you will discuss a set of prompts and a related question with your partner. After your discussion, you will be asked to come to a decision together. You are given 15 seconds to read the question and prompts before you begin.
• You discuss the question for around two minutes and then the examiner will stop you and give you another question to discuss which asks you to reach a decision about the prompts.
PART 3
Talk to each other about how important these factors are when choosing a computer to buy. (2 minutes) Appearance
Cost
• In Part 4, the interlocutor asks questions related to the Part 3 task subject. These tend to be more abstract and allow you to discuss the topic in more depth. You continue to interact with your partner as well as the interlocutor.
Size/weight/ portability
• Part 3 lasts about four minutes and Part 4 lasts about five minutes.
How important are these factors when choosing a computer to buy?
EXAM TIPS
• In the decision-making part of Part 3, try not to dominate the conversation. Invite your partner to speak, and respond to what they say.
Processor and RAM
• For both parts of the exam, use phrases you have learnt for giving your opinion, agreeing and disagreeing.
Operating system (Mac, Windows, Linux)
Decide which TWO factors are the least important. (1 minute)
en
m
PART 4
t
Discuss the questions with a partner. (5 minutes) 1 Do you think that technology is deliberately made to go out of date quickly in order to boost sales for the manufacturers? 2 To what extent is being tech-savvy important for young people’s social status nowadays? 3 Do you agree that technology can highlight the differences between the rich and poor members of a society? 4 How important is it for governments to pass laws to limit what can be shared online?
UNIT 5 SURFING, SCROLLING AND SWIPING
75
m Ca
DEALING WITH TECHNOLOGY What types of malware have you heard of? Have you had any experience with any of them?
ge
id
1 2
br
1 Work in groups. Answer the questions, then read the text to check your ideas.
2 Read the article. Choose words from the box to complete the gaps.
LATEST POSTS POPULAR POSTS
Types of
Co
HOME NEWS
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
reinstall lapses payload capture unauthorised pop-up hostage currencies preloaded self-replicate input infections
ABOUT SEARCH
MALWARE
Malware – earlier known as viruses – began as harmless experiments or practical jokes as computer-savvy individuals tried to discover what was possible with new computer technology. The term malware comes from the words malicious and software and is believed to have been coined by Yisrael Rada in 1990. Malware seems an appropriate name given that nowadays its main purpose is to cause disruption or gain (1) access to personal or organisational information. Although we may not all be computer experts, we all use computers, so a basic understanding of the various types of malware can help us protect ourselves, our data and our devices from attack. VIRUSES Like the kind of viruses humans can catch, computer that want to spread as widely as viruses are (2) possible by any means possible. They are self-replicating and can only be detected with special antivirus security programmes.
t
76
en
KEYLOGGERS Keyloggers are able to record information typed on a keyboard. They then send a copy to the hacker, who will extract information such as credit card details, usernames and passwords. They usually only work with physical keyboards, not virtual keyboards or other devices. (5)
RANSOMWARE Ransomware is considered one of the most dangerous types of malware. It is also one of the most advanced and fastest growing. Introduced to the system is disguised as a legitimate file, through a Trojan horse, the (7) sometimes even one offering protection against viruses when it is in fact delivering them. As the name suggests, ransomware holds the user’s data until a ransom is paid. The programme threatens to either (8) publish or delete data unless the victim pays up. The use of this kind of malware increased dramatically in 2013 with the introduction of digital , which made it easier to collect payment. However, paying a (9) ransom does not guarantee the user access to their data as the system is infected from the inside, locking the computer and rendering it useless.
m
WORMS within a Worms are also programmes that (3) computer but they have the specific aim of destroying data and files, which they will keep doing until all the files are empty. Whereas viruses add themselves within existing files, worms are carried within their own containers. in security which allow Worms look for (4) them to access computers or phones via email or instant messages.
TROJAN HORSES These nasties are named after the wooden horse from Greek mythology in which the Greeks hid themselves, presenting the horse as a gift. Like the horse from the story, these malicious programmes arrive within wanted software presenting themselves as useful applications. Once inside, they passwords, banking details, account install keyloggers which (6) names and other confidential information.
ROOTKITS Rootkits allow several types of malware to enter a computer’s system at the same time. Hackers often try to gain administrator privileges in order to install it but there are some that can be installed automatically. Rootkits are particularly difficult to detect as they can prevent detection software from doing its job. It is often impossible to remove them as they can reside deep the OS. inside the operating system. The only cure is to (10)
3 Decide which types of malware have the following
7 You are going to watch a video about Alan Turing, a
characteristics, according to the article. 1 2 3 4
key pioneer of computer development and famous for code-breaking during the Second World War. Answer the questions.
can/cannot be detected by anti-virus programmes come in disguise have increased due to a new online product probably won’t work on a new smart phone
1 2
4 You will hear three conversations between a
m Ca
computer helpdesk and customers. Before you listen, make a list of problems that customers might call a helpdesk about.
id
br
The screen is frozen. Some new software won’t install.
040 Listen to the conversations and make notes on the customers’ problems and helpdesk solutions.
6
040 Listen again. Complete the questions and
ge
5
b
9 26 13 8 12 14 4 26 9 22 =
c
24 26 8 22 – 8 22 13 8 18 7 18 5 22 =
d e
20 9 22 2 4 26 9 22 = 7 9 12 17 26 13 19 12 9 8 22 =
f
26 7 7 26 24 19 14 22 13 7 =
Watch the video about Alan Turing and make notes on the following: • • • •
his academic career his time at Bletchley Park as a codebreaker his post-war work recognition of his achievements
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
statements you might hear in a conversation with a computer helpdesk.
8
What is code-breaking/cryptography? Can you break the following codes? virus a 5 18 9 6 8 =
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE/HEAR
Co
LIFE COMPETENCIES
t
PARTICIPATING WITH APPROPRIATE CONFIDENCE AND CLARITY
en
GREYWARE Greyware refers to files and applications which, while not criminal in intent, can be annoying and worsen the performance of the computer. Two of the most common types of Greyware are Adware and Spyware. Adware are advertisements in (11) windows, some of which cannot be closed. Although the intention is simply to advertise products, they can cause considerable inconvenience to the user. Adware is also an issue on mobile phones, and some cheap Android phones are even (12) with it. Spyware is closely related to Adware as it tracks the user’s internet activities in order to send targeted adverts. The good news is that most antivirus software can detect and delete greyware.
WATCH
m
Conversation 1 1 Hi. I’m having problems with my password. 2 Is on? Don’t forget that passwords are . Conversation 2 3 I think my computer’s been by a virus. 4 Have you recently any new software on your computer or have you opened any from people you don’t know? any other 5 Have you tried computer programmes that you have running in the ? all at the same time 6 Click on to access Task Manager. 7 I may need to your computer. Conversation 3 and select Apps. 8 Go to Can you see our App there? 9 We’re going to delete it and it. 10 Now open the App and go to the .
In groups, research the contributions made by other people who played a role in the development of computer technology. Share your findings with your group. Then agree on whose contribution you think was the most significant, giving reasons and presenting your final choice to the class. UNIT 5 SURFING, SCROLLING AND SWIPING
77
PROGRESS CHECK 2 CONDITIONALS
m Ca
1 Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence, using the word in bold. Use between three and six words, including the word given.
br
1
Co
4
5
emergency, please call this number. Please take something to eat with you because you might get hungry. CASE Please take something to eat with you hungry.
MONEY
2 Complete the sentences with words from the box
in the correct form. One option is not needed. lucrative affluent squander rip off bankruptcy asset
4
78
2 3 4 5 6
It is entirely your fault, Mark. You have no one but you to blame. The repairs to my car ended up costing a lot of money to me. Can you sponsor myself for the half-marathon I am going to run for charity? My boyfriend and I trust each other implicitly. Please help each other to the buffet. There are paper plates and cutlery over there. Can you explain me why you didn’t let me know before now?
Profits dropped so much that the company went due to lack of funds. It had to sell all of its , including the company headquarters, to pay off its debts. Don’t buy those trainers. They are a complete . You can get better ones for half the price. I can’t believe you all of your inheritance on partying. My parents are relatively due to some sound financial planning. They certainly have more disposable income than I do.
NOUN COLLOCATIONS
4 Correct the highlighted words by either changing the
form of the word or by changing the word for a more common collocation.
SHARK WEEK
BITES BACK!
While it is fair to say that the previous series wasn’t exactly (1) impulsive viewing, this latest series about the most feared of (2) sea predators in its natural (3) inhabitant is a return to form. What makes this new season stand out is that it has chosen to give a (4) centred role to (5) climactic change and its impact on sharks, whether that be on their migratory habits or how warming oceans are driving them outside of their traditional hunting grounds in search of food. We get to follow a Great White, the apex predator of the food (6) ladder, migrating from its feeding grounds off the Californian coast on a 4000 km journey to Hawaii. In one (7) memorial scene, we get to see it trying to catch baby seals, something which has to be seen to be believed. Overall, this was a fascinating insight into one of the most amazing and (8) diversity species on the planet. Don’t miss it.
t
3
1
en
2
with mistakes.
m
1
3 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3
U
2
ge
id
“If you can provide a 10% deposit, there won’t be any problems with getting a mortgage.” LONG He told me that there wouldn’t be any problems with getting a mortgage provide a 10% deposit. “Give me a call the moment you arrive back home.” SOON She told me to give her a call back home. She is determined to come despite the fact that the weather will be awful. EVEN She is determined to come awful. If there is an emergency, please call this number. EVENT
VERB PATTERNS (2) – OBJECTS, REFLEXIVES AND RECIPROCALS
VERB PATTERNS (3) – MULTI-WORD VERBS
LANGUAGE FOR EXPRESSING CHANGE
5 Complete the sentences using the multi-word verbs and
7 Complete the second sentence so that it has a
nouns/pronouns in brackets in the correct form. 1 2
m Ca
There was so much mess after that party but Neil helped (clear up/it/me). (run out of/cheese). Could We have you (pick up/a packet/me) on your way home? You shouldn’t let people like him (push around/you). You have to (stand up to/him) In the previous election, I (vote for/the Conservative Party), but the party has failed to (sort out/the political crisis) and (put aside/personal rivalries), so I think I will vote Liberal in the next election. I can’t believe that racism is still so prevalent in sport. It is time that the authorities (stamp out/it). (put together/this Can you help me new sofa bed)? I have (read through/ the instructions), but I can’t (work out/ them). Can you believe that they (shut down/ my Twitter account)? Someone (hack into/it) and posted some offensive tweets.
3
exceed lower deteriorate upgrade hinder outnumber 1
2
5
RELATIVE CLAUSES
4
5
6
6 Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
There may be more than one possible answer. 1
2
3
4
8 Complete the sentences with a single word. 1
2
3
4
5 6
way that I am lending you There is my guitar. You don’t look after things. I’m incapable walking past a clothes shop without popping in to check out the latest offers. You drive me to the airport; I have already booked a taxi. It is that you upgrade your anti-virus software at least once a year to avoid falling victim to malware. Would you be to pick me up after my yoga class tonight? The problem is that the shop is no obligation to refund the money if you have already worn the clothes you bought. They have arrived by now. I wonder what is taking them so long. The President has refused to journalists to attend the press conferences unless they agree with his policies.
t
7
MODALS
en
6
struggles to This new fitness app will benefit anyone find the time to exercise. A who B – C which D that were angry that the I spoke to the protesters, many government had broken its promise to improve public transport. A of who B of whom C of that D of which There are times I get really frustrated by how long my journey to work takes. A which B where C when D that had only joined the The environment minister, government three months ago, was sacked after it was revealed that he had received bribes from a fossil fuels company. A that B which C who D whom My teacher gave me extra homework to help me get through the exams, I will be eternally grateful. A something which B for something which C something for which D something for that you listened to yesterday any Was the podcast good? A that B which C – D who the weather is always I’d love to live in a place pleasant as it is always raining here. A which B where C whose D –
m
5
There were twice as many female applicants for the job as male applicants. the The number of female applicants male applicants by two to one. Diplomatic relations between the two countries have worsened in recent weeks. There has been relations between the two countries in recent weeks. Cutting down on salt in your diet can lead to a reduction in the risk of heart disease. Cutting down on salt in your diet the risk of heart disease. You shouldn’t pay more than £900 for that car. £900. The price of that car shouldn’t The terrible weather conditions made it difficult for rescuers to locate any survivors of the air crash. The terrible weather conditions the search for survivors of the air crash. The airline changed our seats from economy class to first class for free. Our seats from economy class to first class for free.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Co
7
3
U
6
ge
id
br
4
similar meaning to the first, using one of the words from the box in the correct form.
7 8
PROGRESS CHECK 2
79
A
m Ca ge
id
br U
B
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED answer the questions. 1 2
3
4
Co
1 Look at the photographs and
What job do you think each one shows? What kinds of things do the people need to know about the buildings they are working with? Which job do you think would be the most • exciting? • lucrative? • suitable for you personally? What other jobs can you think of related to buildings and construction?
VOCABULARY BUILDINGS appropriate category.
80
1 2 3 4 5
What are the difference(s) between a bungalow and a semi-detached house? Which would you expect to have more inhabitants: a terraced home or a mansion? What nouns can be made from demolish, renovate and install? Which word is associated with horses? How many different tools can you name for working on a building?
TYPES OF BUILDING
BUILDING WORK
t
PARTS OF A BUILDING
2 Answer the questions.
en
attic/loft bungalow demolish DIY cellar tool hallway install makeover mansion renovate semi-detached skyscraper multi-storey stable terraced
D
m
1 Put the following words into the
C
3 Complete the sentences with an appropriate word from Exercises 1 or 2.
4 Work with a partner and
You may need to change the form.
answer the questions.
1
1
My home is looking a bit shabby, and I really think it’s time it was a given a thorough . Lord Montague Barnley de Vazquez lives in a luxurious twelve-bedroom . because I have a fear of heights. I couldn’t possibly live in a of the central heating The workman was unable to complete the because he hadn’t brought the correct for the job. for storage but now we are thinking of We used to use our it and turning it into a bedroom.
2 3 4
m Ca 5
2 3
If you could do a makeover on any room in your home, which room would you choose and what would you do? Is DIY a popular hobby in your country? Would you prefer to live in a luxury penthouse in a skyscraper or in a large mansion?
br id
LISTENING
ge
AMERICAN AND BRITISH ENGLISH 041 Listen to two speakers describing typical homes in their country. Identify where each speaker is from and the
1
U
types of homes each mentions.
UK OR US
1
2
2
Co
SPEAKER
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
condos skyscrapers bungalows stately homes subdivisions cottages mansions block of flats duplexes terraced houses apartment blocks semi-detached houses studio flats TYPES OF HOUSING MENTIONED
041 Listen again and make notes on what the speakers say about the types of homes.
3 Look at the following pairs of words and phrases.
Which of each pair is from the UK (British English) and which is the US (American English) equivalent? b b b b b b b b b b
apartment centre chemist’s ground floor sidewalk neighbor zip code car park urbanisation lift
5 Go online and research other typical differences
between British and American English. Use the following categories to help you:
• • •
pronunciation grammar spelling
t
flat center drugstore first floor pavement neighbour post code parking lot urbanization elevator
country, town or city live in. Share your ideas with the class. Use words from Exercises 1 and 2 where appropriate.
en
a a a a a a a a a a
4 Describe the typical homes that people in your
m
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NOTES
UNIT 6 STRUCTURES AND LANDMARKS
81
SPEAKING PART 1
043 Now listen to three more candidates answering
2
TRAINING
a Wh- question. Which strategy is each using? Candidate 1 Candidate 2 Candidate 3 A
m Ca
B C
3 Work with a partner. Take turns to be the examiner
br
and candidate and answer the following questions. Use some of the strategies from the previous exercises to vary your answers where appropriate.
id
042 Listen to three candidates answer a question from Part 1 of the Speaking exam. Match the candidates (1–3) with the strategies (A–C) for answering the Yes/No question.
ge
1
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
B C
Co
A
Questions for Student A • What kind of building do you live in? • Is it easy to get from your home to the local shops? • Have you made any changes to your home recently? • What kind of home would you like to live in when you are older? (Why?) Questions for Student B • Have you lived in the same home all your life? • How typical is your home for people in this area? • Would you like to live in a skyscraper? (Why?/ Why not?) • If you could change anything about your home, what would it be? (Why?)
U
Candidate 1 Candidate 2 Candidate 3
giving an ambivalent answer, rather than choosing just yes or no offering different interpretations of the question focusing on the reasons for the answer
GRAMMAR THE PASSIVE
improvising an answer when you do not have a definitive response giving different interpretations of the question and then answering providing a clear answer and then presenting various reasons for this answer
3
1
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / The passive: Page 210
1
044 Look at the photos and listen to a podcast
about unusual buildings. Then decide if the statements are true or false.
Bibliotheca Alexandrina, Alexandria, Egypt
t
2
en
82
Crooked House, Sopot, Poland
Sutyagin House, Arkhangelsk, Russia
m
Crooked House, Sopot, Poland 1 The designers got the idea from a children’s book. 2 Photographing the building isn’t allowed. Bibliotheca Alexandrina, Alexandria, Egypt 3 The building’s architects were from Norway. 4 It has been said that the building looks similar to an eye. Sutyagin House, Arkhangelsk, Russia 5 The owner didn’t obtain planning permission for the building. 6 The house still exists today.
2
044 Listen again and complete the missing words
3 Find and underline any examples of the following
passive structures in the extracts in Exercise 2.
Crooked House, Sopot, Poland 1 They were inspired by illustrations in a storybook produced for kids. 2 The building looks as though it’s between a giant’s fingers. Bibliotheca Alexandrina, Alexandria, Egypt just in time in 2002. 3 It there, although not 4 Up to eight million books all this space is . Sutyagin House, Arkhangelsk, Russia to be the tallest wooden house in the 5 It world. 6 He to prison for extortion before it . a fire hazard, and the local 7 The building authorities had the main tower .
1 2 3 4 5 6
m Ca
in the extracts below.
past simple passive present perfect simple passive present continuous passive modal passive have (sth) done passive infinitive
4 Read the blog post about the new home of a couple
from Brazil and answer the questions.
ge
id
br
1 2 3 4
Why did their flat need renovating? Did they do everything that they wanted to? Did they finish the work in the time they had imagined? What big lesson did they learn about DIY?
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
DID WE BITE OFF MORE
Co
THAN WE CAN CHEW …?
t
en
m
When my new husband Lucas and I moved into our apartment in Curitiba, we agreed (1) that needed renovating – and renovating big time! To be honest, I doubt that (2) anything been done to it for ages, in fact probably (3) even since the block built in the mid 1970s. If money wasn’t an issue, we’d just rip everything out (4) and the whole lot replaced: kitchen units, flimsy old doors, stained carpets and so on. But unfortunately we live in the real world, our budget was tight, and doing the whole lot at once just wasn’t going to be feasible. So we made a list of jobs (5) which had to prioritised, and things which could be postponed. We figured that the most economical way to get the place looking more homely was to decorate the walls. As it’s only a small apartment, we reckoned we could (6) get the whole lot over a weekend if we worked hard. Lucas and I bought four different coloured tins of paint from our local hardware store and got going. Of course, (7) before any walls be painted, (8) the whole room emptying. So we had to take all the furniture out of each room to make sure paint (9) didn’t spilled all over it. And then we put a plastic dustsheet down so we could paint the ceilings (10) without paint splashed all over the floor. So, did we get it finished in a weekend? Not a chance! If it’s taught me one thing about DIY, it’s this: preparation is as big a job as the actual makeover itself!
5 Correct the underlined sections of the text above by adding
the following missing words to make passive forms. get could it getting be done was needed have had
UNIT 6 Structures and landmarks
83
VOCABULARY PHRASES WITH GET, HAVE, MAKE AND DO 1
045 Listen to the manager of a firm of builders talking to his team about a job. Answer the questions.
What is the building job that the firm of builders will do? How long do they have to complete the work and why?
m Ca
1 2
5 Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
045 Complete the extracts from the dialogue by
2
meaning to the first, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given.
1
definitions (A–G).
F G
establish a reputation for yourself understand what you are told object to something try your best have to do something because there’s no other alternative begin something (x2) write down things to do or buy
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 6 TRAINING
B
the job and give you a nice even finish. the most out of your visit to this fine medieval building. a point of checking that the client is fully satisfied before issuing the final bill. under way last March, and construction is due to be completed next October. hesitation in awarding this Beijing Daxing year’s Innovative Design Prize to International Abraham Moskowitz.
‘a gravity-defying snow-white iceberg that erupts from the ground like a twisting rollercoaster’ ‘a sleek, silvery form … an architectural show-stopper that could hardly be more 21st century’ ‘a giant starfish with linear skylights elegantly guiding passengers towards their gate with maximum efficiency’
1
Heydar Aliyev Centre, Baku, Azerbaijan
3
Dongdaemun Design Plaza, Seoul, Korea
t
A B
Airport, China
84
A
en
Two coats of paint should do Ladies and gentleman, I have no After lengthy delays, the project eventually got Buying a guidebook is recommended in order to get TPR Construction provide excellent customer service and always make 2
E
with the descriptions (A–C).
m
1 2 3 4 5
D
1 Match the buildings designed by Zaha Hadid (1–3)
C
4 Match the sentence halves 1–5 and A–E.
C
I don’t mind supermarkets, but I don’t fancy living next to one. AGAINST , but I wouldn’t like to live I have next to one. The loft extension will start next year. UNDER next year. The loft extension won’t I tried as hard as I could to dispose of the rubbish as instructed. UTMOST rid of the rubbish as instructed. I
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3 Match the verb phrases from Exercise 2 with the A B C D E
3
Co
8 9
2
U
6 7
1
ge
3 4 5
Before we get in the van and get ,… an We’re going to be making attic conversion today. Do you have attic conversions? doing them. We made a I’ve given my word that we will do … Do you get ? to get done on the I’ve made a first day. We have to meet that deadline. Lets make .
id
2
br
writing up to three words in each gap. Listen again and check.
2 Read the articles quickly and answer the questions. 1 2
4 Now read the other extracts and underline any text
that also talks about the speed that Hadid’s career developed. Then decide who expresses a different opinion from Jeremy.
Are all four articles talking about the same subject? Do you think the writers of the articles express the same ideas and opinions?
3 Look at question 1. Then read Helen Jeremy’s
5 Answer questions 2–4, following the same
procedure.
extract and find what she says about how quickly Hadid’s career developed.
m Ca
You are going to read four extracts from articles about the architect Zaha Hadid. For questions 1–4, choose from the articles A–D. The articles can be chosen more than once.
ge
2
has a different opinion to Jeremy about how quickly Hadid’s career developed?
id
1
br
Which critic
disagrees with Onilski about whether Hadid differed in approach from people she learnt from?
3
expresses a similar view to Older about the importance of teamwork in Hadid’s company?
4
gives a different reason from the others as to why some of Hadid’s designs were never realised?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
A
Co
he work of architect PUSHING THE BOUNDARIES – tZaha Hadid HELEN JEREMY
From Guangzhou to Naples, the world is now familiar with the graceful buildings of Iraqi-born architect Zaha Hadid, a graduate of the Architectural Association in London. But there was a time when it looked as though none of her buildings would ever make it off the drawing board. For many, her designs were just too difficult to realise. And yet, Hadid managed to go from ambitious wannabe to mainstream success story in no time at all. To say that she was in demand would be an understatement. At the time of her death in 2016, her company, Zaha Hadid Architects, had multiple major projects on the go, including building Africa’s tallest skyscraper in Egypt and a new airport terminal in Beijing. Of course, skyscrapers and airports don’t just get built by lone geniuses; they require extensive networks of technical and professional expertise, something that she understood only too well.
B
NICK ONILSKI
CLARE OLDER
With her right-hand man Patrik Schumacher, Zaha Hadid assembled a truly multi-national dream team of directors, associates and designers, which enabled Zaha Hadid Architects (ZHA) to stay on top of an impressive portfolio of groundbreaking designs. In recent decades, clients have been queuing up to get a touch of the Hadid magic. But this success is a far cry from Hadid’s early days, which included, for example, her winning design in 1983 for a resort complex known as The Peak in Hong Kong. An ambitious project involving overlapping cantilevered storeys and endorsed by eminent engineer Peter Rice, it came to nothing when it turned out that the client did not have the funds. Similar problems have dogged Hadid’s career more than most, with projects for Cardiff Bay Opera House and Tokyo’s Olympic Stadium also being aborted.
D
TIM CLINCH
Hadid thrived as a student at the Architectural Association, where she went on to teach after graduating. She also worked for her tutor there, Rem Koolhaus. It was at this time that she made the shift from ‘paper architecture’ to the physical reality of actually making things. However, unlike her mentors, Hadid was unwilling to compromise simply in order to get something built. For her, it was all or nothing, and she did her utmost to promote her radical visions of what could be constructed. Hadid’s unconventional designs posed challenges which construction companies had never encountered before, and so many of them never saw the light of day.
UNIT 6 Structures and landmarks
t
en
m
When Zaha Hadid set up her practice in the 1980s, it seemed unlikely that she would one day join the ranks of architectural greats of her day, such as Frank Gehry and Rem Koolhaus. In fact the latter was her tutor when she trained at the Architectural Association in London, and from him she inherited her utopian architectural vision. Buildings, it was argued, could influence people for the better. And yet her early designs seemed like unbuildable fantasies, characterised by bold designs in which no join was a right angle and no line was straight, earning her the nickname ‘Queen of the Curve’. It took years of hard work for Hadid to make a name for herself as an architect who could not just design, but build on an epic scale. And she did so with style, such as in her magnificent Heydar Aliyev cultural complex in Baku, Azerbaijan. For me, Hadid was simply a genius, and I have no hesitation in declaring her to be the greatest architect of her generation.
C
85
GRAMMAR
4 Read the comments section of a news station’s
MODALS (2) – MODALS IN THE PAST
website. Choose the correct option to complete them. There are two answers you don’t need. DarinaBallerina
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
Can’t believe the builders thought they to keep the money. That’s like (1) saying that if your plumber finds your wedding ring down the kitchen sink, he can keep it! 11
2
I’m a builder and personally I (2) quiet. I bet the worker who found it is wishing he’d done the same! 2
5
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Modals (2) – Modals in the past: Page 211
1 Read the sentences and choose the best option.
6
Co
5
2 Match the sentence halves and add any necessary
punctuation. There may be more than one possible answer.
I saw it this morning and it was fine. there is no other possible explanation as to why it is in ruins. so we consider ourselves very lucky that it didn’t. but the demolition crew underestimated the amount of explosives needed. if it had been built using quality materials. had it not been for its earthquake-proof design. 046 Listen to the news story and answer the
3
questions. 1 2 3 4
86
Where was the $500,000 dollars found? Who found the money initially? Who tried to claim the money? Who finally received the money after the case went to court?
A B C
might have been hidden should have let couldn’t have been lost
D E F
should have been allowed would have kept wouldn’t have allowed
5 Decide which comments in Exercise 4 you most agree
with and why. Share your ideas with the class.
WRITING PART 2: A PROPOSAL TRAINING
1 Read the exam task and look back at the report exam
task in Unit 3 (page 45). Then read the statements and write R (Report), P (Proposal) or B (Both).
The college you attend has announced that there will be an organised trip to a local building in order to learn about the architecture of the area. You have been asked to write a proposal identifying a suitable building, explaining what could be learnt by visiting it, and suggesting what can be done to make the visit a success for the students. Write your proposal. 1 2 3
4 5
The focus tends to be on evaluating a past situation. The focus tends to be on making and justifying recommendations for the future. The target audience is usually either a superior, e.g. a supervisor/professor, or your peer group, e.g. students/colleagues. The language should be quite formal and objective. You can use headings to introduce sections.
t
A B
3
9
en
The building could have collapsed The building would have collapsed The building should have collapsed The building might not have collapsed The building can’t have collapsed The building must have collapsed
E F
What a shocking decision! What was the judge thinking? the new owners keep what He (3) was in the home they had paid for. The deceased man’s daughters sold the house knowing that money inside it somewhere. By selling the (4) house, they abandoned their claim to anything still there.
m
1 2 3 4 5 6
C D
Nakahata
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4
U
3
She had to have/must have had the roof repaired after the storm because it was so badly damaged. I could be/could have been an architect, but in the end, I chose to become a structural engineer. I didn’t have the time or the money to repaint the whole house, but I could/was able to get the bedrooms finished. Three members of the British rock band Pink Floyd would/used to be architecture students before pursuing full-time careers in music. What disappointed me about that museum visit was that we didn’t have to/weren’t allowed to take any photos once we were inside for security reasons. The builders were supposed to follow/ought to have followed the new energy saving regulations when they built that office block, but clearly they didn’t.
ge
2
id
1
br
Sometimes both are possible. If so, is there a difference in meaning?
JoeyBoy
2 Match the two extracts from proposals written by
different candidates with the examiner’s criticisms (A–C). There is one extra option. 1
2
m Ca
One local building that blew me away when I visited it was the La Lonja de la Seda in old town Valencia – I’ve wanted to go back for ages. We must go there!!! If you’re in central Jakarta, why not check out the National Museum of Indonesia, where there’s absolutely tons of highly enjoyable ‘edu-tainment’ inside!
B
ge
id
C
The candidate is insisting on their choice, rather than recommending a place. The candidate uses a chatty informal style rather than a more formal tone appropriate to the task. The candidate is focusing too much on their preferences, rather than thinking of what might benefit the other students.
br
A
U
3 Read these sentences from a student’s proposal
Where could you recommend? Why would you recommend it? How can such a visit be made successful for students?
1
My suggestion is for the group to travel to our provincial capital, Milan, to visit the Galleria Vittorio Emanuelle II. I would strongly recommend that we arrange a professional guide for our visit, who can answer any questions students have. This building is, in my opinion, not only one of the finest examples of nineteenth century architecture in the city, but also it would be free to enter as it is a public shopping mall, saving the college money. In order for the trip to be interesting, I would suggest that students are taught something about the building in advance of the trip itself. I am confident that this excursion would be both rewarding and enjoyable, enabling all the students to get the most out of the day.
3
4
5
Co
A B C
2
BUILDING-RELATED PHRASES AND COLLOCATIONS 1 Match the words to make phrases in this unit. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
drawing fire suspension right earthquakebuilding eyeknow the
A B C D E F G H
boom angle proof bridge hazard catching drill board
2 Complete the sentences with a phrase from
Exercise 1. 1
The building’s flimsy wooden doors are considered a and will need replacing to comply with the latest building regulations. We’ve been over-optimistic with our plans for next year’s budget, so we need to go back to the and do it again. has a Japan’s Akashi-Kaikyo central span of nearly two kilometres, and is considered a marvel of modern engineering. Polish architects Szotynscy and Zaleski designed their Crooked House without a single straight line or in the façade. Structures in cities situated on fault lines such as Jakarta, Istanbul and Manila are designed in order to be as as possible. OK everybody, you . First we clear the upstairs rooms and get everything packed into the van. Then we move onto the downstairs furniture. During the of the 1980s and 90s, the city’s population almost doubled. Hong Kong’s Rainbow Building features a colourful and façade.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
and match them to the questions the student is answering in the proposal task (A, B or C).
PUSH YOURSELF C2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 Focus on the underlined words or phrases in
b b b b b
advice totally I would say before convinced
t
a recommendation a firmly a I reckon a prior to a dead sure
en
1 2 3 4 5
m
Exercise 3. Look at the possible synonyms (a–b) and choose the one which is most appropriate for a proposal.
5 Work in groups. Imagine you are going to write
your own answer to the exam task in Exercise 1. Discuss the questions in Exercise 3 and make notes. Then present your ideas to the class.
UNIT 6 Structures and landmarks
87
EXAM FOCUS WRITING PART 2: A PROPOSAL
SPEAKING PART 1
m Ca
EXAM FACTS
EXAM FACTS
• The questions in Part 1 focus on your experience, interests and personal opinions.
• A proposal is similar in style to a report, but the focus is on making recommendations for a future project, not analyzing something that has already happened.
• Candidates aren’t required to talk to each other in Part 1.
ge
id
br
• It is possible (but not certain) that Part 2 of the Writing exam will include a proposal.
EXAM TIPS
Co
• Again, as with a report, you need to identify who you are writing for as this will help you decide if the tone needs to be formal or neutral.
Write an answer to the question. Write your answer in 220–260 words in an appropriate style. Your town council has recently received some funding for improvements to public buildings and it has asked residents for suggestions. Write a proposal to the council in which you identify the building and explain why you think local people would benefit from it being improved. You should also briefly outline your recommendations for improving the building. Write your proposal.
• Think about different ways to answer these questions. For example, for Yes/No questions, don’t just always answer with ‘Yes’ or ‘No’. Use alternatives such as ‘Definitely (not)’, ‘To some extent …’, ‘Yes and no’ or ‘It depends …’ to show variety. Also make sure you explain and justify your answer.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
• As with a report, you may want to give your paragraphs headings in a proposal. Headings typically are written as a noun phrase, e.g. A new art gallery for Tonkington or a clause beginning with a question word (where, when, how, why): Why Tarnow needs a new sports centre
EXAM TIPS
• If you are asked a question that you cannot immediately answer, you can try strategies such as explaining your interpretation of the question, or admitting you don’t have an immediate answer to that question but offering an alternative perspective instead.
t
en
m
Questions for Student A • How interested are you in visiting old buildings? • What’s the most interesting building you have ever visited? • Is there any building in the world that you’d really like to visit? (Why?) • What would you say is the most famous building in your country? • Have you ever visited a ruined building, and if so, what did you think of it? Questions for Student B • Do you prefer modern buildings or historical ones? Why? • Which building in your town do you think that visitors should go and see? • Do you think working as an architect would be a rewarding career? Why?/Why not? • Have you ever been to the top of a skyscraper, and if so, would you recommend it? Why?/Why not? • Do you think children should be taught about architecture at school? Why?/Why not?
88
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 6 EXAM FACTS
EXAM TIPS • Read each question and underline the opinion/ attitude/idea that you need to locate.
• The four questions ask you to find similar or different opinions, agreement or disagreement between the writers/texts.
• If you are given the name of one of the writers/texts in the question, then identify where this information is in that text. Then read the other texts to find the corresponding information that the question asks for.
m Ca
• This task requires you to cross-reference information across four different texts.
You are going to read four texts about skyscrapers. For questions 1–4, choose from the texts A–D. The texts may be chosen more than once.
• There is usually one question which requires you to find out which writer differs or disagrees with all the others on something.
br
ge
id
Which writer 1 offers more evidence to support Howel’s view about how living in multi-storey buildings affects health? 2 has a different view from Bergsen about what people associate with high-rise buildings? 3 shares Parkin’s opinion on how living in a tall building affects social interaction? 4 offers an alternative explanation from the others as to why so many skyscrapers are being built?
Hilde Bergsen
Co
A
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Skyscrapers
Recent years have seen the resurgence of the skyscraper brought on by improved construction technology, largely in the area of lifts which can reach speeds of up to 60 km per hour. Tall buildings are regarded as indicators of high-end luxury living and commercial success. From basement swimming pools to the rooftop running tracks common in high-rise blocks in Singapore, they can and should provide the amenities needed by residents to ensure that high-rise living is beneficial to both mind and body. However, just because such facilities exist for people to use and get to know one another does not necessarily mean that inhabitants will do so. Studies suggest that the larger a residential building is, the greater the chance that its residents will report some degree of loneliness. B
Adrian Bell
Chris Parkin
Advances in construction nowadays mean that structures can be made wind- and earthquake-proof at a larger size than ever before, prompting a skyscraper building boom right across the globe. So what’s it actually like to live on the 62nd floor? Well, the views from up there are no doubt superb, but a Canadian study of heart attack victims has concluded that survival rates dropped substantially on higher floors of a skyscraper because they were harder and more time-consuming for paramedics to reach. And there’s the day-to-day practical aspect of living in the sky to consider too. Kilometre-high buildings inevitably take longer to enter and longer to exit, and so getting out to see a pal down the road can become such an undertaking that people don’t bother, which can lead to extended isolation, as several commentators have observed. D
Becca Howel
I’ve always resented the childish quest to build as tall a structure as possible. Corporations worldwide are competing with each other to show their importance and power as though a company’s success can be measured through the number of storeys its corporate HQ has. And yet there’s something heroic about these vast landscapedominating structures. Increasingly, though, new skyscrapers are less likely to be workplaces, and more likely to be the place that several hundred people call home. Of course, the sheer number of people sharing a large building does make it easier for bugs and germs to spread through shared contact with door handles, lift buttons and hallways. But at the same time, having a large pool of neighbours means that there is a large supply of what poet William Butler Yeats refers to as ‘friends you haven’t met yet’.
UNIT 6 Structures and landmarks
t
en
m
In many ways, this year has felt like the year of the skyscraper. Mind you, so did last year. I’m interested in people’s perceptions of skyscrapers, largely because I want to understand what so many people have against them. In places like Hong Kong where limited space has prompted the tendency to build skywards, they’re just the norm. In other places such as the UK, however, a certain stigma has been attached to the drab multi-storey blocks of the 1950s and 60s, and this is taking quite a time to shed. Many of the supposed drawbacks are simply overstated, such as the idea that living in a high-rise is unhealthy. In actual fact, overall life expectancy has been shown to be higher in the upper levels of multi-storeys than those closer to street level. And with increasingly sophisticated design, the current trend is for more and more skyscrapers reaching higher and higher. I have a feeling I’ll be calling next year ‘the year of the skyscraper’ too.
C
89
m Ca
RENTING A PLACE TO LIVE ge
id
br
1 Work in groups. Answer the
3
Co
2
Do you currently or have you ever rented a house, flat or room? If so, describe the home and your feelings about it. Would you prefer to live alone or in a shared house? What are the advantages and disadvantages of each situation? Are the following statements true or false for your country? a Most young people can’t afford to buy a house or flat in the place they grew up. b Renting is so expensive that more and more young people are living with their parents after they leave school or university. c Universities usually provide cheaper accommodation for students in halls of residence. d The further you are from the city centre, the more affordable accommodation becomes.
2 You are going to read an article
90
up is affordability. It goes without saying that you get [2] First what you pay for but most people would expect to pay about one third of their income on rent. Remember that you’ll also need to budget for your other monthly costs like transport and phone bills, so it’s sensible to have a ball-park figure in mind. Overestimate what you can stretch to, and you might find yourself struggling to stay afloat each month. If you’re going to be sharing, make sure you’re all in agreement about the budget because it’s likely to be the case that if one of you defaults, then everyone else effectively becomes liable.
make sure you’re clear on your non-negotiables – your [3] Then must-haves. Sure, a sea view would be great, but optional extras like that tend to push the price up. Focus on the essentials, like whether there’s parking or space to keep a bike. Or how near to the city centre you need to be. Work out what your daily commute time will be, especially if you will be relying on public transport.
once all that is sorted out, it’s time to make a shortlist [4] And and view some properties.
t
C
to a new area. It can give you flexibility, independence and a whole new lifestyle. But, like anything, there are pitfalls, and it pays to be aware of these so that you can find a place that’s right and make sure renting works for you.
en
B
Renting a home can be great provided that you know how to go about it. If you’re going to be renting, make sure that your flatmates are compatible. There are some things you should never economise on when renting somewhere to live.
a place to rent is often an exciting step, whether you’re [1] Finding flying the nest, downsizing, moving in with friends or relocating
m
about renting a property in the UK. First read paragraphs 1–4 of the article and identify the best summary of the article A–C. A
THINKING OF RENTING? THEN READ THIS FIRST
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
1
U
questions.
3 Find words in paragraphs 1–4 meaning A
review the possible options and reduce them to the most important ones afford, manage fails to pay, misses a payment unanticipated problems obliged to pay allow enough money, plan for financially approximate amount moving to a smaller home, often to save money
strategies Janine uses to reach an agreement. 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 Complete the property viewing checklist in
br
paragraphs 5–7 with the words from the box.
ge
id
double-glazing certified tenants viewings water pressure carbon monoxide alarms lockable mould tenancy central heating
U
5 Work in groups. Can you think of anything else you
Co
6 Decide which strategies you think Janine should use
to negotiate a lower rent with the landlord of a flat she is interested in. A B C D E F G H
9
I’m not going to be able to pay above the going level. Do we have some space for negotiation? I could drop down to £790 for you. That’s definitely a jump in the right direction. I still think you are asking me to pay under the odds. Why don’t we meet halftime? OK, I guess I could reach to that. It looks like we have an agreement.
Watch the video on the new Wonders of the World. Make notes on each of the following:
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
might add to your checklist when considering a rental property?
047 Look at the negotiation phrases from the dialogue. Correct the underlined words. Then listen and check.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR/USE
m Ca
B C D E F G H
047 Now listen to the negotiation and tick the
7
offer a concession pay him a compliment agree to the asking price ask if the price is negotiable list all the things that are wrong with the flat tell him he is being greedy and charging too much make a lower offer, with a reason for the reduction show that she has done her research into the property market
• • • • • • •
The Great Wall of China Petra Chichen Itza Machu Picchu Taj Mahal The Colosseum Christ the Redeemer
WATCH
PROPERTY VIEWING CHECKLIST
[5] CONDITION • Is there any 1
when were they last tested? • Have the electrical and gas fittings been inspected and 6 ? • Are all the windows 7 ? TO ASK THE LANDLORD [7] QORUESTIONS AGENT • How long is the 8 • Why are the current 9 • How many 10 property had?
? leaving?
LIFE COMPETENCIES EVALUATING IDEAS, ARGUMENTS AND
t
, and
en
AND SECURITY [6] SAFETY • Are there working 5
m
, especially in damp areas such as bathrooms? • Does it have 2 for the windows? This makes a massive difference in terms of soundproofing and heat retention. • What’s the 3 like? You’ll want a proper shower, not just a dribble! • Does the property have 4 or does it have individual heaters in each room?
OPTIONS
Imagine that you are estate agents, looking to find a home in your town for a millionaire customer with an unlimited budget looking to buy a holiday home. Find two suitable properties and prepare a presentation outlining the advantages of each.
has the UNIT 6 Structures and landmarks
91
m Ca ge
id
br U
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
TASK 1 Instructions: Find the three-letter word that completes the word in capital letters, and finishes the sentence in a sensible way. EXAMPLE: I’ll put some GED cheese on the pizza. ( RAT ) 1 The children jumped into the pool and SPLED ) around joyfully. ( 2 VANA is my favourite flavour of ice cream. ) ( 3 The WHER is usually a bit better in the south ) of England than in the north. (
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 1 TRAINING
1 Read the extracts (1–3) from a Part 1 task. Decide
what each is testing your knowledge of: A – fixed phrases, B – verb patterns or C – collocations. Then choose the correct answer for each.
1
TASK 2 Work out which option is a top-down 2D view of the 3D figure on the left.
2
B
C
D
1 2 3 4
92
What exactly do you think these questions are testing? Do you think the ability to answer them is a good indication of whether a child will do well in studies/life? What other ways are used to assess the ‘brainpower’ of children? Do you think everybody learns in the same way?
3
B
deny
C
encourage
D
allow
Research has not managed to a connection between teaching methods and student achievement. A
apply
B
build
C
establish
D
construct
You can’t get your own That’s not fair. A
path
B
idea
C
route
D
way
t
below.
discourage
en
1 Complete the logic tasks. Then answer the questions
A
m
A
If we try to teach students according to their learning styles, it might actually them from developing more useful ways of learning.
all the time.
NEWS 2 Read the text extract. Choose the correct options
using the tips to help you.
m Ca
Most of the research (1) in the last few years has concluded that the relationship between learning styles and student achievement has been greatly (2) . Before this revelation, many students (3) their failures on their teachers, whereas it is now apparent that they need to take (4) for their own shortcomings. 1 Tip: Only one verb here naturally collocates with research.
enacted performed
id
2
C D
conducted investigated
br
A B
ge
Tip: Two of these adjectives collocate with greatly, but think about whether the adjective should have a positive or negative meaning based on the whole extract.
C D
exaggerated enhanced
OVERLY AMBITIOUS? It is commonly believed that being overly ambitious is a negative and even destructive trait. The main reason that ambition is not always highly regarded is that many people associate it with greed and with the type of people who push others out of the way to get where they want to be. According to a well-respected psychologist, if we take a randomly selected group of people, only one in ten would be regarded as highly ambitious. I am personally strongly opposed to the idea that ambition is a dirty word, and I’m deeply concerned that young people, especially women, are being held back by such stereotypical views of ambition. So, what is a more positive way to embrace your aspirations? First of all, it is vitally important to focus on your education at the early stages of your career. The most ambitious people tend to be highly educated. It is also useful to be well thought of by your peers, so get out there and join professional and social networks – both on and offline. Don’t just join and be a passive observer. Get actively involved.
3 Choose an adverb from box A and an adjective from
3
A B
charged blamed
4
box B for each gap.
Co
Tip: Which of these verbs uses the structure verb + (sth) + on + (sth/sb)?
C D
A fully utterly badly highly closely widely conveniently bitterly
accused claimed
Tip: Which one completes the fixed phrase take for (sth)?
A B
authority ownership
C D
acknowlegement responsibility
1
VOCABULARY
ADVERB + ADJECTIVE COLLOCATIONS
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2
Do you consider yourself to be ambitious? Is being ambitious considered a positive or negative trait a) in your country b) among your peers? Quickly read the extract from a blog post. Does the writer see ambition as positive or negative?
in the text. One has been done for you.
3
4
5
6
7
t
8
that teachers are no I find it longer allowed to encourage any form of competition between students. Tomas was with his exam results and plans to re-sit them in the summer. Teachers are professionals, so they should definitely be paid more. If you think I’m going to give up without a fight, you’re . next to The college bookshop is the main entrance. Most students are that a degree does not guarantee them a job for life. All the textbooks you will need are across the country. with the The university is teaching hospital.
en
2 Find and highlight 12 adverb + adjective collocations
2
B disappointed ridiculous located aware available trained associated mistaken
m
3
SEARCH
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
overrated augmented
ARCHIVE
U
A B
LATEST POST
4 Write questions with three collocations from this
section to ask your partner. When was the last time you felt bitterly disappointed by someone or something? 5 Choose an adverb from Exercises 2 and 3 and find
more collocations for it online. UNIT 7 BROADENING HORIZONS
93
GRAMMAR
3 Match the articles in the gaps (1–11) with their
uses (A–H).
ARTICLES
A
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Articles: Page 212
1 Do you know what a MOOC is? Read the text and
check if you were correct.
br
2 Complete the gaps with a/an, the or – (zero article).
Talk
ge
Article
D E F G H
id
wiki.com
B C
U
4 Correct the sentences, focusing on the use of
articles. Then compare with a partner and explain your corrections.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
MOOC stands for Massive Open Online Course. These are courses that anyone can take for free. (1) MOOCs originated in (2) United States in 2011 and since then, over 100 million people have taken part in them around (3) world. The University of Stanford was one of the first to develop these large-scale study programmes. So, what are the advantages and disadvantages of MOOCs? The main advantage, of course, is the price – they are generally free, unless you wish to be assessed and gain (4) certificate. Another attraction is the flexibility they offer for students to study alongside working or other responsibilities. You can work at your own pace and gain useful knowledge and experience. The main drawback with MOOCs is that you don’t have access to a tutor. Any assessment tends to use autograding or peer feedback. You need to be self-motivated enough to do your work without (5) support you get at school or college. Another disadvantage is that so far, (6) employers have not been keen to recognise MOOCs, though there is some evidence that this is changing. A MOOC is not the best choice if you wish to enter a profession like (7) law or become (8) doctor. MOOCs are developing all the time. There are even (9) few MOOC-based degrees now. If you are considering a specific MOOC, do your research. Get information from people who have taken (10) course, read the reviews and make your own decision. Undoubtedly, a MOOC is not the same as a degree at a recognised university, but the skills you learn could definitely pave (11) way for a better future.
Definite article – nouns that are unique, specific to a situation, have been previously mentioned, and both speaker and listener know what is being referred to Definite article – as part of some fixed expressions Definite article – certain countries, especially those with plural names Indefinite article – an unspecified singular countable noun, means the same as any Indefinite article in some expressions of quantity Indefinite articles – before a job (singular) Zero article – plural or collective nouns that imply in general or any or all Zero article for the names of academic subjects, professions or activities
2 3 4 5 6
If you join the army in the UK, you can study a corresponding degree for free. Harry is planning to join an expedition to climb the Mount Kilimanjaro the next year. I would like to do a research into the mosquito-borne diseases. There was a thought-provoking documentary about FBI on TV the last night. Research has shown that the female students tend to do better than the male students at academic subjects. The deadline for handing in your dissertation is the Friday after next.
5 Decide what the difference in meaning is between
these pairs of sentences.
1 2 3 4
5
a Mauricio went to school in London. b Mauricio went to a school in London. a The workers will benefit from this new law. b Workers will benefit from this new law. a His father is in prison right now. b His father is at the prison right now. There is little evidence that learning disorders are a hereditary. b There is a little evidence that learning disorders are hereditary. a In future, all test results will be emailed to candidates. b In the future, all test results will be emailed to candidates.
t
en
m
94
1
LISTENING GUESSING MEANING FROM CONTEXT 1 You will hear a talk called ‘Brainless learning’.
Use the title and the photos to predict what it will be about.
m Ca
2 Look at words from the talk in the box. Which ones
do you know? Write the words in the ‘traffic light’ system, according to your understanding.
ge
id
br
clustered innate interpersonal swivels deterrent differentiate unicellular fuse re-evaluate variables
I don’t know this word.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U I think I know this word.
Co
I am sure I know this word.
3
048 Listen to the talk. Tick off the words from Exercise 2 as you hear them. Then write a single sentence explaining what the talk is about.
4 Look at the extract from the talk and the tip box.
What does clustered mean?
‘… nevertheless, they do possess neurons, albeit spread out rather than clustered in one place.’
‘We have all heard of different types of intelligence, such as interpersonal …’ 1 The prefix inter- means
2
The root word is
3
The suffix -al tells us it is an
4
The meaning is
7 Look at the extracts (1–5) and use the contextual
clues or your knowledge of word-building to write a synonym or short definition for each of the words in bold.
1
2
049 Read and listen to the extract. Here innate
t
responses contrasts with learning. Which word (A–C) is closest in meaning to innate? Scientists have always known this but used to think this was due to innate responses that had developed over many generations. Now, however, they are beginning to define the behaviour of non-neural organisms as a form of learning. A taught B automatic C acquired
A plant called Cornish Mallow swivels its leaves around during the night so that in the morning they are facing the sun. Audrey Dussutour of the University of Toulouse created a maze with tasty food such as oats, but blocked the slime’s access to it with bitter substances like caffeine. At first, the slime hesitated for several hours before making its way across the deterrent to reach the reward. … she discovered the plants were able to differentiate between two different stimuli. Researchers have also realised that unicellular organisms can fuse together in order to learn more about their environment. Like humans and other animals, they are able to explore the benefits and drawbacks of different options and re-evaluate their choices as variables change.
en
5
this extract. Then write a definition.
m
Tip: The phrase rather than tells us that clustered contrasts with spread out. Given this, what do you think clustered means?
6 Complete the sentences about the word in bold in
3 4
5
UNIT 7 BROADENING HORIZONS
95
VOCABULARY WORDBUILDING 1
050 Complete the words in the extracts from the previous listening section on Brainless Learning. Then listen and check.
ists have always known this. ist Monica Gagliano of the University of Western Australia … Chris Reid of Macquarie University in Australia is a Behavioural ist.
m Ca
1 2
3
br
2 Write a list of all the nouns ending with -ist you can
id
think of. in -ist.
5 6 7 8
Co
4
with the definitions (A–G). A/an … is a person who … 1 atheist A treats mental illness 2 oncologist B believes their ethnic group is better than others 3 perfectionist C is against war 4 royalist D doesn’t believe in a god or gods 5 psychiatrist E treats cancer 6 racist insists everything should be F 7 pacifist 100% correct G supports monarchies 5 Make the noun which corresponds to the person for
all the words in Exercises 3 and 4 using the suffixes below.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3
diagnosed a serious heart condition. The After the collapse of Central and Eastern Europe regimes in the late 1980s, most people stopped seeing themselves as . You can’t offer the course only to boys. That would make you a . . She knows My friend, Maya, is an excellent all about English, Spanish, Arabic, Turkish and Mandarin. I’ve only visited Spain as a , so I don’t know it very well. When driving, you must always be considerate of other . as he is not Josh has gone to speak to the sure which painkillers to take. Greta Thunberg is a Swedish-born who believes politicians are not doing enough to protect our planet.
U
1 2
ge
3 Complete each gap with a suitable person ending
4 Complete the sentence by matching the nouns (1–7)
-ism -y -ing -ics
cardiologist – cardiology
6 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2 3 4
Who are your favourite novelists? What do you like about them? Do you consider yourself to be an environmentalist? Why/Why not? Are you more of an optimist or a pessimist? How would you define a feminist? Can both men and women be feminists?
t
en
m
96
SPEAKING PART 2
TRAINING
1
051 Look at the Part 2 exam question and the photos.
1
Then listen to a student called Lola. As you listen, tick off the stages of her one-minute talk. Do you think she does the Part 2 task well?
m Ca
Compare two of the pictures and say how the learners might feel about learning in these contexts, and how effective the teaching methods might be in these situations.
br
states which photos she has chosen gives an overview of her answer to question 1 answers the first question in relation to picture 1 answers the first question in relation to picture 2 gives an overall answer to question 2 answers question 2 in relation to picture 1 answers question 2 in relation to picture 2
2
ge
id
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Match the extracts (A–G) with stages (1–7) of Lola’s
one-minute answer.
B C
D E
F G
3
Co
A
In the classroom, the feelings of the students vary. most of them are listening attentively, a few look bored and one is asleep. Both of these ways of learning could be effective, the age of the student and the subject being taught. In schools, there is no choice but to teach many students in the same way. , this will be more effective for some students than for others. I’m going to talk about the first and third pictures: the female student learning alone and the classroom. The girl looks totally absorbed in her task. she finds it challenging but she has the time and space to figure it out. , the photos show people engaged in learning. For technical subjects like the student in the first photo is doing, hands-on learning is best. , she would need access to a teacher who could support her if she got stuck.
3
m
051 Listen again and complete the extracts with the words and phrases (discourse markers) Lola uses to give structure to her answer. Why does using such language improve your speaking?
5 Work with a partner. Take turns to time each other giving
your one-minute answers and take notes on your partner’s performance. Then discuss the following: 1 2
Did using Lola’s seven stages help to produce a good answer? Did your partner use a varied range of discourse markers to give their answer a clear structure?
6
052 Listen to Lola’s partner, Alfredo, answer the follow-up question to the main task: ‘In which situation do you think more learning is taking place?’ Write Y (yes) or N (no) if he does the following in his answer.
t
completed, using the same seven stages. Think of appropriate discourse markers you can use to give your answer structure.
en
4 Write a plan to answer the one-minute task that Lola
1 2 3
identifies one or other of the situations says why he thinks the students are learning suggests reasons why they may be learning less in the other situation
UNIT 7 BROADENING HORIZONS
97
GRAMMAR
4 In the questions below, all the nouns in bold can be
COUNTABLE AND UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Quickly read the blog post about someone’s bucket
list and answer the questions.
ge
id
br
Last year I got to cross off one of the most ambitious items on my personal bucket list: to survive a month in the wilderness. I spent the month in Gila National Forest, New Mexico in the South West of the United States. It may seem like cheating but I went on a Wilderness Awareness course first to gain the (1) knowledges/knowledge I would need. I learnt how to start (2) fire/fires and build basic (3) shelter/ shelters. The instructors gave us useful (4) advices/ advice on survival techniques. The most important (5) informations/information we received was to have (6) respect/respects for the natural world, including animals, plants and the climate. They also taught us specific skills such as which (7) fruit/fruits to eat and which to avoid, (8) safety/safeties always being the top priority. It was tough at times but gave me valuable (9) experience/experiences which will stand me in good stead throughout my life.
Co
What do you think a bucket list is? Would you like to take the same course? What would you put on your own bucket list?
2 Read the blog post again and choose the correct form
of each noun.
3 Decide for each pair of sentences which word in bold is
countable (C) and which is uncountable (U). What is the difference in meaning between them? 1 2
6
98
5 Work in pairs and answer the questions in Exercise 4. GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Countable and uncountable nouns: Page 213
WRITING PART 2: A REVIEW TRAINING
a She is learning how to make sculptures using wood. b She plans to work in the wood tomorrow. a The lecture will now take place in room 30. b There’s not enough room for us to pitch a tent here. a My new job involves a great deal of overseas travel. b It was a long journey to reach the summit. a Education is the most important issue in our country right now. b My school provided me with a good education and prepared me well for the future. a It’s a pity you can’t join me on the survival course. b She agreed to help him more out of pity than anything else. a I found out about the job by chance. b I didn’t have the chance to thank you for recommending that language app.
1 Work with a partner and
answer the questions.
1
2 3
Have you ever used an app to help you learn a language, school subject or other skill? What do you think are the advantages and disadvantages of learning with a language app? Do you think you learn more effectively using an app or in a classroom situation? Why?
2 Read the review of a language learning app called
Cantar! and answer the questions.
1 2 3 4
What are the positive and negative points of this app? Does the writer recommend it? What advice does the writer give? What is the purpose of each paragraph?
t
5
5
en
4
2 3 4
Look around the room. Can you see anything made of paper, glass, or metal? Tell us about a time you learnt something important. Can you give a recent example of fake news? Do you think being successful in life is down to luck or to hard work? What would your dream job be?
m
3
1
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3
countable or uncountable depending on context. Decide for each whether it is C (countable) or U (uncountable) in the given context.
NEWS REVIEWS
ABOUT SEARCH
m Ca
1 Cantar! is an app which aims to teach Spanish through songs. My Spanish teacher introduced it to us in class and I was immediately hooked. I’m a music lover and I was enticed by the app’s use of catchy Latin American songs I was already familiar with. 2 How it works is that you listen to the song while following the lyrics on the screen of your mobile phone. After listening a couple of times, you click on the grammar and vocabulary exercises. There is a wide range of activity types and you get instant feedback on your performance. Somehow doing tasks in the context of upbeat music is much more engaging than doing the same thing in class. For me the only downside of Cantar! is that the grammar and vocabulary you come across is quite random. Whereas a school syllabus provides a logical progression from basic to harder language, with the app you might be exposed to advanced vocabulary before you are ready to learn it. Also, certain words like amor (love) and te quiero (I love you) come up all the time but you never learn how to do practical things like ask for directions or order a meal! 3 Overall, Cantar! is a great way of making learning less of a chore. Nevertheless, I would suggest students don’t rely wholly on this app. Get yourself enrolled in a language school as well and just use the app to reinforce what you have learnt in class.
PUSH YOURSELF C2 EXPRESSIONS WITH BRING AND TAKE 1 Look at the highlighted phrases in context.
Write definitions for each. 1
2
ge
id
br
3 4 5
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
6
7
8
2 Complete each gap with the correct form of one of
the phrases from Exercise 1.
1
3 Look at the final paragraph and the underlined
word which introduces it. Which of the following words and phrases could be used instead?
2
To recap Eventually To sum up Consequently In summary My final point is
3
4 Read these recommendation statements. Write
P (Positive), N (Negative) or M (Mixed) next to each.
t
6 7
en
5
I recommend this … with some reservations. I’m reluctant to recommend this … because … I wholeheartedly recommend this … I’d recommend this … to anybody who … but not to those looking for … While there are some drawbacks to this … , overall, I’d recommend it. I suggest you avoid this … at all costs. I have absolutely no hesitation in recommending this …
4
When the principal said that one of my classmates had been caught cheating in the exam, I was . I don’t think we should include John in our study group. After all, what does he ? My student assured me that he hadn’t plagiarised the ideas in his essay, but I can’t just . It’s so much better than his usual standard of work. We have investigated thoroughly and found that no-one is at fault, so let’s the matter .
m
1 2 3 4
Lucy was definitely the right choice to be Head of Department. With her skills and experience, she really brings a lot to the table. I’ve found it really difficult to work with Peter. I don’t know why exactly but he really brings out the worst in me. OK, if there is no other business, let’s bring the meeting to a close. The students were really taken aback when they heard their school was to start charging fees. She has been going around telling everyone she’s in charge when she isn’t. She needs to be taken down a peg or two. When Connor failed the module, he was threatening to drop out of college, but I managed to bring him to his senses. Well, I’m not convinced. I haven’t seen any evidence to back that up, but I suppose I’ll have to take your word for it. If you are genuinely serious about learning the guitar, then you have to put the hours in. Don’t take this the wrong way, but I don’t think you have the patience to do that.
5 Work with a partner. Use a phrase from Exercise 4
to tell them about something you have bought recently or a piece of technology you use. Explain why you would/wouldn’t recommend it. UNIT 7 BROADENING HORIZONS
99
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 1
m Ca
EXAM FACTS
• In Part 1, you read a short text with eight gaps. You must choose the best word for each gap from four options.
br
• The first question is done for you as an example.
ge
id
• All the options are the same part of speech and are often words of similar meaning.
EXAM TIPS
U
• Read the whole text through before attempting to fill any of the gaps.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
• Carefully read the sentence that contains the gap. Look for clues, such as prepositions and verb forms.
Co
• The words next to the gap may be part of a collocation, so pay particular attention to them. • Read the text through with your chosen words before moving onto the next part.
For questions 1–8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A A A A A A A A
result existence disagreement results goes exception commonplace rights stop
Grammar schools
B B B B B B B B B
cause usage problem interests is exemption rarity days block
C C C C C C C C C
basis common objection wishes comes omission mystery ways ban
D D D D D D D D D
reason service issue means feels acceptance custom times restriction
t
en
100
m
Grammar schools are a type of school in the UK which select pupils on the (0) of their success at an exam called the 11 plus. As its name would suggest, children sit this exam around the age of 11. This system was in (1) all over the country until the early 1970s. Many people took (2) with the selective approach, arguing that it was not in the best (3) of any of the students. While it is true that learning in the academic sense (4) more easily to some children than others, it is also true that people develop at their own pace. Children who attended grammar schools were, almost without (5) , the only ones who went on to tertiary education. Nowadays grammar schools are something of a (6) , and many would argue that the areas where they exist are behind the (7) . However, others believe that if the government decided to put a (8) to them, bright children from poorer families would be disadvantaged.
WRITING PART 2: A REVIEW
SPEAKING PART 2
EXAM FACTS
EXAM FACTS
• In Part 2 of the Writing paper, one of the options is a review.
• Each candidate is given three photos on a common theme and must choose two of them and answer two questions with reference to them.
• You will be asked to review a product, course, event, film, book or even an experience in 220–260 words.
• The other candidate is then asked to speak for 30 seconds on a question related to the first candidate’s photos.
m Ca
• You will be given a context and some guidance on what to include.
EXAM TIPS
br
EXAM TIPS
• Practise timing yourself so you become comfortable with doing the first part of the Part 2 task in one minute.
id
• Structure your review in a logical way: start by describing the thing you are reviewing, then give the positive and negative points. End with a summary and say whether or not you can recommend it.
ge
• Don’t just describe what you see. Your answers should focus on speculation and making comparisons between the photos you choose to focus on.
• Use a wide range of language to describe and evaluate the item being reviewed.
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Student A: I’d like you to compare two of the pictures and say how memorable these learning experiences might be for the children, and how the children in these learning situations might be feeling.
Co
You recently attended a short educational course at a local college. Your local newspaper is running a series on educational opportunities in the area and has asked readers to contribute. Write a review of your educational course, giving your opinion on the content and quality of the course, and evaluating what you learnt. You should also say whether or not you thought the course was good value for money, and why. Write your answer in 220–260 words.
2
Student B: Which of these learning situations do you think would be most effective?
1
t
en
m
3
UNIT 7 BROADENING HORIZONS
101
EDUCATION IN
m Ca
THE UK AND THE USA br
2
2 Read through the text quickly. How does it compare with
Co
your answers to the questions in Exercise 1?
Start early
Most students start working towards university admission several years before they actually apply. Obviously, you need to concentrate on obtaining high grades in your academic studies, but in addition, think about how what you do outside the classroom can have a positive impact on your university applications. If you enjoy sports, join a club which plays in a league or enter competitions so that, win or lose, you have some specific experience to mention. Universities will be impressed by any evidence of work experience, whether paid or not. Volunteering with a charity, doing an internship during the summer holidays or even helping out a relative at their workplace can all develop useful skills. Even more importantly, you will be able to demonstrate willingness to work and try new things, attitudes that universities value.
Deciding on a university
British universities rank among the highest in the world. New and returning students converge on the UK every autumn to join our diverse and high-achieving institutions. Not only do they offer world-class education, they also focus heavily on making sure students have a wonderful all-round experience with excellent social and welfare facilities. In this article, we tell you how you can maximise your chances of getting into the UK university of your choice.
Generally, you will need at least two A Levels (usually three) to gain admission to a UK university. Universities are aware of a wide range of education systems from across the world and recognise many equivalent qualifications, such as High School Diplomas and Baccalaureates. If English is not your first language, you will need a recognised English Language qualification, such as IELTS. Again, the English language qualifications of many education systems are recognised and you should check with your universities whether you also need IELTS. If you do need IELTS, you may need to do the Secure version, which is accepted by UKVI for visa purposes.
How to apply
Applications to UK universities are made through UCAS (the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service). For most courses, the deadline is mid-January of the year you wish to start; however, for Oxford and Cambridge and many courses in medicine (including dentistry and veterinary medicine), you will need to apply by October of the preceding year. You can choose five courses to apply for at up to five different institutions. You are advised to have one ‘aspirational’ choice (a high-ranking university that you could get into if you do really well) and one ‘insurance’ choice (a lower-ranking university that you are fairly sure you can get into whatever happens). The other three choices can be ‘realistic’ based on your predicted grades.
t
en
There are other factors to consider too. Go online and check what current students are saying about the experience as a whole. You might also want to consider the location: campus universities tend to be safer with a great sense of community, but you might prefer to be in a big city. While fees tend to be similar for all universities, the cost of living varies greatly from area to area, so that might be a factor for you.
General requirements
m
March to September of the year before you wish to start is the usual time for decision-making. Most students tend to head straight for the university league tables when deciding on a university. Remember, though, that universities are ranked for different things and the overall ranking does not necessarily tell you everything you need to know. It is often better to look at the rankings for the subject you want to study. The university that is ranked top in your subject might not be anywhere near the top in the overall rankings. If you are an undergraduate, the university’s research rankings might not be relevant to you: instead, check how the university ranks in teaching and, crucially, check graduate employment prospects.
102
Applying to University in the UK
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
3
What factors should students consider when deciding on universities to apply to? What do you know about the requirements to gain admission to a UK university? What do you know about the UK admissions process?
ge
1
id
1 Work in groups. Answer the questions.
3 Read the text again and answer the questions. 1
you find words that mean the following?
Why are the years before applying to university important, according to the text? Which factors mentioned do you personally consider the most important when choosing a university? Explain why students are encouraged to include ‘aspirational’ and ‘insurance’ choices on their UCAS application. In your own words, explain the role of the personal statement.
2 3
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR A B C D E F
m Ca
4
4
id
br
053 You will hear a student, Matteo, talking to his university tutor about his dissertation. He has seven questions for her. Listen and write his questions in your own words.
How can I narrow down the topic?
G 6
copying the work of others and passing it off as your own make more specific, reduce the dimensions of version hand in (to the teacher/professor) punishment, disciplinary action opinions or comments designed to help somebody improve their work references for things you mention in a piece of writing
053 Listen again and make notes on the tutor’s answers to each of Matteo’s questions in Exercise 5.
7 Work with a partner. Role-play the conversation
based on your answers to Exercises 4 and 6.
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Student A: You are Matteo. Student B: You are the tutor.
8
Co
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ge
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE
053 Listen again. Using Matteo’s questions, can
5
You will watch a video about the differences between the education systems of the UK and the US. Make notes on the similarities and differences to complete the table. UK EDUCATION
US EDUCATION
SCHOOL TYPES CURRICULA
SCHOOL EXAMS UNIVERSITY
WATCH
The personal statement
EVALUATING IDEAS, ARGUMENTS AND
t
LIFE COMPETENCIES
en
Good luck!
m
The personal statement is the most important part of your UCAS application. This is where you highlight all the work-related and extra-curricular activities you have done. It is not enough to just list them, however. You should stress the skills they helped you to develop and how these relate to the subject you have chosen to study and your future career. Your personal statement should reveal who you are as a person and why you deserve to study at a prestigious university. The admissions team want to see that you will make the most of the opportunity and use it to make a valuable contribution to society after you graduate. Take time over your personal statement: draft, redraft, ask your family or teachers to give you feedback, rewrite and proofread. Don’t even think about leaving this vital task to the last minute!
OPTIONS
In groups, imagine that you are in charge of reforming the education system in your country. Make a list of five key changes in order of importance that you think would improve the education system, giving reasons for each. UNIT 7 BROADENING HORIZONS
103
m Ca ge
id
br U
questions. 1
2
3
Co
1 Work in groups. Answer the
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
Describe your TV watching habits (where you watch it, how often, favourite channels, etc.). What have been the major changes to television as an industry in the last ten years? How do you think TV will develop in the future? If you had to choose one TV programme or series to recommend to the class, which would you choose and why?
VOCABULARY TV
1 Which words do you associate with the following kinds of TV programme?
Write the word in the appropriate column(s).
analysis commentator contestant correspondent extras script action replay coverage presenter protagonist series subtitles highlights cast SPORT
REALITY TV
2 Decide to what extent you agree
DRAMA
DOCUMENTARY
CURRENT AFFAIRS
with the following quotations about TV. Share your ideas with the class. People are sheep. TV is the shepherd. Jess C. Scott, author
Gene Roddenberry, creator of Star Trek I hate television. I hate it as much as peanuts. But I can’t stop eating peanuts. Orson Wells, actor and director
104
3 4 5 6 7 8
t
They say that 90% of TV is junk. But 90% of everything is junk.
2
If I have the choice, I always opt to watch a film in the original language and read the , rather than watch it dubbed into English. , there’s nothing I enjoy more than sitting When I’m hooked on a down and binge-watching every single episode one after the other. I’m too busy to watch live broadcasts of sports like football. I prefer to watch the show later on. on a reality TV show. I would love to be a agree that our Prime Minister’s days are numbered. Many political of news and current affairs on the I find that there’s more in-depth internet than on TV. It’s so common in dramas for the main to have a fundamental character flaw. I have what it takes to be a successful TV with my own chat show.
en
Groucho Marx, actor
1
m
I find television very educating. Every time somebody turns on the set, I go into the other room and read a book.
2 Complete the sentences with a word from Exercise 1 in the correct form.
3 Work with a partner. Say if the statements in Exercise 2 are true for you
or if you agree with them.
SPEAKING PARTS 3 AND 4
TRAINING
054 Read the exam task and then listen to two Advanced
1
students, Aneta and Wilhelm, doing the task. Which words from the previous section are used, and in which order?
NEWS
LIVE SPORT
m Ca
br
HOW MIGHT PEOPLE BENEFIT FROM WATCHING THESE TYPES OF PROGRAMMES? DRAMAS
id
REALITY TV
ge
DOCUMENTARIES
2
completing the Part 3 task in Exercise 1. Student A: You are the examiner. Ask the first question and then after two minutes ask the second question. Students B and C: You are the candidates. Discuss the questions the examiner asks, making sure you communicate together interactively. 6 Complete the Part 4 task below. Change
roles in your group and, where appropriate, respond to the answers given by the other candidate to show the examiner interactive communication skills. 1 2
What do you think are the advantages of live viewing over streaming? Do you think that TV presenters should be highly paid? (Why?/Why not?) What do you think makes some TV series very popular, while others don’t attract many viewers at all? Some people think that everyone would be better off without TV. What’s your opinion? Why do you think some people want to appear on screen, for example as contestants in reality TV shows, or as extras in films? To what extent do you think that TV programmes can influence people’s behaviour?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
WHICH TWO OF THESE TYPES OF PROGRAMME DO YOU THINK WOULD BE MOST EXPENSIVE FOR TV COMPANIES TO PRODUCE?
5 Work in groups of three. Practise
Co
054 Read the tip box on interactive communication and then listen again. Which student, Aneta or Wilhelm, would score more highly for interactive communication and why?
INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATION
3
4 5
Interactive communication is one of the marking categories for the Speaking exam.
To score highly for interactive communication in Parts 3 of the exam, make sure that:
• you take turns by giving your opinion and asking your partner to respond. Don’t dominate the conversation. • you show that you are listening to your partner by commenting on what she/he has said. • you express your ideas clearly and clarify your ideas for the other candidate if necessary.
In Part 4 of the exam, the dynamic is slightly different. Both candidates will often be expected to answer the same question but the examiner leads the conversation, so if the other candidate speaks first, try to respond to what they say as well as giving your own answer to the questions.
6
054 Complete the phrases the candidates use to take turns and stay on task. Then listen and check.
3
5 6 7 8
… Getting back to the , but … I see what you dramas. Let’s move one? Shall we look at the
DISCUSSING EACH POINT IN TURN
ASKING YOUR PARTNER’S OPINION
Let’s start with … Moving on to the next point, …
What about you? What do you think/reckon?
t
4 Add the phrases to the correct columns of the table.
en
live sport? Shall we start you? How the question of … I think we need to enough, but … That’s
m
1 2 3 4
RESPONDING TO YOUR PARTNER’S POINTS I hadn’t considered that. Good point!
STAYING ON TASK We have gone off the point here. Shall we get back to the question?
UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
105
LISTENING PART 3
TRAINING
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2
m Ca
3
OPEN THE DOOR
Look at the picture. What kind of interactive television programme do you think it shows? Have you ever seen an interactive TV programme like this? If so, what did you think of it? What kinds of programme do you think would work best as interactive TV? What do you think might be the main problems with producing an interactive TV episode?
4
3
br
2 You are going to listen to two people talking about
What do Tomoko and Hassan agree on regarding interactive formats on TV? A Most types of TV programme would work reasonably well in it. B It is hard to predict what kind of TV programmes would succeed in the format. C Factual programmes could be more educational if they adopted the format. D They may be an effective way to instruct viewers in healthy eating habits.
In your opinion, is it possible to rule out any of the A–D options before you listen? When you do this kind of task should you a always read through the questions and options before you begin? b underline the key words in the options to help you understand what each question is asking? c expect to hear the exact words in the question options used in the audio?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2
ge
id
interactive TV. First read the questions and options in Exercise 3 quickly, and answer the questions below. 1
Co
All the opinions will probably be mentioned, but you need to listen for an opinion that both speakers express.
4
tips to help you. 1
Hassan says that when creating an interactive drama, the choices viewers are given should A fundamentally differ from the main storyline structure. B happen at predictable moments within the main storyline structure. C allow the main storyline structure to continue. D maintain interest in the storyline.
The incorrect answers are almost always mentioned, but the speaker will often mention them only to immediately refute them or they will only partially match what the speaker is saying. Only one option will be completely correct.
Focus on the underlined words in the options and then listen for an idea that matches one of them.
2
055 Listen again and check your answers.
4
5 Look back at the questions in Exercise 3. Which
question(s)
A
C
t
en
B
ask(s) you to decide on the ideas or opinions of an individual main speaker? ask(s) you to compare the opinions of the two main speakers? ask(s) you to understand the reason why a speaker used a specific example?
m
Tomoko mentions the three-doors scenario to make the point that A interactive programmes are meant to be highly enjoyable. B there’s a wide variety of choice for viewers of interactive programmes. C interactive programmes are designed very differently from video games. D adding even simple viewer interactivity significantly increases the workload for the showmakers. Focus on what Tomoko says after she mentions the threedoors scenario.
6 Work in groups and answer the questions. 1
2
106
Hassan believes that interactive dramas continue to appeal to viewers because A this kind of programme still has novelty value. B watching one requires you to engage more with the story. C people see similarities with scenarios in their own lives. D they get to resolve mistakes made in the real world in a fictional environment.
055 Listen and answer the questions, using the
3
TURN AND RUN AWAY
Many viewers these days are very critical online if a TV show or movie doesn’t live up to their expectations, or the plot doesn’t develop how they would like. Do you think this is fair? If you could rewrite or make changes to the plot of any movie or TV show past or present, which would you choose, and how would you change it?
GRAMMAR
2 Complete the second sentence using reported or
REPORTED SPEECH AND REPORTING VERBS
indirect speech. There may be more than one possible answer. 1
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Read the examples in the box,
2 3
then answer the questions. 4
br
DIRECT SPEECH – Expert: “Interactive TV is increasing in popularity and will be more common by next year.”
ge
id
REPORTED SPEECH – The expert said that Interactive TV was increasing in popularity and would be more common by the following year.
5
3 Correct the sentences by adding the following words
where needed.
U
DIRECT SPEECH – Friend: “Did you watch the latest episode of The Handmaid’s Tale this evening?”
2 3 4 5
Co
1
Focus on the verbs and tenses. How do they change in reported speech? Which other parts of the sentence can change when we change from direct to reported speech? What word(s) do we need to add in before we report a Yes/No question? In the first example, how would the reported speech sentence change if we used told instead of said? Look at the following reporting verbs. Which ones can behave like say (S) and which can behave like tell (T) in reported speech? Which two can behave like both (B)? explain inform complain promise decide insist ask suggest
6
whether what to be customers for
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
REPORTED SPEECH – My friend asked me if/whether I had watched the latest episode of The Handmaid’s Tale that evening.
Look at the example below of how we can use the verb suggest to report speech. Then look at the other verbs in question 5. Which ones can use more than one structure to report speech?
1 2
3
4 5
6
There may be more than one correct answer.
1
2
t
en
5
me not to reveal what happened in the She final episode. (convinced/urged/begged) They to us that they had made a mistake in our cable TV bill. (told/admitted/advised) When the minister was asked to his previous comments, he declined. (clarify/assert/tell) Movie studio sources have to reporters that a sequel to the film is in the pipeline, with filming due to begin within two years. (indicated/suggested/ recommended) She has signed an online petition that the showrunners to entirely remake the final season of Game of Thrones. (asks/demands/calls for)
m
4
DIRECT SPEECH – Michael: “We should record that new BBC documentary series.” REPORTED SPEECH – Michael suggested that we (should)* watch that new BBC documentary series. OR Michael suggested watching that new BBC documentary series. * This can be omitted
We would like to reassure that we remain committed to the highest environmental standards. With such a massive choice of programmes, my flatmates and I sometimes find it hard to agree on to watch. Police are asking any witnesses of the accident to come forward. Many of the world’s fastest-growing urban economies are said to in India. Under questioning by police, the suspect was unable to clarify he had been in the area on the day of the burglary. She explained me that she avoids TV websites so that she doesn’t accidentally read spoilers on her favourite shows.
4 Complete each sentence with an appropriate verb.
3
SUGGEST:
Matteo: ‘I didn’t remember to record that new series.’ Matteo admitted Angela: ‘I definitely won’t miss the final episode.’ Angela insisted Arantzazu: ‘I don’t think there will be another season of that drama.’ Arantzazu doubted Dmitri: ‘I would give that new series a miss.’ Dmitri recommended Eleonore: ‘I will definitely watch that new sci-fi series on Thursday.’ Eleonore promised
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Reported speech and reporting verbs: Page 214
UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
107
WRITING
3 Look at the two exam tasks below. For each one
write the following:
SIGNPOSTING
•
1 Read the tip box below. In your own words, what is
•
the benefit of signposting in writing?
SIGNPOSTING
an introductory sentence that refers forward to what you will say in the main body of the text a concluding sentence that refers back to what you said in the main body of the text.
m Ca
The college you attend has funding to set up one new club for students, and has asked for suggestions as to what kind of club should be established, and how it could benefit the students.
One way you can help your reader to follow your ideas and arguments in a text is by referring to ideas that you are going to mention or have previously mentioned. For example, you could start writing a report in the Advanced Writing exam like this:
Write your proposal.
br
id
The aim of this report is to compare and contrast the college’s two cafes. This enables your reader to understand and predict what information is going to come next.
ge
An English-language website has asked for reviews of a TV series which is unique in some way. Your review should explain what makes this series different from any other.
Similarly, throughout your writing and particularly at the end, it is useful to refer your reader back to information or ideas you have already mentioned. Look at this example from the end of the same report:
U
Write your review.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
For the reasons I have outlined in the previous paragraphs, it is imperative that young people are taught how to cook and eat healthily.
4 Work in groups. Compare your sentences for each
Co
task and give each other feedback.
2 Match the signposting extracts (1–10) with the
probable exam text type and position (A–J). 1 2 3 4 5
6
7 8
start of an essay start of a review start of a report start of an email start of a proposal
F G H I J
end of a proposal end of a report end of an email end of an essay end of a review
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / CONDITIONALS (2) – Advanced conditionals and wish/if only: Page 215
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
056 Listen to the conversation about a customer’s
1
problems with their TV box. Complete the sentences with the missing words.
1
2
3 4 5 6
2 Look at the sentences in Exercise 1 and answer the
questions. 1 2 3
108
start by taking your account number, that If I would be great. If you just bear with me a moment, I’ll pull up your details. I can arrange that for you now if . , can I ask you a question? If I have any more problems, please do If you not hesitate to contact us. If you complete that, I‘d be very grateful.
t
A B C D E
CONDITIONALS (2) – ADVANCED CONDITIONALS AND WISH/IF ONLY
en
10
GRAMMAR
m
9
I would like to explain what makes Carlo’s such a fantastic restaurant. start of a review Anyway, I hope these suggestions have been helpful and look forward to seeing you soon. There are several reasons why I believe the college should set up a film discussion club. Firstly, it would … I’m writing to let you know what I think you’ll enjoy doing when you come to my city next month. As well as the benefits already described, making a promotional video would be an opportunity for local creative people. To recap, from screenplay and acting to special effects and soundtrack, Avengers: Endgame ticks all the boxes. There are several factors which I think can make a film entertaining, and I’d like to look at the main three. The purpose of this text is to summarise the main results of a student satisfaction survey. That completes my evaluation of the induction programme for new staff, and I hope that my recommendations will be of help. Anyway, as I have tried to demonstrate, childhood is the single most important period of a person’s life.
Which conditional type does each resemble – 0, 1st, 2nd or 3rd? Which sentences have if clauses that indicate that the speaker is being very polite? Which if clause is a reduced passive clause?
3 Match the sentence halves. Then decide if
each sentence is 2nd (2) conditional, 3rd (3) conditional or a mix (M). 1 2
If I hadn’t heard the traffic news earlier, I would probably have heard of that political scandal If the special effects had been better, I would watch it with you this evening Imagine that television had never been invented, I probably would have enjoyed it more
m Ca
3 4 5 6
ge
VERBS OF COMMUNICATION 1 Match the verbs with the definitions. deny appeal mislead put forward negotiate clarify reassure release promote claim refuse threaten withdraw warn 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
publicise in order to sell propose say that something is dangerous remove deceive intentionally say isn’t true say that you won’t do something ask for publicly say to comfort or remove worries make public discuss to reach an agreement explain, make easier to understand say is true say you will harm or cause problems
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
F
id
B C D E
that sci-fi show could have been the best thing on television. how do you think your life would be different? if I didn’t already have plans. if I watched the news more regularly. I’d now be stuck in congestion on my usual route. if I hadn’t already seen it twice.
br
A
VOCABULARY
4 Choose the correct options in the following
comments about television.
Co
If only they (1) didn’t choose/hadn’t chosen that actor as the main protagonist. He really doesn’t have the skills to pull off such a complex character.
2 Complete the news summaries with words from Exercise 1
in the correct form.
Social media influencer, Lacey Lordes, has (1) that she was paid to (2) the products of a certain cosmetics company on her social media channels. She (3) that all beauty products that appear on her Instagram and Youtube channels are ones that she uses herself, and has (4) legal action against the website that first published the story, demanding they immediately apologise and (5) the story.
I wish they (2) didn’t make/hadn’t made a third season of that series. It was so bad that it ruined the previous two series for me and I can no longer watch them.
I wish I (3) could watch/could have watched the match with you tonight, but I already have plans. I wish that vlogger (4) stopped/would stop publishing spoilers for all my favourite shows.
Police have (6) details of several robberies carried out by a gang of criminals using mopeds, in which hundreds of thousands of euros have been stolen. They have (7) the public not to approach the gang members as they are likely to be armed and have (8) for witnesses to come forward.
If only Hollywood movies (5) didn’t always finish/hadn’t always finished with a happy ending. It’s so corny and lame.
5 Complete the sentences with your own ideas
in as many ways as you can. 1 2 3 4
If I could change one thing about television, … If TV hadn’t been invented, … I wish … If only …
3 Correct the sentences by adding one word. 1 2 3 4
t
en
m
If only that home cinema system (6) were/ would be cheaper. I’d love to get it.
Local police have warned the public swimming in the ocean until the oil slick has been cleared. She refused answer the interviewer’s questions about her private life. The foreign minister has confirmed that his government wishes to withdraw the international climate change agreement. Charities are appealing donations to help those affected by the earthquake.
UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
109
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 5
TRAINING
1 You are going to read an article about ‘online shaming’. What do you
think this means, and can you think of any examples of it?
m Ca
Online SHAMING
id
br ge
Much has been written about the potential of the web to empower ordinary citizens, turning us into informed buyers, savvy voters and armchair experts on just about everything. However, it has also given rise to the modern-day equivalent of the medieval witch-hunt – the phenomenon of online shaming.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Of course, online shaming isn’t restricted to highlighting extreme views, as a woman subsequently dubbed ‘Permit Patty’ knows only too well. Seeing a child selling chilled lemonade to baseball fans on a hot San Francisco afternoon, Patty threatened to call the police and report the child for selling drinks on the street without a permit. Before long, footage had been posted online by the girl’s older cousin along with a tweet saying ‘So my little cousin was selling lemonade and didn’t have a permit … so this lady decided to call the cops on an 8-year-old’. However, as the woman later clarified, she had only pretended to make the call. But that didn’t stop the video being viewed more than six million times, and a barrage of abusive comments being directed at ‘Permit Patty’, who was ultimately forced to give up her job, in spite of what had arguably been a miscarriage of justice.
Co
You may, like me, have been intrigued and shocked by a recent case involving an Australian political candidate who was forced to quit in disgrace after the media got wind of various posts he’d made on his personal social media account, in which he’d voiced extreme views which were deemed by many as being incompatible with public service. His page was personal, but these days that’s no defence if you’re seeking a role in elected office. As everyone should be perfectly well aware, online activity leaves a trail of breadcrumbs, and so anything you don’t want to be seen online should never be posted online in the first place. The backlash against the man was extreme, especially when he attempted to clarify, perhaps unhelpfully, that his comments were ‘just jokes’. Before long, he elected not to pursue a career in the public eye after all. Good riddance, I say.
Many others have had similar experiences to ‘Permit Patty’, and of course still more have found themselves in the position of finger pointer and whistle-blower, exposing the misdemeanors of others. Psychologists’ studies confirm that online interactions are experienced as being somehow less real than face-to-face ones, in that people can’t pick up on the facial or vocal signals that would be there in a face-to-face situation. For this reason, people who are quick to jump on the bandwagon of shaming frequently underestimate the destructive and hurtful effect that these actions might have.
t
en
m
110
2 Read the text and answer the questions. Use the
tips to help you. 1
Which word in the first paragraph suggests that someone is not really competent or fully informed? A ordinary B armchair C savvy D modern-day
m Ca
Look at each of the options in the paragraph along with the noun it describes and identify the one that conveys irony.
2
ge
id
br
The writer suggests that the Australian political candidate was A unwise to think his comments would escape criticism. B unprepared for the negative reaction he received in the media. C unaware he’d made remarks that could be considered offensive. D unfortunate that his private opinions affected his career.
PUSH YOURSELF C2 REPORTING VERBS 1 Match the sentence halves. 1 2 3 4 5
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
6 A B C D E F
Co
Rather than looking for synonyms of the adjectives in the options, consider the writer’s main point about the candidate.
3
In the third paragraph, the writer implies that some online shaming incidents A are harmful to children. B involve wrongful accusations. C increase levels of unemployment. D receive more attention than intended. A ‘miscarriage of justice’ is when the justice system has failed to work properly, and either an innocent person has been punished, or a guilty person has got off unpunished.
4
In the fourth paragraph, the writer suggests that one reason online shaming takes place is because A it satisfies a strong psychological urge. B information spreads so quickly on the internet. C many consider it an effective way for justice to be done. D people don’t see the harmful consequences of their behaviour.
2 Write the highlighted word from Exercise 1 next to
the correct definition below.
1 2 3 4 5 6
3 Complete the questions with one of the verbs in an
appropriate form.
1
2
3
4
5
C
‘I feel sorry for Patty – she was trying to ensure that the child was adhering to the law, and there’s nothing wrong with that.’ ‘The Australian guy got what he deserved – nobody who expresses bigoted opinions deserves to hold a responsible job.’ ‘Social media companies will never tackle the problem of online abuse because outrage means more clicks, and more clicks means more advertising revenue.’
6
t
A
Can you think of any TV series you have watched which in your opinion for too long? Can you give an example of a public figure who to have done something immoral or illegal? What happened to them? As a general rule of thumb, is it better to to having done something wrong, or keep quiet? Why? Do you think it really helps sportspeople or artists perform better when they ? Why or why not? Do you know anyone who always when you’re saying something in a conversation? If so, do you let them have their say, or do you talk over them? Can you think of any behaviours in society which appropriate ten years ago but are no longer so?
en
3 Work with a partner. How would you respond to
the following opinions?
considered made accusations admit to having done something wrong encouraged noisily last, continue, speak continuously interrupting
m
What do the research findings have to say on this topic?
B
The authorities have alleged that university staff accepted bribes from students She kept on butting in The film was deemed unsuitable for children The runners were cheered on Cuban president Fidel Castro was renowned for his lengthy speeches, Nobody owned up to breaking the window, as they began the final lap of the track. whose grades were inadequate. so we still don’t know who it was. due to the adult nature of its storyline. and wouldn’t let me finish what I wanted to say. and would sometimes go on for as much as five hours without a break.
4 Work in small groups and answer the questions.
UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
111
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 5
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Complete the text with words from the box.
br
purpose inferring six viewpoint same
id
ge
4-option multiple-choice questions which are presented Part 5 consists of one long text followed by (1) in the (2) order as the information in the text so that candidates can follow the development of the text. Common questions include: of the author (opinion, attitude) • understanding the (3) and reasons (what the author is trying to do or say) • understanding (4) • identifying the meaning of a word or phrase from context (understanding the implication of what the author is saying) • (5)
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
You are going to read an article about cinema. For questions 1–6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the article. 1
2
3
What does the writer suggest in the fourth paragraph? A Video and DVD have disrupted the film industry, but in different ways. B Movies that were popular with cinema audiences were unlikely to sell well on video. C Film companies should have understood the potential offered by video sooner. D Fluctuations in cinema attendance were wrongly blamed on the video industry. Which of the following suggests reorganisation or radical change? A posed (line 25) B shaking up (line 69) C undermined (line 71) D embark on (line 72) In the last paragraph, the writer argues that A competition between companies benefits customers. B consumers have the power to punish companies who charge too much. C ‘cord-cutting’ can be helpful to the entertainment industry in the long term. D cable and satellite broadcasters should reduce prices in
112
t
order to remain competitive.
en
m
In the first paragraph, the writer is being critical of 4 A pessimistic predictions about the future of cinema. B the rise of television services that can replace film. C the number of surveys about cinema. D the effects of advances in technology on audience numbers. Early critics of sound in cinema argued that A sound would make films more costly to produce. B sound may not be appropriate for every new film. 5 C adding sound to films would make them less artistic. D films still needed music in order to appeal to the public. According to the writer, what was the motivation behind much film production in the 1950s? A to embrace the latest filming technologies B to produce large numbers of films for cinema release C to create films that would be popular on TV as well as in 6 the cinema D to ensure that the quality of new films would make people go to the cinema
The death of cinema
m Ca
We are constantly being told that cinema is dying out as an art form. Right now the existential threat is supposedly the rise of streaming services that allow an audience to watch almost anything they want wherever and whenever they want, with the obviously more expensive cinema ticket sales said to be on the decline as a result. However, this is not the first time that advances in technology have been predicted to mark the end of the silver screen. With cinema entering its second century, this article surveys various misguided pronouncements of cinema’s impending demise. Are these current prophets of doom just crying wolf once again?
br
ge
id
The end of cinema was first announced around the 1920s, as advances in recording technology meant that actors’ voices could be heard synchronised with the moving images on the screen. Of course ‘silent films’ had never really been silent, as there had always been musical accompaniment of one sort or another, usually played live in the cinema by a pianist. While many welcomed this advance and eagerly queued to buy tickets to the latest ‘talkies’, purists contended that what had been a creative endeavour to produce something of aesthetic value would simply become a form of mass entertainment. Film production studios had to purchase 25 new equipment and adapt to meet the challenges posed, as featured memorably in the 1952 musical Singin’ in the Rain, which is about the advent of sound to films and the struggles of one studio to rise to the challenge. Yet the studios did cope and, before long, cinema was even more popular and provided audiences with a wealth of dialogue lines to quote.
These movies were given a new lease of life, at zero production cost, and became a valuable income stream for the companies. A film would now have a cinema release, followed a year later by release on video, and then broadcasting rights would be sold to TV stations. The ‘death’ turned out to be more of a rebirth, and one which continued with the invention of DVD and Blu-Ray films.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
The film industry’s recurring problem then has always been the challenge posed by how it reacts to technical advances, and the recent growth in streaming is just another case in point. However, this time it is television rather than cinema that is feeling the adverse effects of viewers’ appetite for such content. So-called ‘digital disruptors’, such as Amazon and Netflix, have been 69 shaking up our experience of TV as we know it, while more traditional broadcasters, such as the BBC and ITV, are seeing their prominence in the nightly viewing 71 schedule thoroughly undermined and have had to 72 embark on their own ‘digital disruptor’ subsidiaries to keep up with the competition.
The next threat to cinema came in the 1950s with the rise in sales of a range of household gadgets, including the TV. As sets became more affordable, more and more families elected to watch from the sofa rather than taking a trip to the cinema. Once again, film production strategies needed to adapt. Quantity was sacrificed to quality. Studios shot movies in glorious wide-screen Technicolor with the intention of being noticeably distinct from the drab black and white images available from the living room sofa. Cinema soldiered on.
t
en
m
The 1970s and 80s saw the advent of the home video recorder, enabling people to record and play shows and films from broadcast television. This coincided with another slump in cinema attendance, although there were various factors contributing to this, such as the shabby state of many cinemas which were by that time in desperate need of refurbishment. Once again, the film industry went into panic mode and the finger was pointed at these TV-top devices, which were gaining in popularity. But it gradually dawned on the film studios that there was a demand for pre-recorded video tapes of old movies taking up space in their archives.
It used to be the norm that you couldn’t watch live broadcasts through streaming services, though many of them have also created original shows for some time. However, these providers can now offer consumers a short cut, enabling them to get live TV from local or national stations via the internet. This can then be supplemented with other streaming services, meaning that consumers are ditching their expensive cable or satellite TV subscriptions. This practice, known as cord-cutting, is increasingly popular with the millennial generation. Why pay top dollar for satellite or cable when they can bundle two or three different streaming providers and still pay less overall? With rival streaming services battling each other for market share, it’s a win-win for the consumer. And for once it’s the cable and satellite channels, rather than the cinemas and film studios, who find themselves in the hot seat.
UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
113
EXAM FOCUS LISTENING PART 3
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Decide if the statements are true or false. You will hear a discussion or interview with two or more speakers. There are five multiple-choice questions. The questions appear in the same order as the information appears in the audio. The questions tend to focus on the opinions and attitudes of the speakers. You won’t be asked to decide on what the speakers agree or disagree on.
ge
id
br
1 2 3 4 5
U
2
3
Michaela says that in the context of citizen journalism, the film made by Abraham Zapruder A represents one of the best-known early examples. B is different from what most people would imagine. C shows that various media can be used. D is regarded as the very first example of it in action. How does Adam portray the relationship between citizen journalism and professional journalism? A Both can benefit each other. B The former can act as sources for the latter. C The former needs to learn correct news reporting from the latter. D The former is replacing the latter as the dominant form of journalism. Michaela says that because of citizen journalism, professional journalists these days A are under greater pressure to release news quickly. B cover a greater variety of topics than ever before. C have had to improve the quality of their own reports. D use social networks as potential sources for their stories.
Co
1
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
057 You will hear an interview in which two experts called Adam Bonikle and Michaela Strickan are talking about citizen journalism. For questions 1–6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear.
4
5
6
t
en
m
What do Adam and Michaela agree is the most significant change brought on by the rise of citizen journalism? A The public have less trust in traditional journalism. B News stories have become more political. C The public prefers to get its news on social media. D The public is more involved in deciding what makes the news. What point does Adam make about citizen journalism covering local news? A It makes local people more interested in what is happening near them. B It is an ideal medium for reporting this type of news. C People prefer a news story if it was reported by someone they know personally. D Blogs are a highly effective way for people to get a local story heard. Michaela brings up Korea’s Oh My News website in order to suggest A why there will be more citizen journalists in future. B that citizen journalists should be paid for what they do. C what kind of news websites will be influential in the future. D that websites which are already well established should survive longer.
114
SPEAKING PARTS 3 AND 4 EXAM CHECK Read about Parts 3 and 4 of the Speaking Test and choose the correct answers.
PART 3 The whole task lasts about three/four minutes. Candidates are given 15/30 seconds to read through the task before beginning. Candidates are given a main question to discuss and five/six aspects or prompts to focus on. For the first two/three minutes, candidates discuss the question in relation to the prompts. Then the examiner will interrupt and give the candidates a new task where they are asked to make a decision. This takes about one/two minutes.
m Ca
1 2 3 4 5
Part 4 uses the same topic as/a different topic from Part 3. The examiner/candidates will ask questions to lead the discussion. The questions will tend to be about personal experience/more abstract issues. The candidates will/won’t be expected to comment on what the other has said.
ge
Co
PART 3
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
6 7 8 9
id
br
PART 4
radio
news websites
word of mouth
What are the advantages and disadvantages of getting information from these different sources of news?
social media
TV
Now you have about a minute to decide which two sources of news are the least reliable.
PART 4
UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
t
en
m
Questions for the examiner to ask: 1 Some people think that the news is depressing, and so it isn’t worth following. What’s your opinion? (Why?/Why not?) 2 How interested are you in following the news events happening in distant parts of the world? (Why?/Why not?) 3 How important is it for children to learn about the news? (Why?/Why not?) 4 Do you think people should watch or read the news every day, or only when something really important is happening? (Why?/Why not?) 5 How likely do you think it is that newspapers will still be popular in 20 years’ time? (Why?/Why not?) 6 Do you think news broadcasters should include more stories that are humorous in news programmes? (Why?/Why not?)
115
m Ca
WORKING IN THE MEDIA ge
id
br
SO YOU WANNA WORK IN THE MOVIES?
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U 1 Match words from A and B to make jobs in the film and
TV industry. What do you think each job involves? B artist designer director engineer grip manager researcher
116
3 These are the people who ensure that the factual references in a film or programme are correct. For example, are the soldiers’ uniforms that the costume designer has proposed absolutely accurate and true to the period of history portrayed? You’ll also have to obtain copyright clearance for music used in the production. iii
4 There’s much more to this role than simply holding the auditions and placing prospective actors in the ‘yes’ or ‘no’ pile. To succeed, you need an in-depth understanding of the director’s vision for the film. iv
5 These are the guys who set up the cranes, tripods, dollies and other pieces of gear on set so that everything’s ready for the film crew to get the cameras rolling. In a nutshell, they’re the ones responsible for making the cinematographer’s creative vision a reality. v
t
the jobs above to complete the article.
2 While film studios tend to have sizeable budgets, even these don’t usually stretch to being able to blow up buildings. Which is where the VFX team comes in. Their remit is to create the visuals which can’t be handled on set, such as the explosions, fires, falling buildings and floods that no decent action blockbuster can do without. ii
en
2 Choose the best paragraph headings for gaps 1–5 from
1 Long before shooting begins, these guys are scouting for the ideal spots in which to film. They’re responsible for getting approval from the property owners to film on their premises. And for the actual filming they arrange for all the necessities, from the provision of snacks and parking for the crew right through to getting a suitable power supply on set. i
m
A casting costume location makeup programme props set sound visual effects
Following a career in a competitive field like the movies can be tough. Only a tiny handful of actors really flourish and go on to become household names, and even fewer scriptwriters make the big time. But fear not – there are many other career options you can pursue which are every bit as exciting.
3 Complete gaps (i–v) with the most
appropriate sentences (A–E). A
B
the words from the box.
For this role, you’ll need a keen eye for detail, and to be absolutely meticulous. You’ll need creative flair and the ability to conceive and execute captivating graphics which will wow audiences. This will give you insights into the mindsets of the individual characters and how they will relate to each other. To do this work, you’ll need to be physically strong in order to haul bulky kit around, and be able to think on your feet and follow directions as part of a team. To succeed in this role, you must be able to envisage what a place is going to look like once it’s filmed. You’ll also need a likeable personality and formidable negotiation skills.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR/USE novelty value happy endings headlines grab clickbait breaking scoop public interest public imagination the inside story newsworthy
m Ca C
1 2 3
br
D
4
ge
id
E
058 Listen again and complete the extracts from the interview with
7
5
U
6
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
7 8 9
4 Work in groups. Discuss which of
the jobs you think would be • • •
lucrative the most pleasurable a good stepping stone to other careers
5 Read the quotation and answer the
questions.
2
3
What four types of vlogs are mentioned? How long does it take for someone to decide if they want to watch a video? What three items of equipment should you consider buying?
4
5
6
Name two video techniques that could change the dynamic of your vlog. Why do you have to be careful when adding music to a vlog? Why might you benefit from working with another vlogger?
WATCH
LIFE COMPETENCIES
t
discussing what makes a story newsworthy. Which four of the six elements do they discuss?
1
en
058 Listen to two journalists
Watch the video about vlogging and answer the questions.
8
m
‘To be newsworthy, a story has to have these six elements to it: conflict, human interest, prominence, oddity, impact and timeliness. Otherwise it’s not of interest.’ 1 What are the major news stories in your country and internationally at the moment? 2 Can you identify any of the six elements from the quote in one of the news stories you talked about in 1? 3 To what extent do you agree with the quotation? 6
… we’re going to be discussing what it is that makes some things as soon as they hit the . news story that really Sometimes there’s a captures the . for the I imagine such a story would be quite a journalist who first reported it! If you can be the first to interview them and get , then it can enhance a journalist’s reputation. But don’t forget that we’re not only intrigued by stories with . to know … regardless of whether it’s in the who left who. … a good story also benefits from . people’s attention. … but it’s unlikely to If you saw that headline on your phone, well, it’s perfect !
S
CREATING NEW CONTENT FROM OWN IDEA OR OTHER RESOURCES
Choose a topic that you know a lot about and produce a vlog where you tell people about it. Once you’ve recorded your vlog, post it online and share it with your class. UNIT 8 ON DEMAND
117
PROGRESS CHECK 3 MODALS (2) – MODALS IN THE PAST
1 Which of the words can complete the
3 Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
m Ca
BUILDINGS sentences? Cross out any that don’t fit.
1
2 Complete the gaps with ONE word.
Before the invention of the printing press, it was not easy to spread news. One of the earliest forerunners to the mass media was the Imperial Bulletins in China from around 200BC. These might have distributed by hand. In (1) Ancient Rome, news (2) chiselled in stone or metal or possibly the town crier. read out (3) These examples are not strictly speaking newspapers as they could not mass distributed. (4)
5
6
ADVERB + ADJECTIVE COLLOCATIONS
4 Replace EITHER the adverb OR the adjective in the sentences
with a more appropriate one.
1 2
5 6 7 8
t
3 4
In India, many people doing manual jobs are in fact deeply educated. Janette is well ambitious. She will stop at nothing to achieve her goals. Subjects were randomly opposed to take part in the survey. Almost everyone is widely aware that the planet is being destroyed. The teachers are bitterly concerned about Sebastian’s progress. The gym is conveniently placed in the very centre of the campus. Our company is nearly associated with the local technical college. I’m actively important in my local youth club.
en
We assume today that newspapers mainly threatened by (8) websites. However, readers had lured away by radio as early (9) as the 1920s. Although print newspapers have are widely believed (10) lost relevance in today’s world, they are still read by up to three billion people worldwide.
4
any.
There is a chance that Francesca didn’t understand him correctly. MIGHT Francesca him correctly. It was wrong of you not to apologise, I think. SHOULD You I think. Seeing celebrities in the street was a regular event for us. USED We celebrities in the street regularly. I’m convinced that Anton told them as nobody else knew. MUST Anton only he knew.
m
The printing press appeared in Europe actually around 1440 but it (5) been invented in eastern Asia 200 years earlier. The first newspaper (6) said to be the weekly publication by Johann Carolus in 1604. The UK’s first newspaper, The London Gazette, is still published today. (7)
118
3
Co
THE PASSIVE
Until 1987 it was mandatory to purchase a license if you wanted to own a dog. HAVE Dog owners until 1987. I didn’t manage to get tickets for the concert as they were sold out. ABLE The tickets were sold out so I
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
6
2
U
5
ge
4
1
id
3
br
2
At the very top of my grandfather’s house, there’s a loft/an attic/a cellar. The house was not in very good condition when they bought it. It needed a great deal of renovation/demolition/repairs. The owners live on the third floor of the bungalow/mansion/skyscraper. DIY/makeover/installation is a popular weekend activity in many countries. In the UK, people tend to live in terraced/ semi-detached/unattached houses. The land was turned into a sports ground after all the houses were demolished/constructed/ knocked down.
meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given.
WORDBUILDING
REPORTED SPEECH AND REPORTING VERBS
5 Write a word for each definition. The first letter has
8 Rewrite the sentences in reported speech, using the
been given. the study of language a person who drives a car a person paid to listen to your problems favouring one gender over the other the belief that there is no god
m Ca
1 2 3 4 5
verb in brackets. In all cases, the speaker is talking to you.
l m t s a
ARTICLES
br
6 Complete the gaps in the film review with a, an, the
Alissa: ‘I’ve been into town three times this week’. (tell)
2
Zara: ‘Turn it off, wait ten seconds and turn it on again.’ (recommend)
3
Mr Allen: ‘You’re always late on a Monday morning!’ (complain)
4
Jonathan: ‘Are you going abroad on holiday this year?’ (ask)
5
My parents: ‘You should reapply.’ (urge)
6
Chris: ‘I don’t think Mrs Franklin will give you a pay rise next month.’ (doubt)
ge
id
or – (no article).
1
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
(1) film I really enjoyed recently was Rocket Man. It’s (2) biographical story of singer, Sir Elton John. Rocket Man is, fittingly, (3) musical. I had never been (4) particular fan of Elton John, but after seeing this movie, I like him more. I didn’t bad luck realise that he’d had such (5) in his early life. He came from (6) broken home with (7) father who had no interest in him. His mother was also cold towards him and he only received (8) love and (9) acceptance from his grandmother. What most people didn’t know was that Elton was also in (10) abusive relationship with his manager, John Reid, which is one of (11) reasons why his life went off (12) track. It is nice to know that he finally found (13) happiness and is (14) father of two children.
COUNTABLE/UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
9 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes.
1 2 3 4 5
VERBS OF COMMUNICATION
7 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
verbs in the box.
release negotiate clarify appeal mislead reassure
4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
footage extra analysis protagonist contestant coverage commentator highlights
A
the main character in a story or play B the best part of a programme or event C someone who competes in a quiz show D a piece of film, especially one showing an event in the news E a person who describes an event as it happens F examining something in detail G a person who has a small non-speaking part in a film H the reporting of a particular event or subject
t
3
10 Match the words (1–8) with the definitions (A–H).
en
2
for donations for the flood The charity is victims. It’s a good idea to the task with your teacher before you start writing. A good doctor will take time to his or her patients before a procedure. Part of my role is with customers on the terms of a partnership. Has any new information been on the hostage situation? I’m sorry, I think your free book promotion is . I have just discovered that the book is only free if you spend at least £20 in store, which wasn’t clear from your publicity material.
TV
m
1
6
I think I’m losing my memories. I just can’t remember where I parked my car. The climbers needed to find shelter before the temperature dropped below zero. I’m afraid you can’t stay with us. We don’t have enough room. What knowledges do you need to go walking in the wilderness? I have a lot of respects for environmentalists like Greta Thunberg. I have decided it’s time for me to look for a new work.
PROGRESS CHECK 3
119
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
Co
1 Work in groups. Discuss the questions. Which of the following are important for you when defining your culture? Make notes on each of them and share your ideas with your group. • food and drink • museums and artefacts • art and architecture • clothes and costumes • history and myths • language and dialects • attitudes and beliefs 2 Look at the photos of people taking
part in cultural events and festivals. Have you ever experienced any similar kinds of festival? 3 Choose two of the photos. How
significant do you think the festivals are to the people involved?
B
COMPARISON
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
059 Listen to a student talking about two of the photos. Which two
1
photos is he talking about?
059 Complete the gaps. Then listen and check your answers.
2
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9
each other at all. At first glance they don’t appear that they have a few things in common. However, In the case of the former, it is through dancing and listening to music, in the latter it would appear to be some kind of religious festival. The people in the first photo seem with their appearance. about it. However, in the latter, they are In fact, the attitude seems to be . … certainly I personally would enjoy the second festival listening to my favourite bands live in the sunshine. That said, participating in the second festival is probably . Visually speaking, all those bright colours make for a photo.
3 Match the sentence halves to form a student’s responses to the
photos. Do you agree with the student’s points? 1 2 3
C
120
4 5 6
The festival in Photo A is totally different It is by far the most The people do not seem to be taking part But their costumes are amongst the Photo A is the one I’d be most Photo B, on the other hand, would probably
t
en
m
A
GRAMMAR
A be the most attractive to people my age. B interested in learning more about, culturally speaking. C most elaborate I have ever seen. D traditional event of the three. E from the others. F as enthusiastically as those in Photo C.
4 Find examples of these structures
in Exercises 2 and 3. 1 2 3
m Ca
4 5
(not) as + adjective/adverb + as the + comparative adjective, the + comparative adjective adverb modifier + comparative adjective verb + noun + the most/least adverb modifier + superlative adjective superlative adjective + present perfect simple
6
br
5 Tick the correct sentences. Correct
2
6 7
8
6 Work with a partner. Describe three
occasions that are celebrated in your region or country. Then use the language in this section to make comparisons between each other’s traditions.
1 Read the extracts and match the words in bold with their meanings (1–10). In our village there is a monument to commemorate those who gave their lives for their country during the two World Wars. Every year, the locals hold a memorial service so that no-one forgets the sacrifice they made. According to legend, Saint George, the patron saint of England, killed a dragon, which is a mythical creature representing evil. In Britain, the monarch doesn’t really have any power; instead, the King or Queen has a mainly ceremonial role. Most communities take part in different kinds of rituals. Those related to religious practice are known as sacred rituals, while those that are not are secular. The world-famous carnival in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil includes processions of floats – or decorated lorries – with lots of music and people dancing the Samba. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
holy or connected with religion parades a structure to honour a person or event adjective related to formal, traditional events to officially and respectfully remember a person or event a story from ancient times which has its basis in fact imaginary, existing only in stories a set of fixed actions performed regularly as part of a ceremony
9
adjective meaning ‘done to remember the dead’ or another word for a monument not having any connection with religion
10
2 Complete the gaps with words from Exercise 1. You may need to
change the form of the word.
1
2
3
4
t
8
en
5 6 7
character from English folklore, who stole from Robin Hood is a the rich to give to the poor. The Statue of Liberty is one of the best-loved in the world and a celebration of freedom and democracy. A series of events were held on the 400th anniversary of the Mayflower sailing to America. Doing the ‘Mexican wave’ at sporting events can be considered a modern-day sporting . about how the world began. Most cultures have some kind of to people of three major religions. The city of Jerusalem is over the last few decades – Many countries have become more the place of religion in public life has diminished. The opening ceremony of the Olympic games always includes a of all the athletes taking part.
m
The Feast of San Rudolfo is by far the most enjoyable festival in my region. It lasts a whole week, which is much longer than any other festival we celebrate. GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Comparison: Page 216
CULTURE AND FESTIVALS
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
5
Co
4
U
3
Less people wear their countries’ traditional dress these days. The greater the amount you spend, the more the number of people you can attract to your festival. I think they must be the most highly-trained dancers in the world. My mum is not the best of cooks, but her Christmas pudding is the most delicious I’ve ever tasted. Large-scale weddings are not quite popular as they used to be. Tickets for the music festival sold out almost as quick as last year. Making your own carnival costume is a whole lot cheaper than buying one yourself. The cuisine in my culture is similar to but not the same than yours.
ge
1
id
the sentences with mistakes.
VOCABULARY
3 Work in groups. Think of examples for each of the following: 1 2 3 4 5 6
mythical creatures national monuments a national legend sacred rituals in religion a cultural event that involves processions a national holiday that commemorates an important day in your history
UNIT 9 CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION
121
LISTENING THE CULTURE OF JAPAN 1
m Ca
060 You will hear an interview with Jay Marie talking about how she became interested in Japanese culture by reading Manga comics and watching animated films. Listen to the first part of the interview and tick the reasons she mentions.
ge
C
id
B
She liked the way the characters appear in the cartoons and comics. The stories reflected myths and legends from her own country. The stories made her want to investigate Japanese culture in more detail.
br
A
061 Listen to the second part of the
U
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
interview and match the stories she mentions with what she says about them. Mononoke Basilisk The Eccentric Family March Comes in Like a Lion
A
This story blends elements of everyday life with Japanese folklore. This is a traditional story about a hero who goes on a journey. This story talks about modern day problems that people have. This is an old story about two warring tribes.
B C D
Co
1 2 3 4
061 Listen again and answer the questions.
3
1
2
3
4
1 2 3
122
Are there any national cultures apart from your own that interest you? If so, what are they and why do you like them? What music, films and books from different countries are popular in your country? Why do you think that they are popular? How important is it for cultures to preserve their legends and traditions in the modern world?
t
4 Work in pairs. Answer the questions.
en
m
What did the medicine seller need to do in order to destroy the evil mononoke? a He needed to obtain a special sword. b He had to learn about their nature and personality. c He had to infect them with diseases. Why does Jay Marie say that Samurai often appear in Manga stories? a Because the Samurai play an important and respected role in Japanese culture as a whole. b Because Samurai stories often have complex storylines. c Because most of the Samurai stories are true. What is the main reason that Jay Marie recommends The Eccentric Family for people who are new to Manga? a It blends contemporary Japanese life with traditional mythological elements in an interesting way. b It covers key aspects of Japanese culture such as magic and martial arts. c It deals with the universal theme of relationships between people. Why was Jay Marie first initially discouraged from watching March Comes in Like a Lion? a Because it is about a complicated Japanese version of chess. b Because it deals with themes that are too serious for younger people. c Because it has a quite slow-moving storyline.
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 6 1 Work in groups. Answer the questions. 1 2 3 4
B
m Ca
Do you enjoy going to museums? Why/Why not? Tell your partner about a museum you have visited. In many countries, visitor numbers for museums are dropping. Why do you think this is the case? What can modern museums do to make themselves more attractive to visitors?
2 You are going to read three extracts from interviews
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4 Underline the writer’s opinion in Text C about using
modern methods to enhance visitors’ experiences of museums.
Co
I’m personally rather reluctant to get on board with the way museums are developing. However, I recognise that the overwhelming majority regard me as narrow-minded due to my rejection of the ‘all-singing all-dancing’ interactive approach to museums which seems to be the norm these days. Visitors should see it as a privilege to have access to these priceless historical artefacts. Our primary duty as curators is to preserve our cultural heritage, safeguard the items in our collections and present them with as much clarity and historical accuracy as possible – at zero cost to the guest. Too much noise and activity is not in keeping with the contemplative atmosphere of a museum. The richness of our long and eventful history should be more than enough for young people. To my mind, we do them a disservice by assuming they will not engage with the exhibits unless there are buttons to press.
A
When I was a child, I was under the impression that museums were tedious places your parents dragged you to on rainy days. I never understood why anyone would go there by choice. How ironic it is then that I now work as a museum curator whose mission is all about trying to broaden access to our country’s heritage by making museums into fun learning spaces. The only limit we place on ourselves is not to compromise the authenticity of our collection. Beyond that, the sky’s the limit. Technology is employed in a huge variety of ways to enrich the museum experience for every age group. The downside of this is that we have had to introduce a nominal entrance fee to fund this technology, but I do believe this is a necessary price to pay.
U
3
The writer is in favour of/opposed to recent and current changes to museums. The writer stresses the importance of protecting historical objects/presenting objects in an interesting way. She believes that people are capable/incapable of engaging with a traditional museum.
ge
1
id
br
with museum workers in which they express their opinions on the modernisation of museums. Read Text A and complete the writer’s opinions by choosing the correct option.
TRAINING
C
The museum I work for is already something out of the ordinary due to its subject matter – the history of medicine – which, perhaps surprisingly, tends to entice younger visitors in. However, we are well aware of the moves by other museums to bring in customers through various means – video, interactive exhibits and the like. While we have not felt the need for it ourselves, I’m not opposed to it. On the contrary, I feel it is unrealistic to expect children who spend a huge chunk of their lives online to react positively to lifeless exhibits in glass cases. I would definitely agree that the role of a modern museum curator is to engage young and old by whatever means possible. Assuming of course this can be done without passing on the cost to the visitors themselves, which I am dead against.
5 Now complete the exam task based on all three texts.
t
He sees his role as … He believes in using technology to … However, it is important not to reduce …
en
1 2 3
Which expert (A–C): 1 has a different opinion to the others on attracting visitors to museums? 2 has a similar view to expert B on catering to different age groups? 3 has a different view to expert C regarding charging visitors?
m
3 Complete the opinions of the writer of Text B in your own words.
6 In this section, you read through each section
BEFORE doing the exam task in Exercise 5. Many exam experts recommend doing a quick read of the text before looking at the questions. Decide why this is recommended.
UNIT 9 CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION
123
VOCABULARY PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES (2) 1 Look at the extracts from the texts on
museums. What do the highlighted phrases mean? Too much noise and activity is not in keeping with the contemplative atmosphere of a museum. The role of a modern museum curator is to engage young and old by whatever means possible. When I was a child, I was under the impression that museums were tedious places … The museum I work for is already something out of the ordinary due to its subject matter …
m Ca
1
2
4
ge
id
br
3
U
with the missing prepositions.
2
3
4
5
6
accordance museum policy, all visitors are subject to security checks before entering. The Nautical Museum sells postcards aid the Lifeboats charity, which saves hundreds of lives every year. An Art Gallery in America has requested that we loan them some of our paintings by Turner, but I’m afraid it is the question. We can arrange special tours for large groups of tourists, but we can’t do it short notice – you need to tell us at least two weeks in advance. I’m speaking today behalf the artist, who, unfortunately, can’t be here. The tour was conducted in German, so I was a loss to follow what the guide was saying.
Co
1
the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
2 Complete the prepositional phrases
4 Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to
1
2
3
4
5
The staff didn’t think they had to work on the Bank Holiday. UNDER The staff the Bank Holiday was a day off for them. We need to follow the law when planning our firework display. IN Our firework display must the law. I believe I speak for everyone when I say the pageant has been a huge success. ON I believe I speak when I say the pageant has been a huge success. When the President passed away, I didn’t have a clue how to react. AT I know how to react when the President passed away. There is no way I’m cooking Thanksgiving lunch this year. OUT Cooking Thanksgiving lunch this year.
Exercise 2 with the meanings.
2
4
for the benefit of, often to raise money for following or obeying a rule, standard or policy definitely not possible
5
not knowing what to do
6
with little time or advanced warning to prepare
3
124
WRITING PART 1: AN ESSAY
TRAINING
1 Read the Part 1 question and the two essays written by students.
Which essay (A, B or both) 1 2 3 4 5 6
is organised into paragraphs appropriately with a good range of linking words and phrases? discusses two of the three factors from the question? says which of the two factors they feel is the most significant? gives their opinion in the introduction? contains some repetition of vocabulary and ideas? do you think would score higher in an exam?
t
for someone else
en
1
m
3 Match the prepositional phrases from
Your class recently had a discussion about whether local festivals are still worthwhile. You made the notes below: Factors affecting local festivals •
environmental issues
•
relevance to all
•
economic factors
Some opinions expressed in the discussion: “The organisers need to clear up after the festival!”
m Ca
“No-one between 16 and 40 attends the festival.” “There are better things to spend taxes on!”
br
2
ge
id
Write an essay discussing TWO of the factors in your notes. You should say which issue you feel is most significant in determining whether local festivals are still worthwhile.
062 You will hear the writer of Essay B, Marisa, talking about how she approaches a Part One question. As you listen, complete the flow chart.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U Co
BEFORE WRITING 1 Decide which factors to focus on. 2 Decide which one is more . 3 Decide how many to include and what points they will contain. 4 Decide where to state your . 5 Brainstorm words and phrases to include.
WHILE WRITING 6 Constantly upgrade your . 7 Be mindful of the you are using. 8 Run a mental of language points studied in class. 9 Make sure you use good to connect your ideas.
AFTER WRITING 10 Leave a few minutes to your essay. 11 At this final stage, also try to your language where possible.
3 Write your own answer to the question, following Marisa’s method.
4 Work with a partner. Discuss which aspects of Marisa’s method worked for you and which you would do differently.
ESSAY A (Joachim)
Local festivals can be a way of bringing together people, but to my mind just because something has existed for a long time, does not necessarily mean that it is still relevant today. There is definitely a case for saying some festivals are no longer worthwhile. I come from a small fishing village that holds an annual festival dating back hundreds of years. The main event sees the young men of the village prove their masculinity by diving to the bottom of the harbour to retrieve coins. Any man who fails must wear a yellow hat to indicate his failure and shame. To my mind, this is outdated. In the 21st century, men do not need to prove their virility in such a way. Apart from anything else, it is incredibly dangerous. In recent years there have been injuries and even a fatality. Furthermore, there is a financial cost to this festival. People come from all over the surrounding area to participate and such high numbers of people mean that once the festivities are over, an expensive clean-up operation is required. As the festival brings in no money itself, the cost burden falls on the local inhabitants. However, the most significant issue for me though remains that the festival encourages old-fashioned sexual stereotypes. Whilst I am not against celebrating where we come from culturally speaking, any festival that promotes out-dated social values should surely also be left in the past.
t
en
m
In this essay I would like to discuss whether local festivals are still worthwhile. First of all, some people say that festivals damage the environment. This can happen, but it doesn’t necessarily happen all the time. If the organisers make a plan to clean up after the event, there should not be a problem. We can avoid the issue of wasting paper, water and other items by making a plan. For example, we can have one group of people who are responsible for the environmental issues. They have to use recycled products to make costumes and clean up everything when the festival is over. Another issue is that, these days, local festivals aren’t relevant to all. Based on my own experience, I disagree with this. I am a young person and I enjoy our local festivals. It is a time when all people in the village, young and old, come together and work towards a common goal, something which I think is very important for the local community. What is more, some young people from my village made a website to share information about the festival, so it is definitely still relevant. In conclusion, I disagree that local festivals are no longer worthwhile.
ESSAY B (Marisa)
UNIT 9 CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION
125
GRAMMAR REASON, PURPOSE AND RESULT GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1
id
063 Listen to and read the extract from a group
ge
2
br
2 3
Why do people get married? Write down as many reasons as you can think of. What is the purpose of a wedding ceremony? Have laws and customs relating to marriage changed in your country in recent years? If so, how?
discussion. Whose ideas do you agree with? 4 Complete the gaps with a phrase from Exercises 2 and 3. 1
Many brides seek to break with tradition; , these days we see more wedding dresses in colours other than white. Traditionally, a woman wears an engagement ring show other suitors that she is no longer available. of social changes, sometimes it is the mother and not the father who walks the bride down the aisle and gives her away. Many couples prefer to receive cash as a wedding gift they already live independently from their parents and have everything they need. Horseshoes were considered very lucky; , couples were often given one on their wedding day bring them luck in the years to come. Couples often hire a professional photographer or camera person preserve the memories of their special day. Many wealthy people have their partners sign prenuptial agreements show them that they are not marrying for the money.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Natasha: In my country, most people get married simply because it’s expected of them. Many people have lavish weddings in order to show off their family’s wealth and status. Since I’d rather spend my money on my studies, I’m not planning to waste money on an extravagant ceremony so that others can have a good time at our expense. Tomas: The biggest difference I’ve seen is that, because of changes in the law, people now have more choice about how and where to get married. As a result, weddings have got more interesting. One of my friends got married in a hot air balloon! I’d love to do that. Deepa: As I’m happily single, I can’t think of many compelling reasons to get married. My best friend got married abroad so as to avoid the problems associated with relatives who don’t get on. I’d do the same – get married in Australia so no one could attend! Takahiro: Most people are leaving it till later to get married in order to travel and develop their careers. Therefore there has been a marked increase in middle-aged parents in my society. Jodie: Weddings have become prohibitively expensive, hence, more and more young people are not doing the traditional thing and instead are looking at cheaper alternatives. I think it’s a bit sad not to get married due to the price tag. After all, it is meant to be one of the most special days of anybody’s life.
PURPOSE
RESULT
5
6
7
5 Complete the sentences with your own ideas. 1 2
3 4 5 6
I prefer more intimate weddings with fewer guests because … Many people these days do not believe in the part of their wedding vows that say ‘till death do us part’, hence … In some cultures, parents find a partner for their son or daughter so that … The first few years of marriage can be difficult because of … Many parents start saving early so as to … There has been an increase in the number of pre-nuptial agreements in the USA due to …
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Reason, purpose and result: Page 217
126
t
REASON
4
en
according to the meaning they express.
3
m
3 Add the phrases in bold to the correct column
2
SPEAKING PART 1
TRAINING
1 Decide whether the following statements about
PUSH YOURSELF C2 COMPARATIVE FORMS
pronunciation are true or false. Being intelligible is what matters most. Your accent should not reveal where you’re from. Pronunciation of individual sounds is not very important. In English, the words that carry the meaning are stressed. Unintentionally stressing the wrong words can change the meaning of a sentence. In longer words, each syllable carries the same amount of stress. Intonation can make you sound enthusiastic, bored or surprised, but can also be a source of confusion if used inappropriately.
m Ca
1 2 3
4 5
ge
id
7
br
6
U
064 Listen and mark the syllables that are
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
stressed in sentences 2 to 7. Sentence 1 has been done as an example. Take it in turns with a partner to read out the sentences. Give each
Co
other feedback on your pronunciation.
065 You will hear four students answering the
3
Part 1 questions 1 to 4. Before you listen, match the questions with the question type (A–D) and the extracts from answers (i–iv). Then listen and check. 1 2 3 4
Have you ever attended a cultural event in another culture? Are you planning to attend any cultural events in the near future? If you could go to any festival in the world, which would you choose? Would you rather attend traditional or more modern events?
If I had the chance, I’d definitely go to Glastonbury, which is an iconic festival held in England every summer. Well, to be honest, I’d much rather attend a traditional festival for several different reasons … Yes, I have. I was lucky enough to attend the Venice Carnival two years ago. Well actually, I’m hoping to go to a literary festival next month.
iii iv
066 Now listen to the extracts and mark the
syllables that are stressed in Extracts i to iv. Then practise them with your partner.
1 2 3 4 5 6
not + any + comparative adjective no + comparative adjective + than so + adjective + that present perfect simple + such + a + adjective + noun + as any + comparative + a + noun + than as if + non-finite clause
2 Complete these extracts from another review of
the same event. Use words from the structures highlighted in Exercise 1.
1
2
3
4
5 6
The tusker lifted his trunk high into the air to say ‘I’m the most important one here’. talented group of I’d never seen people those taking part in the Perahera. actually The chief elephant was taller than the others, but he had a certain majestic quality that the others lacked. greater celebration of Sri Lankan culture the Kandy Perahera can be found anywhere on the island. The noise from the parade is loud nobody gets to sleep until it’s over. better You will not find occasion this to take photographs.
UNIT 9 CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION
t
i
Perahera. Find examples of the comparative structures.
en
hypothetical situation future plans comparison/preference a past experience
1 Read the review of the Kandy
m
A B C D
ii
4
I don’t think I have ever seen such a large number of people on the streets as the night I attended the Kandy Perahera in Sri Lanka. The entire town appeared to be in the procession, dancing, eating fire or drumming as if to demonstrate their pride in their culture to the whole world. Seeing children no higher than my waist drumming away with so much passion was a truly spectacular experience. So important is the Buddha’s tooth relic that the largest tusker is the one to carry it through the streets. One piece of advice – do what the locals do – we didn’t get any better a view from our 40 Euro seats than the locals sitting by the side of the road. As a traveller, you can’t be so naïve as to think noone wants your money. Expect to pay over the odds for snacks and souvenirs. We were certainly not any richer when we got home, but the memories will last a lifetime.
127
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 6
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Decide if the statements are true or false. 1
br
There are four texts from different authors (A–D) on four different topics. The focus of this task is to compare the opinions of the authors (A–D) and find other texts which have the same or different opinions as another of the texts or to identify one which has a different opinion from all the other texts. There are four questions and each text (A–D) will appear as an answer once. Each question in this part is worth two marks.
ge
id
2
4
Co
A
In 1993, there was a boy at my school who was 100 percent geek. This was a derogatory term we applied to someone who was socially awkward, unfashionably bright and with an unusual interest in computers. ‘Computer kid’, as he was nick-named, was not cool, but looking back, he had the last laugh. A little over a decade later, we had all adopted his ‘bizarre’ interest in technology. So, did that spell the end of geek culture? Not at all. To continue to be a geek, the geeks got geekier. A vague interest was no longer enough. To earn the title of geek, you have to live, sleep, eat and play all things geek, and to make that easier, such things have proliferated over the last 20 years. For example, as Star Wars became mainstream, the geeks found other even more obscure series to obsess about. B
1
has a different view from the others on whether geek culture still exists?
2
has a different view from writer A on the ease of defining ‘geek’?
3
has a similar view to D on the geeks of the past?
4
has a different view from A on how geeks have reacted to their culture becoming mainstream?
C
When I discovered that NASA robotics expert Randal Munroe’s book ‘What if?’ was a New York Times nonfiction bestseller, I knew that was the death knell for geek culture. Twenty years ago, only the geeks would have been fascinated by this tome of questions and answers on bizarre topics. They would have memorised the facts and spouted them uninvited at non-geeks, confirming in the process the authenticity of their geekiness. These days, most youngsters find this stuff interesting and the relevant facts can be googled in a seconds, making geeks, well, redundant. Nowadays, the eccentrics are those that don’t have a smart phone or know who the Mother of Dragons is. I’m not sure we have a term for those people yet, but geeks have been relegated to the history books. D
To decide whether geek culture is still alive and kicking, you need to define what you mean by ‘geek’. If being socially awkward with glasses and a poor sense of style is part of your definition, you might conclude it is long dead and buried. If, on the other hand, you define a geek as someone with a love of and extensive knowledge of technology, computer games, comic books and science fiction, the culture is very much alive and well. The question for me is whether geekdom can still be considered a subculture, given how mainstream it has become. If part of your definition of geek was unfashionable, you will either have to redefine your terms or concede that geeks belong to the past. For me, the geeks of my childhood were actually forerunners, who showed us the way. I wish I’d known then what I know now.
t
en
m
Most commentators would agree that current teenagers are more in touch with their nerdy side than those of us born in the twentieth century ever were. Shows, characters and technologies that were once the preserve of geeks, are now considered mainstream. Hardline geeks, though, are fighting back. However, a worrying part of this response is the antidiversity trend in geekdom. Whereas the mainstream entertainment actively includes characters of different ethnicities and genders in leading roles, which most consider a welcome change, some geeks have been known to complain if a female gets too prominent a role in a video game. This is the geeks turning inwards and acting as gatekeepers of geekdom, denying the label ‘geek’ to those not hardcore enough. They see the traditional geek domains of comic books, anime and video games as exclusively theirs and are increasingly concerned that the ‘wrong’ type of people have started to take an interest in the things they love.
128
Which author
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
3
You are going to read four extracts from articles about ‘geek culture’. For questions 1–4, choose from extracts A–D. The extracts may be chosen more than once.
WRITING PART 1: AN ESSAY EXAM CHECK Complete the summary with the correct words or numbers.
m Ca
with a discursive focus, which is compulsory. Based on a Part 1 of the Writing is an (1) question, candidates are asked to choose and write about (2) points from a list and will also be given (3) opinions in the form of notes that they can use, though if they do, they should be written using their own words. A Writing Part 1 task should be between (4) and (5) words long and you have about (6) minutes to complete it.
br
id
Your class recently attended a panel discussion on how to spend a grant from the National Arts and Culture Board. You made the notes below:
ge
Ideas to spend the grant an art gallery
•
a statue of a national figure
•
a dance academy
Some opinions expressed in the discussion: “Everyone can enjoy an art gallery.”
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
•
“People will disagree on which figure to build a statue of.” “A dance academy will have high running costs.”
Co
Write an essay discussing two of the ideas in your notes. You should say which idea you feel is the most suitable way of spending the grant. You may, if you wish, make use of the opinions expressed in the discussion, but you should use your own words as far as possible. Write your answer in 220–260 words in an appropriate style.
SPEAKING PART 1 EXAM CHECK
Read about Part 1 of the Speaking Test and choose the correct answers. 1 2 3 4
t
en
m
This part of the exam lasts about two/three minutes for each pair of candidates. The examiner/The other candidate asks you questions that mainly focus on your life and experiences. You need to/don’t need to ask the other candidate questions in this part. You should/shouldn’t try to give extended answers with reasons, examples or explanations.
Work with a partner. Take turns to ask and answer the questions. •
How important do you think it is to celebrate milestones such as birthdays and anniversaries?
•
Are there any milestones you are planning to celebrate in the near future?
•
If you got a new job or promotion, how would you celebrate?
•
Do you prefer celebrating special occasions at home or by going out?
UNIT 9 CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION
129
m Ca
VISITING GLASTONBURY id
br
A S T O N BU
ge
MUSIC FESTIVAL
RY
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
In 1967 the world saw an explosion of a counterculture that preached free love, feminism, equal rights, self-expression, peace and a rejection of societal norms in many countries across the world. It came to be known as the ‘Summer of Love’. In the USA, it helped inspire the Monterey Pop Festival, which saw over 25,000 people gather to listen to the likes of Jimi Hendrix, Simon and Garfunkel and Janis Joplin in an atmosphere of peaceful rebellion. Just two years later in 1969 came Woodstock, possibly the most iconic of all the music festivals, held in upstate New York and, to the amazement of the organisers, attracting almost half a million people. Unsurprisingly, similar music festivals were also springing up in other parts of the world. In 1968 the Isle of Wight, a small island off the south coast of England, held its own festival, which became known as the Woodstock of Europe. By its third year, it was attended by 600,000 people with rock gods such as Hendrix, The Doors and The Who on the bill. (1) However/Despite this, the UK government of that time decided that the disruption caused by so many festival-goers coming to this sleepy island was too much and banned the festival until 2002. Fortunately, someone who had attended some of these rather chaotic early festivals on the island had both the money and the connections to provide an alternative, and in 1971, the Glastonbury Festival (or Fair, as it was then known) was born. Andrew Kerr hailed from an uppermiddle class family but had a fascination with ‘earth mysteries’, so Pilton in Somerset turned out to be the perfect location for the new festival. Located on the ley line between Glastonbury Abbey and the ancient stone circle of Stonehenge, hippies, mystics and new-age seekers were drawn to the place and Glastonbury has maintained its attraction to this day. Kerr approached Michael Eavis, owner of Worthy Farm in Pilton, and together they put on the very first Glastonbury. It was a relatively modest festival, compared to its aforementioned contemporaries, with only 1500 tickets sold and very few household names on the stage, (2) although/even though in its second year, David Bowie was one of the performers. (3) On the other hand/Nevertheless, over the subsequent decades, the size and popularity of Glastonbury grew until it became certainly the most iconic music festival in the UK and one that that without doubt has international recognition. Attendances these days are around 135,000 and, as well as being a showcase for UK musicians, internationally famous artists – including ones you might not expect to be typical festival acts, such as Beyonce and Kanye West – virtually queue up to play there, almost as a badge of honour. Eagle-eyed viewers of the 2018 film A Star is Born may even have noticed a scene in which the US actor Bradley Cooper performs on the famous Pyramid Stage. Many would argue that today’s Glastonbury is unrecognisable from its early years. It is certainly a lot more commercial than it used to be, although it can be argued that as a result, it is far better organised and much safer than it would have been back in the 1970s. (4) Although/Despite this, the radical spirit of 1967 that inspired these early festivals is still present. Throughout its history, Glastonbury has maintained its strong links to counter-cultural movements, supporting organisations promoting causes such as nuclear disarmament and environmental protection. It retains its “hippy” and spiritual vibe, with areas offering alternative therapies, wellness events and family-friendly areas. There is even an area of the festival called ‘Shangri-La’ which aims to ‘expand minds and open hearts’ in order to ‘inspire the next generation of cultural revolutionaries’ by showcasing independent films and hosting talks and debates. If you thought the Glastonbury Festival was just about great music, think again.
Co
1 Work in groups. Imagine
GL
THE RISE OF THE
that you are going to a three-day music festival in the UK. Apart from a tent and a sleeping bag, what other essential items would you take with you? Can you agree on the five most essential items? 2 Read the article quickly.
Are the statements true or false according to the text? 1
2
3
3 Look at the contrast words
and phrases in the text and choose the correct options.
130
t
6
en
5
m
4
More people than expected attended Woodstock in 1969. The Isle of Wight festival has not been held since 2002. The founders of the Glastonbury Festival were musicians. The first Glastonbury Festival was a huge success. Only British artists can play at Glastonbury. Modern Glastonbury festivals have sacrificed their counter-cultural roots in favour of profits.
4 Match the highlighted words in the article with the
Conversation 3 7 So, do you know who’s performing as the main act this year?
definitions. 1 2 3 4
m Ca
an indication that someone has become very successful try to persuade others to follow a particular belief or way of life an interruption in how something normally works an event which allows the best aspects of something to be seen people who everybody has heard of attracted to appearing suddenly previously referred to
067 Listen to three short conversations related to music festivals. Decide in each case if they take place B (before the festival) or A (at the festival).
7
It’s a pretty impressive list of performers – loads of big names will be on the main stage.
9
It’s a great mix of currently successful artists and new talent.
10
Has the sequence in which the artists perform been released yet?
11
Last year’s festival had all of its tickets purchased in two weeks.
12
Those resale websites are usually horribly overpriced.
Watch the video about Glastonbury. Make notes about the following topics:
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
6
U
Conversation 1 Conversation 2 Conversation 3
ge
id
5
br
5 6 7 8
8
Co
067 Listen again and replace the definitions in bold related to music festivals with the words or phrases the speakers actually use.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE
• • • •
Conversation 1 1 Excuse me, I’m afraid I’ve lost my entry pass bracelet. 2
Pilton Glastonbury Tor The legend of King Arthur The legend of Joseph of Arimathea
WATCH
Can I still use the places where I can keep my valuables in the meantime?
Conversation 2 3 So, what did you think of that performance? Epic, wasn’t it? They absolutely performed in a very impressive way.
5
I also felt that the lead singer’s ability to entertain the crowd was a little flat.
6
Particularly when they came on to play the extra songs at the end of the show because the audience shouts for them.
LIFE COMPETENCIES
ATED TO A TASK
WORKING TOWARDS A RESOLUTION REL
en
Their songs that they choose to play weren’t as strong as last year.
m
4
• • • •
t
Work in small groups to plan a festival. Points to consider:
location, number of tickets, time, duration, entry costs type(s) of music, number of acts, the headliners other attractions and facilities for the festival-goers what you should do to make the festival environmentally-friendly
Present your ideas to the other groups in the class. Which one sounds the most interesting? UNIT 9 CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION
131
m Ca ge
id
br U
complete the quiz.
Co
1 Work with a partner and
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
VOCABULARY
VERB PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES
HOW MUCH DO YOU QUIZ REALLY KNOW ABOUT GAMES AND SPORTS?
1 Read the sentences, then identify the correct definition (a or b) of
the underlined word.
1
2
1
Which famous tennis player’s surname can be typed using four keys which are all adjacent to each other on a standard computer keyboard? What is the only sport to have been played on the moon?
3
Name as many sports as you can that feature the following sporting match officials: umpire, linesman, referee, ballboy, judge. (1 point for each)
5
Name the seven athletics events that make up a heptathlon (one point for each).
6
DID YOU KNOW?
We often use the prefix en- or suffix -en to form verbs, especially ones which describe something’s characteristics or changes in them, adding them to the base noun or adjective form. These verbs typically mean to make/give/increase the characteristic. For example: enable = make able/possible worsen = make worse
2 Add en-/-en to the following words as a prefix or a suffix to turn
them into verbs. Then decide what each one means. deep wide soft danger sure length large weak tight rich
132
t
Which is longer – a tennis court or a basketball court?
5
en
4
4
m
2
3
The new race track has been lengthened by an extra 500 m. a made longer b made less easy It frustrates me when football referees don’t enforce the rules consistently. make stronger a apply b I love baking and use dried fruit rather than sugar to sweeten cakes. a enjoy the sweet taste of b make sweeter The high price of the new Space Challenge has enraged gamers. a become angry b made (someone) angry We cycled the road that encircles the island. goes around a surrounds b My team strengthened its squad by adding three new players in the football transfer window. made stronger a improved its physical strength b
3 Match the sentence halves. Then decide what each
underlined verb means. Danuta went round in 23 over par and didn’t qualify I ordered a life-jacket but forgot to specify My cousin David managed to modify The recommended way to classify The rules of golf were simplified
A B C D
his lawnmower and actually races on it! in 2019 in efforts to speed up the game. a bird is to identify its size, colour and wing shape. what colour I wanted, and they sent me a magenta one! for this year’s Under 16 golf championship – she’s gutted.
Belinda (1) lengthened as a nurse last year, but her passion is very specific: she’s into photographing and filming buildings and engineering projects. When a local railway bridge needed (2) tightening, she made a stunning time-lapse film which showed the engineers working through the night on it. Then, when the river was getting too shallow and it was (3) qualified the safe passage of larger vessels that travel on it, the council decided to (4) classified the river and Belinda got some gorgeous pictures of that too, including one of an engineer on a tiny platform completely (5) deepen by water. She’s hoping to be able to photograph the proposed (6) strengthening of our local airport, which would include the runway being (7) endangering by about 200 metres. But she doesn’t think she’ll be allowed to, as the authorities have been (8) enlargement security, and a person with a camera by an airport might be (9) encircled as a security risk. That would be a shame, because I know she’d be able to get some awesome photos!
m Ca
1 2 3 4 5
id
br
E
Exercise 3.
ge
4 Write the nouns that can be formed from the verbs in
U
5 Correct the profile of Belinda by moving the
Co
SPEAKING
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
highlighted words into the correct positions.
STARTING A PRESENTATION
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2 3
Have you ever given a presentation? If so, what was your last one for? What do you think makes a good presentation? Is it important to get your audience’s interest at the start of your presentation? Why? 068 Listen to the introductions to some
2
presentations (A–F). Match them with the subjects they introduce (1–6). 1 2 3 4 5 6
The history of a game The sporting values we should be teaching to our children What it takes to be a successful sportsperson Why sports are important How a piece of new technology is altering sport The role of TV in changing the sporting experience
4 5 6
the world’s greatest sportsperson the world’s most dangerous sports games people can enjoy in old age what children can learn from playing games a board or card game that I think you should try
5 Present your introduction to the class. Which other
students’ introductions sound like presentations you would like to listen to?
t
1 2 3
• • • • •
en
techniques for getting your audience’s attention at the beginning of a presentation (1–6) with the introductions (A–F).
you are going to give a presentation to your class. Write an introduction using one of the techniques in Exercise 3. If necessary, invent a quote or some statistics/facts.
m
068 Listen again and match the following
3
4 Choose one of the following subjects and imagine
giving an interesting or surprising statistic or fact giving a ‘what-if’ hypothetical scenario using a quotation that sets up what you are going to talk about asking a rhetorical question beginning with a survey of the audience’s opinions or experiences giving an overview of what you are planning to say
UNIT 10 LIVING LIFE TO THE FULLEST
133
LISTENING PART 1
TRAINING
GRAMMAR SUBSTITUTION AND ELLIPSIS
1 Work with a partner and
answer the questions. 1
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
Can you name any sporting world record holders? What records do they hold? Look at the photo. What sporting record do you think it shows?
2
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Substitution and ellipsis: Page 218
1 Read the blog post. Cross out any words in the
069 You hear two friends discussing the tennis
br
2
id
champion Boris Becker. Listen and choose the correct options. Use the tips to help you. 1
ge
What is the man doing in the first half of the conversation? A explaining what made Becker so successful B wondering if Becker could have been even better C arguing that Becker’s opponents took the wrong approach
underlined sections which are not necessary. There is an example at the beginning.
THE
R CA
Co
The woman and the man agree that Becker A played erratically at times. B struggled to convince people of his potential. C was lucky to have been able to play in the championship.
All three options are mentioned, but only one is expressed by both speakers.
070 Now listen to two friends talking about board
3
games and choose the correct options. 3
4
About
Blog
News
Contact Us
Hi, I’d like to tell you about a building which I think anyone interested in cards and card games would be fascinated by. (1) It’s a house which was built in 1690 in Devon, south west England. The story goes that a local man called George Ley had won a large sum of money in a game of cards. In fact (2) it was enough money to build a house, which is exactly what he did. The building was designed with a mixture of vertical and sloping surfaces, (3) as if it was made entirely from cards. The building’s fifty-two stairs represent the number of cards in a pack, (4) and its four floors represent the four suits (spades, clubs, hearts and diamonds). Each floor also has thirteen doors and thirteen chimneys, corresponding with the number of cards in each suit. At some point in the past, the building became a hotel, although it is not known exactly (5) when it became a hotel. If you are intrigued and would like to visit the building, the good news is that (6) you can visit. It’s in the village of Combe Martin, and its new name describes it perfectly – the Pack o’ Cards.
t
the attitude/feelings/opinion of the speaker agreement or disagreement between both speakers the purpose of an example the main idea of what someone says
Home
en
Choose from the options below to identify the type of question being asked. One option is not needed.
134
– anything and everything connected with cards and card games
m
Why does the man mention grandparents? A to demonstrate the permanent appeal of board games B to make a contrast between board games and screen-based games C to suggest that different generations can enjoy board games together When discussing the game Dragonbusters, what do the man and woman’s opinions differ on? A how successful the board game version will be B how many more versions of the game will be released C whether the game can be seen as part of a wider trend
4 Look again at the questions in Exercises 2 and 3.
A B C D
BLOG
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Which underlined words best express the idea that the man is trying to communicate?
2
D
2 Match the statements (1–4) with the responses (A–D). I played poker last night. I just had a rather bizarre dream. We’re planning to go away for the weekend. Laura went to the party in fancy dress.
A B C D
What about? Where to? What as? Who with?
m Ca
1 2 3 4
4 Complete the second sentence so that it means the
same as the first. Use five words or fewer, including the word in brackets. 1
My friends and I found it really hard to keep our balance when we first went snowboarding. SO I found it really hard to keep my balance when I first went snowboarding, and so did my friends.
2
Neither Morris nor Lucinda has ever been able to read maps very well. EITHER Lucinda has never been able to read maps very well,
3
Tommy and Jasper didn’t qualify for the cross-country finals. NEITHER Tommy didn’t qualify for the cross-country finals
4
That kind of behaviour is unacceptable in any sport. SUCH is unacceptable in any sport.
3 Complete the sentences with so or likewise.
ge
3
id
2
Rumour has it that Amy is an excellent swimmer. If , she’d be perfect for our water polo team. It’s important that I get all my photographs absolutely sharp, but I can only really do by using a tripod. Andrea has been to the top of the highest peaks in Europe, South America and Australasia, and hopes to do in the other continents before she reaches 30. The reason he is such a good guitarist is that he practises religiously for at least two hours every day. If you want to improve, then you need to do .
br
1
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
4
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 2
3 Match the missing words
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2 3
Can you play chess? If so, can you explain the concept of chess to someone in less than 30 seconds? Do you know anything about the origins of chess? Why do you think the game has remained so popular for hundreds of years?
2 Read the article and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only
one word in each gap.
THE RICE AND THE CHESSBOARD
from Exercise 2 with the language that is being tested. One category is not needed.
A B C D E F G
prepositions pronouns multi-word verbs articles so and such modal verbs conjunctions
t
en
m
There’s an informative legend about the man who originally (0) came up with the idea of the game of chess. When the inventor showed his new game to the emperor of India, the ruler was so impressed that he promised to give the man absolutely (1) he wanted as a reward. ‘Oh Emperor,’ the man replied, ‘I only wish (2) this. Give me one grain of rice for the first square on the chessboard, two for the second, four for the third, and so (3) for all 64 squares, with each square having double the number of the previous one.
TRAINING
The emperor consented to the request, astonished that the man had asked for (4) a small reward. Or (5) he thought. The court treasurer was instructed to pay the man as agreed. However, the emperor became enraged when the treasurer returned the following day and explained that the reward would add up to (6) astronomical 18,446,744,073,709,551,615 grains of rice. This (7) form a heap larger than Mount Everest, which even today is equivalent to more than 1,000 times the world’s annual yield of rice. Sadly, according to the legend, the inventor (8) for his audacity with his life. UNIT 10 LIVING LIFE TO THE FULLEST
135
VOCABULARY
3 Choose the most appropriate word to
complete the sentences.
WORDS WITH SIMILAR MEANINGS
1
Proposals to build a new stadium were met with stiff from residents who felt that it would cause too much disruption to traffic in the surrounding area. a opposition c defeat b rivalry d loss
2
By nature, Gabriel has always been a very person: for example, he always tries to make sure his story is funnier than anyone else’s. a competitive c victorious b opposing d combative
3
The team risks losing a lot of with its proposal to raise the prices for matches by 50% this year. a viewers c spectators b members d supporters
4
Supermarket chain Priceright often buys plots of land close to its stores to prevent from building stores of their own nearby. competitors a opposition c b opponents d enemies
5
With two laps of the race to go, the Ethiopian runner is still the , with the British runner close behind in second place. a champion leader c b winner d victor
1 Write down all the words you know that can refer to the
following: •
m Ca
someone who takes part in a sporting or competitive event contestant, people who watch something being played or performed viewers, how someone is doing in a competitive event winning,
• •
2 Complete the sentences with the words in the boxes. Use each
id
br
word no more than once. There is one word for each set of questions that you do not need.
ge
witness fans viewers audience spectators watchers 1
2
Co
3
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
found the final scene of the play, in which Romeo and The Juliet both die, intensely moving; there wasn’t a dry eye in the house. The third episode of the series featured a blooper in which the microphone is visible in the frame, but the vast majority of didn’t notice. at a 1962 World Cup match in Chile between Brazil and England had a surprise when a dog came onto the pitch to chase the ball; play was stopped for several minutes until a player got down on all fours to get the dog’s attention. The police want to take a statement from me about a car crash which I was a to last week. of American football team the Seattle Seahawks set a world record for creating the most noise ever recorded (136.6 decibels) at a sporting event, in a victory over the San Francisco 49ers in 2013.
4 5
opponents rivals opposition competitors enemies
4 Answer the questions. 1
6
Boxer Muhammad Ali usually managed to defeat his within the first few rounds. Tennis stars Andy Murray and Rafa Nadal have spent many years as on the court, and as friends off it. The team tend to vary their tactics from match to match, so that the teams don’t know what to expect. were disqualified from the race after failing a Two drug test.
7 8 9
11
13
136
t
12
world chess In 1997, a computer called Deep Blue champion Garry Kasparov on its second attempt. Iceland became the smallest country ever to qualify for the World Cup in 2017, but were in the group stage and went home after playing three matches. New Zealand the first half of the match, and yet were unable to score a try thanks to South Africa’s formidable defending. It was a great game, but throughout the match, the Montreal Canadiens the Ottawa Senators and fully deserved their win at the end of the day.
en
10
3
m
dominated outplayed won defeated eliminated
2
Which do you prefer, watching sports, participating in sports or neither? What famous sporting rivalries can you think of? Is being competitive a positive thing?
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 3
TRAINING
1 Quickly read Marco’s blog post without focusing on the missing words and answer the questions. 1 2 3
What did he do and why? Do you think he was right to do what he did? Could you ever do the same? Some people think popular sports have become commercial. Do you think this is the case? Can you give any examples?
m Ca
CHANGING ALLEGIANCE TO GRASSROOTS FOOTBALL
ge
id
br
These days a person is free to change their profession, their partner or even their (0) nationality . So why is it that we are expected to maintain our (1) to the football team we started following as children? Football players can switch allegiance, and find it vastly (2) to do so via multi-million pound transfer deals and inflated salaries. So why then can (3) not do likewise? Of course, a true diehard fan would never admit to disowning their club, as to do so would be nothing short of (4) . Anyway, after following the same topflight club for ten years, I’d grown (5) tired of the team’s manager blaming every single defeat either on clueless match (6) , rather than actually , or criticising our overpaid players for not doing giving credit to the (7) their jobs. On top of that, I felt that the team owners had become too greedy, raising ticket prices every season. Put simply, being a supporter of that team was quickly becoming financially (8) . So I did it. I finally dumped them. I’ve now transferred my (9) to the amateur team from my local town. Now, I’m not under the illusion that they’re going to win the national (10) , but that’s not the point. My new love affair is (11) the bond with the town I grew up in, and when I go to their matches I have the time of my life. And I don’t have to break the bank to do so.
NATION, COMMIT RICH SUPPORT
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
SHAME INCREASE OFFICE OPPOSE SUSTAIN LOYAL CHAMPION STRONG
2 Read the tip box. Then apply the strategy to help you complete the text using the correct form
of the words in capital letters.
One possible approach to this task is to read the text with your right hand covering the list of words in capital letters. Work out what part of speech must go in each gap by considering the words before and after each one. Make sure you identify the right form too:
• If it’s an adjective, could it be the comparative or superlative form? • If it’s a verb, will it have an -ed, -ing or -s ending?
• If it’s a noun, will it be singular, uncountable or plural? • Does the word need a negative prefix? Then look at the word on the right.
t
2
Do you find the strategy in Exercise 2 useful? Why?/Why not? Before you did the exam task in Exercise 2, you read through the text first in Exercise 1. What benefits might there be for reading the text through for the general idea before attempting to complete the text?
en
1
m
3 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
UNIT 10 LIVING LIFE TO THE FULLEST
137
WRITING PART 2: A REVIEW
TRAINING
1 Look at the picture showing a tug of war competition A travel website has asked you to write a review of an annual spectator event which you recently attended. You should summarise what took place, describe the atmosphere at the event and suggest why events like this continue to be held each year.
at the Highland Games in Scotland. What do you think this competition involves? Check by reading the text.
m Ca
Home About Reviews Search
The experience of a lifetime
br
ge
id
(1) Would you like to/Have you ever taken part in a tug of war? They are great fun to watch, and if you get the opportunity to see the annual one in the Highland Games in Scotland, (2) you should jump at the chance/you never know – you might like it. Let me explain what a tug-of-war is (3) in case you’re not familiar with it/in order to make the most of it. It’s a contest between two teams, who pull the opposite ends of a rope. The objective is to pull the opposing team a certain distance, and whichever team manages to do so first is the winner. When I attended last year, a substantial crowd had turned out to see various local teams enthusiastically giving it a go, despite the weather being absolutely terrible. What struck me was that the spectators seemed to be ardently supporting one side or the other. (4) You might be surprised to hear that/You’d almost think they were the ones competing! And yet it never lost its family-friendly sense of fun. (5) It’s hardly surprising that/Have you ever wondered why the event has such enduring appeal. At the end of the contest, people from opposing sides were congratulating or commiserating with each other with big hugs and lots more laughter. It’s possible that they only knew each other through years of taking part in the same tug-of-war contest, which certainly seemed to be doing its bit for community cohesion and bringing people together for some collective fun. As a spectator sport, I’ve never witnessed anything quite so exhilarating as this tug-of-war. But (6) don’t just take my word for it/it’s not for everyone – go and see one for yourself!
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2 Read the exam task and answer the questions. 1 2
What three aspects of the annual spectator event should the review cover? Does the review cover these points? If so, say where in the text.
3 Read the Did you know? box. Then choose the
GRAMMAR
CONTRAST AND CONCESSION GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
correct options to complete the review.
DID YOU KNOW?
220–260 words. Use similar phrases to engage the reader, using a friendly informal style.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
138
of the fact that I’m terrified of sharks. I love snorkelling I personally find competitive sport on TV quite boring, my brother can’t get enough of it. I would love to give horse-riding a try. I probably wouldn’t be any good at it . To my mind, Pete has no chance of winning the race. , he is convinced he will come first. having just run her first marathon today, Mary says that she will run another next month. I’m not that interested in going to the game. , if someone were to offer me free tickets, I could be persuaded. She insisted on coming back on the pitch, she had clearly been injured in that tackle from the defender.
t
4 Now write your own answer to the question in
nevertheless despite in spite although even though though however having said that whereas
en
Depending on the review question and its target audience, you may decide to adopt an informal style, as this is common in online reviews. Address the reader as ‘you’ throughout and use phrases that show the reader you are speaking to them in a friendly and helpful manner, almost as if you were speaking to them in person.
sentences. Some gaps may have more than one answer.
m
A good review bears in mind its main audience and the reasons why they might read it. In the real world, the reader is typically trying to decide whether the thing you are reviewing is worth attending/buying/listening to/ watching, etc.
1 Choose a word or phrase from the box to complete the
PUSH YOURSELF C2 SPORTS IDIOMS 1 Answer the questions. In which sport(s) 1
m Ca
2 3
id
br
4 5
2 Match the comments (1–6) with the replies (A–F).
ge
1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Co
2 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences 1
Adelina would happily go paragliding; her sister Patti, on the other hand, is extremely risk-averse. I’m going to renew my gym membership in spite the high cost. Rudi practises the piano every day. Having said, he isn’t making any noticeable improvement. Silvio has entered the marathon despite never having run one before. I love cricket, whereas I find baseball the dullest game imaginable. Despite my bike got a puncture, I thoroughly enjoyed the ride through the Tatra Mountains. Although now in her eighties, Joyce swims a kilometre every single day. I can sit with a detective novel for hours on end. Romances, however, bore me to tears.
3 Complete the sentences in any appropriate way. 1
5 6 7
A B C D E F
I see, that’s par for the course then. Sure, let’s touch base every week or so. Yes, we’re really on the home stretch now. Well, the ball is in their court now – let’s see how they react. That was below the belt – no-one should say things like that. Look, I don’t mean to jump the gun, but are you asking me to marry you?
3 Write the idioms from Exercise 2 next to the correct
definition. There are more definitions than you need.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
get in contact cruel and unfair they are being very competitive do something too early it’s their turn to decide what to do about to travel to a different place what can normally be expected misunderstand what someone means approaching the end of a task, project, etc.
t
4
6
en
3
We made it to the top of the mountain despite not having . We managed to get tickets for the final even though . My father is very much a sports fan. My mother, on the other hand, . She managed to win the dance competition despite not . Basketball players tend to be very tall, whereas . Boxing is an excellent sport for keeping fit, although not . Video games often contain excessive violence. Nevertheless, .
5
m
2
Finally, there’s just one week of term left! We’ve made them a generous offer and asked for a reply this week. Do please keep me updated on your progress throughout the project. I’m devastated – my boss told me today that he wishes he’d never hired me. Listen darling, I’m so terribly fond of you, and I really think we’re so compatible, and – This month’s room occupancy rate is 82%, which is about what we had this time last year.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
3 4
with mistakes.
should a good player be able to go round the course on or under par? are you not allowed to hit your opponent below the belt? is a pistol fired to announce the start of the contest? do players have to touch base in order to get a run? is the final section called the home stretch?
4 Choose an idiom
from Exercise 2 and write a short dialogue using it.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Contrast and concession: Page 219
UNIT 10 LIVING LIFE TO THE FULLEST
139
EXAM FOCUS m Ca
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 2 EXAM CHECK
br
id
Complete the headings for commonly tested language with words from the box.
ge
multi-word pronouns linking prepositions auxiliary
EXAM CHECK Decide where the missing parts of the sentence (A–D) belong in this summary of the review task. A review may be about a book, magazine, film, play or . In the exam, a review does not concert; (1) only ask for a general description of the thing reviewed, (2) . The target audience will be specified in the task, and candidates should use this information when choosing appropriate ideas (3) . Typically, (4) . A and the level of formality of language to include in their review B it may also be about a product or a service C a review will conclude with a recommendation D but usually requires an evaluation of its suitability for a particular purpose or audience
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Language that is commonly tested in Part 2 of the exam includes: and short adverbs as part of fixed phrases (1) and determiners – us, that, whose, one … (2) verbs – do, have, would … (3) verbs – e.g. the verb (catch) or the (4) particle (on) (5) words and phrases – despite, on account of …
WRITING PART 2: A REVIEW
For questions 1–8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).
Explaining the urge to climb Everest
Recent pictures showed mountaineers literally queuing to get to the very summit of Mount Everest, (0) which , at 8,848 metres, is the world’s highest peak. With low oxygen levels and frequent avalanches, climbing Everest is certainly not (1) a degree of risk. And yet, (2) this, unprecedented numbers of people continue to take it on. So just what is (3) that makes Everest so irresistible for climbers?
t
140
en
Of course, not everybody feels the need to conquer Everest, but those that (7) are most likely thrillseekers, according to psychologist Andreas Wilke. After speaking to climbers, he found that many don’t consider (8) they do to be that risky and that the prestige associated with such a challenging climb outweighs any danger involved.
Write your review in 220–260 words.
m
According to Maurice Isserman, author of a book on the history of mountaineering in the Himalayas, ‘From the moment it was identified (4) the highest mountain, it became an object (5) fascination. There are more beautiful mountains (6) climb. There are more challenging mountains that are a better experience. But it’s a trophy.’
You recently attended a one-day course, the purpose of which was to develop your skills in one particular hobby. Now the organisers of the course have asked you to write a review of it, explaining what you found most and least useful about the course, and whether or not you felt you had developed your skills.
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 3 For questions 1–8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Badminton sisters
m Ca
ge
id
br
Brazilian sisters Luana and Lohaynny Vicente had a turbulent childhood growing up in a rough (0) neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro. Their father, a prominent local (1) , was killed in a shootout with the police when the girls were four and six years old respectively. After his death, the girls found great comfort in the sport of badminton. Before long, the sisters had won regional and national (2) , and were the (3) players in the women’s game in Brazil. Playing as doubles partners in 2015, Luana and Lohaynny reached the finals of the Pan American Games in Toronto, but were defeated by their American (4) Eva Lee and Paula Lynn Obanana, and eventually finished as runners-up. Before long, Luana and Lohaynny were drawing (5) with tennis superstar sisters Serena and Venus Williams. (6) there’s a degree of friendly (7) between the two Brazilian sisters, as is only natural. Lohaynny, but not Luana, qualified for the 2016 Olympics. But Luana got her own back by (8) winning gold at the 2018 South American Games.
NEIGHBOUR, GANG
CHAMPION, DOMINATE
OPPOSE COMPARE SURPRISE, RIVAL
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
DECIDE
EXAM CHECK
Co
LISTENING PART 1
Decide if the statements are true or false. 1 2 3 4 5
Candidates will hear four conversations/extracts with two speakers. Each extract is around one minute in length. For each extract you must answer two multiple-choice questions. The extracts are all related by topic. You will hear each conversation/extract twice.
You will hear three different extracts. For questions 1–6, choose the answer (A, B or C) which fits best according to what you hear. There are two questions for each extract.
EXTRACT ONE
EXTRACT TWO
071 You will hear two friends
discussing sports in schools. 1
wife about a football match he has just watched. 3
5
How does the woman feel about the course tutor? A grateful that someone had recommended her B appreciative of how she made the participants feel C surprised at how much she could teach them in a short time According to the man, what is the value of such courses? A They enable you to try something new in an enjoyable way. B They can often introduce you to an activity that could become a profession. C They let you continue a hobby you might not have done for a long time.
t
4
The woman reacts to the man’s comments about the match by saying that he is A failing to understand how the pitch affects the way the game is played. B giving an unconvincing explanation for the result of the match. C being unfairly critical of his team’s players. The man says that the smaller pitch size meant that the players on his team A committed more fouls. B missed the goal more often. C were treated unfairly by the referee.
about a pottery course she attended.
en
sports for children is.
073 You will hear a woman telling a friend
072 You will hear a man telling his
m
2
What point is the man making about sports in schools? A that participating in them can teach some important life skills B how attitudes towards them have changed C why team sports are preferable to individual ones The woman is questioning A which sports should be focused on. B whether all children should be made to participate. C what a suitable amount of
EXTRACT THREE
6
UNIT 10 LIVING LIFE TO THE FULLEST
141
m Ca
UNDERSTANDING THE RULES OF GAMES br
3 Find words or phrases from the two
id
1 Work with a partner. Read one of texts A and B each.
Consider the following:
texts meaning:
• • •
1 2 3 4 5
ge
the origins of the game the objectives of the game the game’s popularity worldwide
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
2 Explain to your partner what you read about the game,
covering the three points discussed in Exercise 1.
Co
A
GO
Go is played on a board consisting of a grid of 19 by 19 lines, and the players use black and white pieces, known as stones. They take turns to place these on any of the 361 points at which the lines intersect. The object of the game is to capture your opponent’s stones by surrounding one of them by four stones of your own. When this happens, the surrounded stone is removed from the board. Players have the option to forfeit a turn if they wish to but if both players do so, then the game ends. The scores of both players are then calculated, based on the number of stones captured, and the number of points surrounded on the board. Go is said to be the oldest continuously played board game in the world, and dates back some 4,000 years. It was invented in China, where a mastery of the game was considered one of the four essential attributes of a refined person, along with music, calligraphy and painting. It is a game of strategy, and despite its simple rules, the game is deceptively complex. The number of possible positions of all the stones on the board has been estimated to be 2 x 10170. Games between top players used to last several days. However, in competitions, time limits are usually applied, and games between professional players nowadays last up to about six hours.
t
en
142
2
B
m
The game of Snakes and Ladders is played on a board with one hundred numbered squares, across which are several vertically aligned snakes and ladders. To play the game, players start on square one, roll a dice and advance their token by the number of squares indicated by the dice roll. When a player lands on a square featuring the bottom end of a ladder, they advance up the ladder to the square featuring its top rung; conversely, when arriving at the head of the snake, they must go down the body to the square featuring its tail. The winner is the first to arrive at the final square. The game in fact has a longer history than many might imagine. It originates from India, where many games contrasted destiny with free will. The game was intended as a lesson in morality, insofar as people must endeavour to lead a good life. The greater number of snakes than ladders reflects the notion that it is easier to lead an immoral life than a virtuous one. In some versions, the board was richly decorated, and each snake was associated with a specific vice, including disobedience (square 41), vanity (44), theft (52), rage (84) and lust (99). Meanwhile the squares of virtue at the foot of ladders include reliability (51), generosity (57) and knowledge (76). British residents of India brought the game back to England in the 19th century, and later the American entrepreneur Milton Bradley brought out a version aimed at young children called Chutes and Ladders, in which the snakes were replaced by playground slides in order not to frighten the children.
1
character weakness miss a go great skills more difficult than it appears the opportunity to choose what to do
4 Complete the questions with words or phrases
from Exercise 3, using an appropriate form. Then discuss the questions with a partner. 1 2
halves, paying attention to the phrases in bold.
PHRASES YOU MIGHT USE
How long would it take to gain of a game like chess? Do you know of any other games where players can choose to if they don’t want to make a move? Can you think of any other games or sports which look easy but are ? If someone always wants to win at competitive games, should this be considered a virtue or a ? Do you think people really have , or are our decisions limited by external circumstances?
m Ca 3
4
ge
id
br
5
B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
This is a sort of The object of the game is The last pair to get into position are Each person takes it in turn to If they hesitate or repeat themselves, then If they do say ‘yes’ or ‘no’ at any point, One person deals Each player takes it in turns The winner is the first person to
A B C D E F
be the person in the centre. a ten-second penalty is imposed. for the detective to identify the person … disqualified. get a set of three and a set of four cards. then they’re out, and it’s the next person’s go. guessing game. out seven cards to each player. to pick up a card.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
A
074 Listen again and match the sentence
7
Co
G H I
8
C
D
Watch a video about cricket and make notes on the following players/officials.
• • •
batsman bowler fielders
• •
wicketkeeper umpire
WATCH
074 Listen to four people describing a game
5
they enjoy playing and match the recordings (1–4) with the pictures (A–D). Then in pairs answer the questions.
Have you ever played any of these games? Can you think of a suitable name for each game?
referring to.
ii iii iv
‘Sometimes you might keep a card you don’t need if you think the person whose turn is next might need it.’ ‘You’ve got to make sure you don’t get tricked into saying something you aren’t supposed to!’ ‘It works best if the people are somehow matched in terms of weight and height.’ ‘The key is to try and see who the others are looking at.’
t
i
CREATING NEW CONTENT FROM OWN OR OTHER RESOURCES
en
6 Decide which games the following comments are
LIFE COMPETENCIES
m
1 2
Work in groups. Think of a popular sport in your country. What rule changes could you make to broaden the appeal of the sport for spectators? Ideas could include the following. • • •
simplifying the rules making the game safer broadening active participation in the sport
Present your ideas to the class. UNIT 10 LIVING LIFE TO THE FULLEST
143
m Ca ge
id
br U
1 2
3
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
Have you ever been to a recruitment fair? What happens there? How useful do you think it would be for you? What other ways of getting a job can you think of?
1 2 3 4
144
Employers have the upper hand but still need to make an effort. Recruitment fairs can be useful, but not to get a job. Recruitment fairs can help job seekers if they follow the advice given. Giving uniform advice to job seekers can negatively impact the job fair experience for both sides.
• When a text uses an example, try to understand what point the example is trying to make. • Look closely at the linking words/phrases that the writer employs as this will give you clues as to the tone or direction of the points they are making.
3 Look at the first sentence of Extract A. Assume you don’t
know the meaning of daunting prospect. Guess from context using the clues below.
•
•
The sentence is divided in two parts by but, meaning that the second half of the sentence contrasts with the first. Do the words invaluable and progress suggest something positive or negative about recruitment fairs? If the part of the sentence after but is a positive contrast, what do you think a daunting prospect means?
4 Read Extract B and imagine that the blacked-out words
are ones you don’t know. Then answer the questions. 1
2 3
t
attending recruitment fairs. Read the extracts quickly and match each with a summary of the opinions given.
• If you encounter new vocabulary that you think might be important for choosing the right answer, use the context to help you guess the approximate meaning.
en
2 Extracts A–D give opinions and advice on
• Remember that it is not always essential to understand every word in the text.
m
2 3
The more complex a text, the more likely it is that you will need to form comprehension strategies to understand ideas such as the writer’s purpose, attitude and so on. Here are a few tips that might help you:
Which occupations do you think the picture shows? Choose three of the jobs and write as many verbs as you can to describe what people with these jobs do. Doctor – treat, heal, cure, prescribe, operate on, examine, diagnose … Which of the occupations shown a are the five most essential for society? b would you be best suited for? Why?
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 8 TRAINING 1
REMEMBER
Co
1 Answer the questions.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
Which two of these points relate to Text B? a The writer believes websites give inappropriate tips to jobseekers. b It advises jobseekers to plan carefully for the day. c It talks about an unusual approach to making job offers. Were you still able to answer the question despite not knowing all the words? Think of possible words/phrases for the blacked-out text.
B
5 Match the examples (1–4) from the extracts with
their purposes (A–D). 1 2 3 4
writer’s parents being hired by the Inland Revenue (Text C) friend’s son attending a job fair (Text D) writer’s company recruiting graduate trainees (Text A) writer representing her company at job fairs in the 1990s (Text B)
m Ca A
ge
id
D
br
B C
to show you can get information from a recruitment fair that is not available online to demonstrate that it used to be an employee’s market to illustrate the problems caused by candidates all following the same advice to validate the advice given by experts on attending fairs
6 Match the linking words and phrases from the
extracts (1–6) with their purpose (A–F).
U
The trouble with … is (Text B) Having said that (Text D) At the end of the day (Text B) Incidentally (Text C) Whilst (Text A) It is still crucial (Text C)
A B C D E F
To introduce a conclusion or summary To signal the importance of something To introduce two points that contrast with each other To signal a problem To add a point not necessarily related to the main point To introduce a contrast to the previous point
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
C
Co
A
1 2 3 4 5 6
I’m somewhat sceptical about the ‘elevator pitch’ advice, where candidates are advised to give a (1) spiel about themselves to a potential employer in the 30–60 seconds a typical ride in a lift would take. These became hugely popular after the success of the hit TV series The Apprentice, but websites are still offering this (2) dubious tip to candidates today. In the 1990s, I was representing our organisation at a careers fair when I got to the point that I was tempted to offer work to anyone who didn’t subject me to an elevator pitch. The trouble with offering generic advice is that if all candidates follow it, no one stands out from the crowd. At the end of the day, the employer is left with a (3) blur of hundreds of conservatively dressed, firm handshaking, overly positive (4) automatons asking the same (5) banal questions. They are still advising people to bring along multiple paper copies of their CVs, which is frankly unhelpful to employers who have a perfectly good system for online applications.
D
While there are no hard statistics on the number of people hired directly or indirectly through job fairs, the anecdotal evidence from candidates is that they are largely futile. Having said that, I wouldn’t necessarily suggest avoiding them completely – just lower your expectations. You can generally get a more accurate impression of a company through meeting their staff at fairs and seeing how they have set up their stall. A few years ago, a friend’s son had an ambition to work for a well-known company in their town. He had read everything he could find about them and they sounded like the perfect employer. He heard they were attending a local job fair and along he went, armed with his CV and elevator pitch. The staff on the booth were uninterested in the candidates and had not made any effort with the presentation of their company. He came away disappointed but ultimately relieved that he had not found out about the company ethos the hard way.
UNIT 11 A STEADY JOB
t
en
m
Attending a recruitment fair may be a daunting prospect, but it can be an invaluable way to progress in your career. Whilst it is undeniable that the economic downturn has had a detrimental impact on employment prospects, the age of the recruitment fair is far from over. I once worked for a company who recruited up to 80 percent of all graduate trainees from such events and they had very specific criteria for predicting who would do well in the firm. It may be a cliché, but polished shoes and a firm handshake actually mattered. I still advise youngsters to pay attention to detail. The smart suit and pressed shirt will fade into insignificance if the recruiter is distracted by the tatty backpack. The golden key to making a favourable impression though was to have done your homework. This was in the pre-internet era, so if a candidate knew the name of our CEO and three of our major clients, he or she was more or less guaranteed an interview.
my We all know it’s an employer’s market. When mar gram their to parents were 16, employers came were dad and schools to pick their staff. My mum both top in maths in their schools, so they were the rest creamed off by the Inland Revenue and spent they ly, ental incid of their careers in taxation, where, will s math in top met each other. Nowadays, being each t, skillse get you nowhere. As well as a wide et to candidate needs their personal brand to mark and a ’ cards CV potential employers, including ‘mini for al cruci LinkedIn profile. However, it is still employers to sell themselves. Although there are hundreds or even thousands after each vacancy, s who companies still want to court top-tier candidate panies Com on. will really add value to their organisati and ise hand merc offering freebies, contests, activities, fair. a at on focus refreshments are often the ones to
145
WRITING PART 2: A REPORT 1 Read the Writing Part 2 question and a candidate’s
response. Then answer the questions. Has he or she included all the requested information? How many sections is the report divided into? Who is the target audience for this report? Do you think the register (level of formality) is appropriate in the report?
m Ca
1 2 3 4
id
br
You have just attended a recruitment fair that your company recently took part in. You have been asked to write a report for your senior managers to help them plan your company’s participation in future fairs.
2 Nine underlined words the candidate has used are
inappropriate in this formal report. Match them with the more formal alternatives in the box. professional refreshments information literature merchandise giveaways engage candidates favourable
3 Choose the more formal option of each pair of
sentences. Give reasons for your choices. 1
ge
Your report should explain the positive and negative aspects of the recruitment fair and suggest what could be done for next year’s event to attract more people to the recruitment fair.
TRAINING
U
Write your report in 220–260 words.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Co
INTRODUCTION
The annual recruitment fair took place on 6th and 7th February at the Westbrook hotel and conference centre. Six members of staff manned the stall: two each from HR, Finance and Marketing. The purpose of this report is to provide feedback on the event and make recommendations for our participation in future fairs. THE STALL
Our stall looked (1) amazing and was fully digitalised, with big screens showing our promotional videos and iPads available for the (2) punters to browse our openings and company info. A well-planned rota ensured that a minimum of two members of staff were available to interact with the public at all times. ENGAGEMENT
5
6
4 Write your own answer to the task in Exercise 1.
Ensure that you use an appropriate register.
t
Overall, we had a successful fair. What was lacking from our stall was (5) merch. Other stalls which did provide it generated far more interest. Many people asked for (6) stuff to take away for future reference, and seemed to expect it would be offered. In future, we should: • Provide some (7) freebies, such as a USB with company logo. • Provide (8) snacks. • Printed materials should supplement the digital (9) info.
4
en
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
3
m
We were able to (3) chat with a total of 120 potential recruits over the course of the fair. Approximately half of these were seeking information about our graduate training scheme, while the others were experienced candidates looking for a new opportunity. Our staff interacted in a very professional manner with the candidates and created a (4) great impression of the company.
146
2
a We have taken part in the fair for the last eight years, so we are familiar with the place. b Having taken part in the fair for the last eight years, our team have a high degree of familiarity with the location. We were under the impression that we would be a required to provide staff to set up; however, the venue staff undertook this task. b We thought we’d have to bring staff to set up but actually the venue staff did it. We were pleasantly surprised by the availability a of free Wifi and phone/laptop charging facilities throughout the venue. b The venue had plenty of places to charge phones plus free Wifi. This was a nice surprise. a Arriving early, we were struck by the professionalism of the staff, who were already on hand to facilitate registration. b We got there early and the staff were already there to help people register for the event. I think we should spend more time talking to a people informally next time. b On future occasions, it would be advantageous to engage in more informal interactions. To be honest, I’d say that the fair was a waste a of time. b Looking at the situation honestly, I would say that we should reconsider what benefits there are in attending the fair.
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY
EMPHASIS (1)
WORK AND CAREERS
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Emphasis (1): Page 220 075 Listen to each pair of sentences. Both mean
1
Co
2 Match the more emphatic sentences in Exercise 1
with the techniques (A–C). A B
C
fronting (moving key information to the beginning of a sentence) cleft sentence (rewriting the sentence so that it begins with an additional clause often using a wh- question word or it) auxiliary verb (adding an affirmative auxiliary verb and stressing this)
3 Read the final paragraph of the report from the
Writing section on page 146 and find the following: 1 2
a sentence that uses a cleft sentence a clause that adds an auxiliary verb for emphasis
4 Make the sentences more emphatic. Use the
emphasis technique shown in brackets. There may be more than one possible answer. 1
b
appoint
c
make redundant
b
let (sb) go
c
fire
b
cut
c
raise
b
benefits
c
extras
b
move up
c
advance
b
supervisor c
employee
b
salary
c
wages
b
post
c
task
b
calling
c
occupation
b
job losses
c
recruitment
b
holiday
c
sick days
b
work force c
workers
The days of doing the same job for life are gone. (fronting) I need a job with flexible working hours. (cleft sentence) Your performance needs to improve or you may be dismissed. (auxiliary verb) I’m moving to London because there are no jobs here. (fronting)
2 Complete the gaps with words from Exercise 1. You
may need to change the form of the words. Make sure the synonym is appropriate for the sentence.
1
2
3
4 5
6
of sales Today, I was interviewed for the manager, but I didn’t get it. He’s so ambitious. He wants to climb the ladder all the way to the top and become CEO. They him after he was caught stealing money from another member of staff. The armed forces often try to school leavers. I passed on your complaints to one of my who will call you back. Whilst my is important, I would say that job satisfaction is actually more important to me personally.
3 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
076 Listen and check.
1
Practise saying the more emphatic sentences.
2 3
t
5
recruit a hire 2 dismiss sack a 3 (pay) rise a increase 4 perks a wages 5 promote (sb) a publicise 6 superior a boss 7 income a fees 8 role a position 9 vocation career a 10 redundancies a lay-offs 11 (annual) leave a time off 12 staff a personnel
en
4
1
m
2 3
(a–c) that are close synonyms. Cross out any that are not. Be careful: some of the words have different meanings in different contexts.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
3
ge
2
a We came here to recruit the best possible candidates. b T he reason we came here was to recruit the best possible candidates. a I do hope Jenny gets the promotion she deserves. b I hope Jenny gets the promotion she deserves. a The company directors have known about the job losses for some time. b F or some time the company directors have known about the job losses.
id
1
br
the same but in each case one is more emphatic. Decide which.
1 Look at the words (1–12) and tick (✓) the options
What are four reasons why someone might be dismissed from their job? Is your salary the most important reason for choosing a job? Imagine you could choose your dream career path. What would it be?
UNIT 11 A STEADY JOB
147
LISTENING
VOCABULARY
SIGNPOSTING IN PRESENTATIONS
MULTI-WORD VERBS (2) 1 Read the post on the recruitment website and decide
what the highlighted multi-word verbs mean.
077 Listen to a talk
1
given by an HR manager to the employees of a company and answer the questions.
m Ca 1 2
ge
id
077 Listen again and complete the signposting
2
JOBFINDERUK – ADVICE
4 5
,
Co
3
I’ve asked you because there are some important changes … But I’m delighted to finally be able to introduce … Right, of today’s meeting. What this also means, is that some of the routine work …
Where are the jobs for new graduates?
,
,
as a result of the economic downturn … 6 7 8 9
, this could mean that those of you who do stay on … OK, so there are . lunch break will … Now, another change that many of you is the re-introduction of volunteering days.
10
be able to announce that, to bring us in line …
3 Look at the signposting expressions you completed
and classify them by their function.
1 2 3 4 5
I’m so sorry to have to tell you this, but … It gives me no pleasure to inform you that … I’m immensely proud to announce that … You may be surprised to hear that … 078 Now listen and compare your ideas to those in the
audio. How similar were the endings to your predictions? 148
My problem is that I have an awful line manager. She has no idea what she is doing and so as well as (8) carrying out my own duties and responsibilities, I (9) end up (10) sorting out most of her problems too. Don’t get me wrong. I don’t mind (11) helping out any of my colleagues from time to time, but I am not getting paid to do her job. As a result, I find myself (12) staying behind most days just to get through the heavy workload, sometimes (13) working on until 7 or 8 pm. If I don’t (14) get through everything, she makes me feel like I have (15) let the company down. Meanwhile, she goes home on time every day and takes all the credit for the work that I am doing for her. I can’t (16) carry on like this. Should I speak to Human Resources or one of the other senior managers and tell them what is going on?
t
4 Complete the expressions with your own ideas.
Manager from hell
en
to introduce good news to introduce bad news to introduce the key points of the talk to introduce some secondary points in the talk to explain the purpose of the meeting to introduce a point that precedes the main points
I’m a graduate, two years out of university, and I am struggling to (1) hold down a regular job. I did briefly have a junior management position in a well-known bank, but it was (2) taken over by another bank and the first thing they did was (3) cut back on the workforce – and I was one of the casualties. After I was (4) laid off, jobs have been few and far between. Nobody in the banking sector is (5) taking on new employees, so I have been reduced to accepting casual work with zero-hour contracts. Sometimes, I (6) turn up for work only to be sent home. At other times, I find myself doing shifts of up to 14 hours, 4 or 5 days a week, often including weekends, which leave me (7) burnt out and stressed. Any advice on how to get back into regular work would be most welcome!
m
1 2 3 4 5 6
We want to hear about your experiences in finding a job and your working life. Our expert advisors will offer you advice on getting the best out of your career.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
2
U
expressions the manager uses to introduce the different pieces of news in her talk. 1
[realia: please set as online recruitment website]
br
3 4 5
Why is the meeting being held? Which members of staff are at risk due to the company restructuring? Which company policy is being re-introduced? How much is paternity leave increasing by? Do you think the HR manager’s talk was clearly structured?
2 Complete the sentences with an appropriate multi-word verb in
3 Work with a partner and answer the
the correct form.
questions.
1
1
2
m Ca
3
It’s hardly surprising that he was one of the first to be . On his first day at work he two hours late and his timekeeping didn’t improve after that. To get experience as a vet, I have been spending my weekends at an animal rescue centre. a full-time job and raising a For many people, family is a real challenge. I had so much work to yesterday that I felt obliged to until I had most of it. By the time I got home I was completely 2000 new workers Last year, the company because they were expanding their business, but this year they are on their recruitment due to adverse economic conditions. It is increasingly common to find technology such as robots or AI the tasks that manual workers used to do. As a result, more and more blue collar workers are in the ranks of the unemployed.
4
3
6
ge
id
br
5
2
What advice would you give to the authors of the two posts on the JobfinderUK website? What are the main problems facing young workers in your country? Are you concerned that technology is increasingly taking over from humans in the workplace?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Co
PUSH YOURSELF C2 EXPRESSIONS WITH LINE
1 Match the idioms in the sentences (1–10) with their
meanings (A–J). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
at risk thought process close to the enemy position demonstrate unacceptable behaviour infer meaning do what is expected the most important fact similar to reach the point at which something becomes unacceptable adopt a strict approach
2
3
4
5
6 7
Jo is a bit of a rebel but the rest of the group usually . The presentation we did at last year’s conference was a huge success, so I suggest we do something the same this year. I don’t care how busy you are. is that everyone has to help with this event. I think my boss was totally not paying me extra for working on Sunday. Although the report seems positive, if you I don’t think Mr Bradshaw is very satisfied with the project. If the car factory closes, up to 500 jobs will be . I don’t agree with the government’s . If we cut benefits to the unemployed, that doesn’t mean they are more likely to get jobs. I don’t mind what kind of work I do, but I at wearing a silly costume. My manager on staff lateness. Many countries’ armies now allow women to fight
t
A B C D E F G H I J
1
en
10
from Exercise 1.
m
9
I would like to be in the military but not on the front line – I’d be too scared. You shouldn’t have spoken to him like that – you were out of line! I can’t afford to do anything to put my job on the line. Well, it doesn’t say our branch is going to close but reading between the lines, I think it’s a possibility. The bottom line is she’s the boss, so we can’t ignore her instructions. The government has decided to take a tough line with the strikers. However hard I try, I just can’t follow his line of reasoning – it just doesn’t make sense to me. I think the office party should be something along the lines of what we did in 2017. I’m willing to do almost anything to get a job, but I draw the line at lying on my CV. These are the new regulations and we have to toe the line or we will get into trouble.
2 Complete the sentences with a suitable idiom
8
9 10
alongside men.
UNIT 11 A STEADY JOB
149
2 Choose the more emphatic sentence in each pair
of sentences. 1
2
m Ca
3
br ge
id
4
Co
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Emphasis (2): Page 221
079 Listen to the pairs of sentences and answer
1
the questions.
1a A degree and two years’ work experience are essential requirements. b Not only is a degree an essential requirement, but you also need two years’ work experience.
2a I didn’t encourage the workers to go on strike at any time. b At no time did I encourage the workers to go on strike. 1 2 3 4
3 Correct the mistakes in the sentences. 1 2
At any time did I neglect my duty. No sooner Kathy had handed in her resignation than she booked her flight to America. Little I knew that Lucia was after my job. Hadn’t I missed the deadline, I might have got an interview. Not only my supervisor is kind, but he is also intelligent. Only when proper training is given the mistakes will stop.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
EMPHASIS (2)
U
GRAMMAR
a Only when I’d completed my Master’s degree did I get taken on full-time. b When I had completed my Master’s degree I got taken on full-time. a If Alex hadn’t been late for work so often, he would still have a job. b Had Alex not been late for work so often, he would still have a job. a I didn’t know that my boss had no intention of promoting me. b Little did I know my boss had no intention of promoting me. a No sooner had I sent the email than I realised it was a mistake. b As soon as I’d sent the email, I realised it was a mistake.
Do the pairs of sentences mean the same thing? Which sentence in each pair is more emphatic? Which words in the more emphatic sentences have the main stress? What do you notice about the word order after Not only … and At no time …?
3 4 5 6
4 Rewrite the sentences to make them more emphatic.
Begin with the word or phrase given in bold.
1 2 3 4 5 6
t
en
m
The accountant was sacked as soon as his deception was uncovered. No sooner We informed the director after we had collected all the evidence. Only after I never revealed any of the company’s confidential information. At no time Emma wouldn’t have hired him if she had known about his past. Had Salman didn’t suspect Ali had used a false identity to apply for the post. Little We have to work evenings and weekends without being paid overtime. Not only
150
SPEAKING PARTS 3 AND 4
TRAINING
Which two types of employment do they agree have the most advantages?
1 Look at the Part 3 task below and make a list of advantages
and disadvantages for each type of employment.
WORKING FOR THE GOVERNMENT
5
CASUAL WORK
1
m Ca
WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THESE DIFFERENT TYPES OF EMPLOYMENT?
3
br
4
id ge
5
VOLUNTARY WORK
6
Co
DECIDE WHICH TWO TYPES OF EMPLOYMENT HAVE THE MOST ADVANTAGES.
6 Work with a partner. Complete the Part 3
task from Exercise 1.
7 Read the Part 4 questions. Ask and answer
the questions with a partner. Try to include phrases for expressing and justifying opinions from this section.
080 Listen to two candidates, Beth and Carlo, doing the
first part of the task and answer the questions.
3 3
Did you hear any of your ideas from Exercise 1? Which of the five types of employment do they agree with each other’s opinions about? Do the candidates explain and justify their opinions?
1
2
080 Complete the phrases for expressing and justifying opinions. Then listen again and check.
1
3
Well, I’m going to that working for yourself is the best.
2
4
I would not
be great at being told what to do. 3 4 5 6
, considering.
on that one. , work-life balance is a priority. , it’s definitely worth
, giving up even a few hours a week to help someone in need – well, the feeling of satisfaction is immense.
8
Do you think it’s important for young people to get some work experience while they are studying? Some people believe that every company should give their employees volunteering days. What is your opinion? How important is it for people to achieve a good work-life balance? Why do you think some people are more motivated than others to develop a successful career?
082 Listen to Carlo and Beth answering
the Part 4 questions. Did they have the same ideas as you? Which of their ideas do you agree and disagree with?
t
en
m
7
there’s no
stress. Mmm, I’m
I think we are agree that working for the government has to be one of the two. I’m not sure we’re going to see ear to ear on a second one, though. As you know, I’m very much in favour to self-employment. Well, as I said before, I think the disadvantages much outweigh the advantages. However, let’s forget that there’s one massive disadvantage – no salary. That cancels out a lot of the advantages, don’t you say?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
WORKING FOR A PRIVATE COMPANY
1 2
081 Correct the mistakes in the underlined parts of the sentences below. Then listen and check.
2
WORKING FOR YOURSELF
2
081 Listen to the second part of the task.
4
UNIT 11 A STEADY JOB
151
EXAM FOCUS WRITING PART 2: A REPORT
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
You recently completed your first week in a new job and have been asked by your manager to write a report about your experience in order to help the company improve its induction* process.
Decide if the statements are true or false.
ge
3 4
Your report should explain what you found most useful about the induction and suggest an activity the company could offer to help new employees learn more about the company and its work.
id
2
A report is always formal because it is written for a superior (teacher, boss, etc.) Typically a report asks you to analyse a present or past situation and comment on / evaluate how well the situation turned out. You may also need to make recommendations. You can use headings to separate the different sections of the report.
br
1
Write your report in 220–260 words.
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
*training when you start in a new job to help you understand how the company works and your role and responsibilities
Co
SPEAKING PARTS 3 AND 4 PART 3
PART 4 1
location and transport
salary and benefits
2
How important are these factors when deciding to apply for a job?
opportunities for career advancement
interest and job satisfaction
status of the position
t
en
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 8
4
m
Decide together which TWO factors are the LEAST important.
3
Do you think it’s a good idea to stay with the same organisation for most of your career or to change jobs regularly? Do you think it’s more important to have a high salary or to have favourable working conditions, such as flexible working hours and longer holidays? Some people believe that paying benefits to the unemployed reduces their motivation to look for work. What is your opinion? How important do you think it is for employers to hold events for staff to socialise with each other in order to build good working relationships?
EXAM CHECK Decide if the statements are true or false. 1 2 3 4
152
The reading text consists of four to six sections or short texts. All the sections/extracts relate to the same topic. Usually more than one section will mention the ideas in each question but only one will fully reflect what the question is asking. Each question is worth two points.
You are going to read an article about how to achieve a good work–life balance. For questions (1–10), choose from the sections (A–F). The sections may be chosen more than once.
m Ca
Which section 1 advises readers to put themselves first? 2 explains the advantages of having a considerate employer? 3 gives an example of a temporary problem affecting work-life balance? 4 provides evidence that work-related tension is a common problem? 5 suggests resigning from your job in certain circumstances? 6 emphasises the importance of senior staff setting an example for their employees?
7 8 9 10
g ives a specific example of why it’s not worth giving up your social life for work? s uggests that workers taking time off is good for both employer and employee? r eveals positive changes that have been made to adapt working conditions to workers’ needs? a dvises people to take a break from computers and phones?
id
br A
D
ge
The word ‘workaholic’ has negative connotations. It conjures up visions of someone hunched over a desk, tense, pallid and unhappy with no family to go home to and no friends to relax with. Mike Spencer knows exactly what it’s like: ‘Work is a genuine addiction’, he says. ‘I thought the company would collapse if I left before 10 pm.’ Mike learnt the hard way that no-one is indispensable. After years of sacrificing his personal life for his job, Mike was made redundant last summer. ‘It was a revelation to me,’ he reveals. ‘There was a whole world outside the office I’d forgotten about. I sat in the park listening to the birds singing. I took tennis lessons. I rediscovered happiness.’
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
B
Mike’s may be an extreme case but we can’t underestimate the number of workers whose work-life balance is out of kilter. Nikita, a solicitor, got married to Steve last year during a crucial time in her career. ‘Law is so competitive that the only way to get on is to show you’re more committed than the next person. I try to get home to have dinner with Steve, but it’s not always manageable. It does put pressure on the relationship.’ Fortunately for Nikita, once she qualifies, work should settle down into a more predictable pattern and she’ll achieve the balance she craves. C
Experts also suggest that deviating from the traditional 9 to 5 working hours can be helpful. A Canadian study by Linda Duxbury of Carleton University found that the majority of Canadians still start at 9 am and – at least in theory – finish at 5 pm. 57 percent of those surveyed reported high levels of stress, and respondents were, on average, twice as likely to have work disrupt family life than the other way around. Some employers have responded to this kind of data with flexible working schedules, including shift work and allowing staff to work from home some of the time.
Work psychologist Carl Bailey points out that there tends to be an emphasis on what employees can do to improve their work-life balance. He recommends that employers also consider ways in which they can assist their employees to balance their lives, as this will benefit everyone in the organisation. ‘Leaders should be positive role models,’ he stresses. ‘Leave work on time, start a sports team, create a social atmosphere in the workplace so that people feel less stressed.’ Bailey also highlights the benefits of encouraging staff members to become unplugged for a few hours in the evenings. ‘As a manager, don’t send emails after-hours. If an employee emails you, don’t respond until the morning, unless it’s really urgent,’ he suggests. ‘Employers who respect their staff as individuals with families, friends and outside interests will reap the benefits in terms of satisfied staff who are loyal to the organisation’, he adds. F
m
Achieving a good work-life balance doesn’t just happen. Individuals need to take deliberate action to get there. It is also something we get better at as we learn to prioritise and succeed in cutting out time-consuming tasks that don’t merit the hours we spend on them. Workplace culture is a crucial factor here. If your company clearly doesn’t appreciate that staff have needs outside work – and that these can actually boost productivity – it may be time to move on. Remember Mike, the workaholic who was made redundant? He now works for himself as a gardener and has never been happier. ‘I had to move to a smaller house and sell my car, but I’ve never looked back,’ he smiles.
UNIT 11 A STEADY JOB
t
en
So, what can you do if your work is demanding more of your time than you feel it deserves and your personal life is suffering as a result? Life coach Molly Raynor explains that the only way to survive this situation is to prioritise your own well-being: ‘Good nutrition, adequate exercise and rest, spending time with loved ones and on activities you enjoy are all vital to physical, mental, emotional and career health.’ Raynor also advises employees not to hesitate when it comes to taking time off. ‘A staycation – even if it’s just a few days – can revitalise you and make you even more productive when you return to the workplace.’
E
153
1
Digital Sales Executive
APPLYING FOR
A JOB
m Ca
Do you have the drive to succeed? Are you results-(1) ? Then we are looking for you! Experience (2) but not essential Basic salary + (3) Free gym membership and company pension (4) Apply with CV to recruitment@compworld.org
br
1 Read the job advertisements. Choose words from the
ge
id
box to complete them.
scheme player commission desirable people bonus(es) discount oriented
2
RECRUITMENT CONSULTANT
U
for the article.
How to get any job you apply for Understanding the jargon of job advertisements
Co
A B
The successful applicant will be a team-(5) with excellent (6) skills Performance-related (7) High Street (8) scheme
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
2 Read the article quickly. Choose an appropriate title
Click here to apply online
Unwary candidates can find themselves at a disadvantage, confused about the terminology used in job adverts and unsure what to expect from the recruitment process. In this article we share our experience of over 30 years helping applicants secure positions in a wide range of industries. Am I eligible to apply?
Many job-seekers miss out on opportunities because of the way adverts are phrased. The term ‘preferred’ is one phrase that puts people off. For example, an advert which states ‘graduates preferred’ doesn’t necessarily mean you can’t apply if you didn’t complete your degree. In fact, many companies choose experience and common sense over paper qualifications, so go ahead and give it a go.
Sometimes an advert is more specific, stating ‘must have X years’ experience’. Although this is a bit of a long shot, it is still worth putting in an application, especially if you have at least some experience. Even if you don’t have any, there may be no applicants who match the criteria precisely, so you may still stand a chance.
Be cautious when applying for any job where you work on commission. The phrase ‘up to’ (e.g. you can earn up to £2,000 a month in commission) means that is the theoretical limit. It may be that no-one has ever achieved that in the history of the company and that most people earn very little in commission. Remember too that salaries are usually given as ‘gross’ figures. Depending on your earnings and other sources of income, you may pay anywhere up to 40 percent of that figure in tax.
154
If you’re new to the job market, it pays to be a bit sceptical. With practice, you will become better at discerning which jobs are worth an application and which you should steer clear of.
Happy job hunting!
t
The term ‘package’ can also be misleading. Although it sounds impressive, using the term ‘package’ can be a way of paying a lower salary, implying it will be made up for in perks. Sometimes the benefits on offer are things like a (very slightly) discounted gym membership or discounts from shops you have no intention of buying from.
en
Some job adverts use the term ‘competitive salary’ rather than state how much they are willing to pay. Often this means that the company doesn’t have a fixed salary scale and applicants will have to negotiate for themselves. Inexperienced applicants will often accept a salary offer only to find out later that their colleagues are receiving more.
Other favourite job-advert phrases which no longer have any real meaning include ‘passionate’, ‘results-oriented’ and ‘dynamic’. It is doubtful whether the writer even knows what they are looking for, but thinks these words sound good. And even if the idea of a job you’ve applied to bores you rigid, don’t be put off following through: anyone can pretend to be passionate for the duration of a job interview.
m
Understanding what’s on offer
Job-ad speak
There are some cliched words and phrases that make job-seekers shudder. They want a ‘self-starter’ who is also a ‘team-player’. Companies frequently require applicants to have a ‘proven track-record’ without specifying what they mean by that or how you prove it. If the advert specifies that you need to be ‘extremely hard working’ or ‘thrive in a fast-paced environment’, treat it with caution. It probably means they want you to do the work of 3 people for the pay of one.
3 Read the text more carefully. Do these statements
6 Work with a partner. Do the role-play.
match the views of the writer? Write yes, no or don’t know. 1 2 3
m Ca
If you don’t have the ‘preferred’ attributes, it is not worth applying. For most employers, having the right certificates is essential. You should be suspicious if the salary is not clearly stated. The words ‘package’ and ‘commission’ may give the wrong impression. The taxation rate can be excessive and unfair. Some job adverts appear to contradict themselves. Interviewers will definitely know if you are not very interested in the job. Many writers of job advertisements set out to mislead candidates.
4
8
ge
4
id
br
5 6 7
2 Address 3 Email 4 Mobile 5 Entitled to work in the UK 6 Notice period 7 Qualifications
Co
NEW HORIZONS EMPLOYMENT AGENCY 1 Name
7
Watch the video comparing working life in the UK and Brazil. Complete the notes. THE UK
BRAZIL
Average monthly take-home pay
£1800
1
Working hours per week
2
44
Rules on overtime
No maximum if worker agrees
3
Annual paid holiday
4
30 days
Maximum taxation rate
45%
5
Unemployment
6
Unemployment benefit
Retirement age depends on
Year of birth
7
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
083 You will hear a young man called Martin registering at an employment agency. Listen and complete the form.
Student A: You work at an employment agency. Ask questions to help your partner fill in the form. Student B: You want to register at the employment agency. Answer the agent’s questions.
Other information
Yes No (Circle as appropriate)
8 Willing to relocate
Yes No
9 Part-time/job share
Yes No
10 Short-term contracts
Yes No
WATCH
083 Work with a partner. Look at the incomplete
5
questions that Martin is asked. Try to complete them from memory. Then listen and check.
m
Could I start by What’s the best way for us Are you entitled Is there a notice Are you looking for a job Would you be interested Would you be willing Would you be open Are you in possession of Are you able to supply
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
t
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
en
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR
LIFE COMPETENCIES ICT Research working conditions in a country of your choice. Present your findings to your group. How does the country you have chosen compare with the UK and Brazil? UNIT 11 A STEADY JOB
155
PROGRESS CHECK 4 SUBSTITUTION AND ELLIPSIS
1 Choose the correct words and phrases. Cross out any
3 Cross out any unnecessary words in these sentences.
m Ca
REASON, PURPOSE AND RESULT that are incorrect. One has been done as an example.
Roshi plays hockey for Sri Lanka and Anoma plays hockey for Sri Lanka so does Anoma.
br
INTRODUCTION
ge
id
The aim of this report is to evaluate the sports tournament held (1) in order to/to/so that raise money for the school’s building fund. Overall, the event was a great success (2) despite/although/in spite of the inclement weather.
THE EVENTS
If needed, add words to avoid repetition.
2 3 4 5
Co
6
EMPHASIS
4 Rewrite the sentences to make them more emphatic. 1
FESTIVALS, CULTURE, TRADITIONS
2 Complete the word that can be used instead of the
underlined word. 1
2
3
156
4
5
6
t
6
3
en
5
In general, people are more worldly than they used to be. For example, fewer people attend religious services on a regular basis. se Today we will be holding a minute’s silence to remember those who lost their lives in the tragedy. co I used to confuse dragons and dinosaurs: I was not sure which were fictitious and which lived millions of years ago. my I am always interested in visiting holy buildings like churches and temples when I’m on holiday abroad. sa Every year there is a parade through the centre of our town in support of workers’ rights. pr Some of the ceremonies the pilgrims take part in date back to ancient times. ri
2
The manager never said there would be redundancies. At no time The company went wrong by not admitting they were wrong at the time of the accident. Where In many Western countries, children get presents on their birthdays and at Christmas. Not only Match fixing will end if the penalties are harsh enough. Only When I had finished the project, my boss gave me another one to do. No sooner Our team could have won the match if we had trained harder. Had
m
4
Are you planning to go to university or are you planning to get a job? My parents are from New York and I was born in New York. Cricket is a sport that was invented in England in the late 16th century. A: I’ve decided to move to the countryside. B: What do you want to move to the countryside for? A: I’m going to get a soy latte. B: Get me a soy latte too. A: I’m having some cake with it. B: OK, get me some cake too.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
(3) Because of/However/Although the main events had to be moved from the field to the sports hall, the seating capacity was sufficient for all the spectators. (4) Due to/Hence/As a result the lack of an indoor pool, the swimming events were held outside as planned. (5) As/Since/Because the viewing gallery is not covered, there were fewer spectators than expected; (6) therefore/nonetheless/nevertheless, the swimmers performed well and even broke a few records. (7) Consequently/So that/As a result, three of our students have been invited to compete in a regional competition.
1
WORK
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES (2)
5 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
7 Rearrange the words to form sentences.
with mistakes. 1 2
I still have a few annual leaves to take – I’d prefer to take them in the summer. I’m so happy – my boss promised to rise my salary in the new year. Hannah is going to be promoted to a supervisor position soon. Rupert has been made redundant for being late three days in a row. It’s not that easy to sack people these days as they have a lot of legal protection. At work we have a party every year for all the personnels. Since Illiana’s dismissing from her post as team leader, the rest of the staff have been working harder. The management laid off staff because they had extra work.
m Ca
3
1
4
4 5 6
MULTI-WORD VERBS 8 Complete the gaps with the most appropriate particle
from the box. down (x2) off on out over through to up (x2)
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
COMPARISON
U
8
ge
7
id
6
br
5
2 3
question / refund / the / out / is / Unfortunately / a / of / . short / sorry / to / notice / at / I’m / such / cancel / . was / at / understand / a / motives / loss / to / Enrique’s / Sally / . paid / expenses / were / under / be / impression / that / We / the / all / would / . was / with / discarded / its / the / in / furniture / image / which / The / not / hotel / keeping / new / . was / by / arrived / late / no / the / only / Jan / one / who / means / .
1
Co
6 Read the text below and think of the word which
2
best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning.
3
4 5 6
7
8
9
SPORTS
9 Some of the words in bold are in the wrong sentences.
Move them to the correct sentence. Tick the correct sentences.
1
t
6 7 8
en
2 3 4 5
I have never outplayed such a defining moment in sporting history. The losing team will be defeated from the tournament. Viewers in the UK can watch the match on BBC2. Our side deserved to lose. We were totally eliminated. This is the first time the world champion has been witnessed by a newcomer. The Russian player is my biggest fan in the competition. My favourite sport is swimming, but only as a rival. If you are a football spectator, people assume you will misbehave.
m
The two sports I take part in are swimming and synchronised swimming (Synchro). Although these two sports are very different (1) from each other, there are a few similarities. In both disciplines, you need to be extremely strong – the (2) time you spend working out, the better. (3) people take part in Synchro compared with swimming although numbers are growing all the time. Both sports can be individual or team events but Synchro has a much (4) emphasis on teamwork. Because so many people take part in swimming, it is more competitive but Synchro is by (5) the hardest sport I’ve ever done. It is definitely not (6) easy as it looks! When I began, I was not the (7) at holding my breath or swimming underwater but now I’m a (8) lot better. One reason I got interested in Synchro was because my other hobby was dancing; although I now spend (9) time at the studio, my dance training was (10) best preparation I could have had for Synchro.
Friday and then it’s the I’ve just got to get weekend! Claude always carried his duties to the best of his ability. The factory had to lay workers due to the reduction in demand for its products. Part of being an adult is the ability to hold a job. in a poorlyWork hard at school or you’ll end paid job. You can’t just turn when you like: you have to be here on time. It’s sad that so many small restaurants have been taken by large chains. on I think we’ll be fine as long as we can cut unnecessary expenses. We’ll just have to work until the job is finished.
PROGRESS CHECK 4
157
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
Co
1 Read these statements about the human brain and
decide if they are true or false. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Of all animals, humans have the largest brains. Brain weight as a proportion of body weight is higher among men than women. The human brain, when awake, generates enough energy to power a lightbulb. There are as many neurons (nerve cells) in the average brain as there are stars in our galaxy. We only use 10 percent of our brains. The human brain shrinks during middle age.
VOCABULARY
VERBS RELATED TO MENTAL PROCESSES 1 Read this email with links to four articles, and
choose the most appropriate title for each article. There are extra options you do not need.
A B C D E F G
In this week’s e-bulletin, we’ve got some fabulous articles to help find the real you. Let’s take a quick look.
1
3
We lead busy lives, frantically struggling to meet deadlines, do the school run and beat the rush hour. Sometimes it can be difficult to find the time to unwind, and find inner peace. But believe me, we need to. Let me explain why we need time not just to focus on real-world tasks, but also to daydream. We need to contemplate the nature of life and the universe; it’s not as hard as it sounds. Let me show you how.
❯ Read the article
2
Can you tell your Plato from your Aristotle? Or do you know your nihilism from your post-modernism? We tackle the key schools of thought in a simple down-to-earth way, breaking them down into simple points that everyone can grasp and providing pointers on how to find out more. ❯ Read the article 158
4
Try for a moment to envisage a perfect life, with everything just the way you want it and no worries. A lot of us would consider that impossible, but I believe that if we reflect upon our lives and evaluate what is really important to us, then we can take steps in the right direction. True, life will never be perfect. But I believe we can achieve greater levels of contentment if we know how to try. ❯ Read the article
t
en
m
It’s estimated that 75 percent of us dread speaking in public. In fact this phenomenon even has a name – glossophobia. And if there’s a name for it, then there must be a cure too. It can be summed up in one word: preparation. I’ll explain how to turn the challenge of public speaking into an opportunity which you will come to embrace, in order for any presentation you make to be a life-changing opportunity for anyone lucky enough to hear you! ❯ Read the article
Philosophy for beginners Finding calm in the storm The pursuit of happiness How to overcome your fears Unlocking the power of imagination Improving communication confidence Time management for the overworked
2 Match the highlighted words in the text with their
definitions (A–I). One definition matches two verbs. imagine understand accept and welcome something relax, especially after working hard be anxious about doing something judge how good or effective something is think deeply about something for a long time approach or deal with something, especially something difficult have pleasant thoughts that make you forget about the present situation
I
br
id
3 Choose a word from the box which can complete
ge
both sentences A and B.
gather tackle grasp embrace
psychology lecturer telling students about a book, The Intelligence Trap by David Robson, and check the answers. 1
4
4 Choose the correct words to complete the email.
084 Listen again. For questions 1–7, complete each
2
gap with a word or short phrase. The Intelligence Trap Most people think that they are of (1) intelligence. Author of The Intelligence Trap, David Robson is critical of people who he says are guilty of (2) .
Many otherwise intelligent people reject the existence of (5) for unsound reasons.
A person’s performance in psychological tests can predict their chances of getting (6) later in life.
Robson argues that if people were to (7) , they could avoid making errors of logic.
3 Look at these incorrect answers a student wrote for
the previous task. Match them to the common error types.
1 2 6
AVERAGE LAZINESS INTO DEPT
A B C
spelling mistake incomplete information from the audio using different words from the ones in the audio
4 Work in groups and discuss the questions. 1 2 3
Do you agree that most people overestimate how intelligent they are? Can you think of any other examples of intelligent people behaving unintelligently? What Robson says agrees with the English proverb “More haste, less speed” – when you rush something, it often takes longer to do it or you don’t do it well. Is this true in your experience?
t
b retain b contemplate b unwinding
to Robson uses the phrase (4) describe how people support their existing beliefs.
en
a gather a envisage a daydreaming
Robson argues that many people fail to use their intelligence in (3) .
m
Hi, I’d like some advice please. I’m 64 years old and do a job I love in IT systems. The only thing is that I am finding it increasingly difficult to (1) in my memory everything I need to know. Sometimes it’s embarrassing to have to look something up, when really I should know it. I can’t really (2) still being able to do this job in a year’s time. I’m also having issues with concentration, and find that I’m spending more and more time (3) about silly things when I should be getting on with my job. I’m worried that my boss might notice and fire me. Any help will be greatly appreciated. Dennis 1 2 3
2
It takes two children two minutes to eat two ice creams. How long would it take five children to eat five ice creams? A farmer had thirteen sheep. All but six died. How many are left?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3
Co
2
a After weeks apart, the two lovers couldn’t wait to each other once again. b I’m an adventurous person, and I always the chance to get involved in an exciting new project. a She had to his hand to stop herself from losing balance. b He had to explain his plan again before we could fully what he had in mind. a It took the researchers longer than anticipated to enough data to write their report. Sandro has got a new girlfriend, but I b I haven’t met her. a I’m not entirely sure what is the best way to the issue of climate change. b Salah has the ball … Ramos moves in to but he sidesteps him and – oh, what a sensational goal from Salah!
U
1
TRAINING
084 Answer the logic questions. Then listen to a
1
m Ca
A B C D E F G H
LISTENING PART 2
5 In pairs, discuss what advice you would give in
response to the email. UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
159
GRAMMAR
3 Match the underlined participle clauses in sentences
PARTICIPLE AND TO + INFINITIVE CLAUSES GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
1–7 with their functions (A–F). Sometimes there is more than one possible answer. 1 2 3
m Ca
1 Look at these three extracts from Exercise 1, page
1
br
159. Match the examples (1–3) with the uses of infinitive clauses (A–F). There are three answers you do not need.
5 6 7 A B
Co
C D E F
giving a reason for the other clause explaining something that was happening at the same time as the main clause giving a condition replacing a relative clause (active) describing an action that happened before the main clause replacing a relative clause (passive)
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
ge
id
“70 percent of students were observed to get this one wrong.” 2 “We see this happening all the time, with people who should be wise enough to know better.” 3 “So, what can we do to avoid being caught out by flawed reasoning?” Infinitive clauses can: A be the subject of a sentence: To make a mistake is natural. To make the same mistake twice is foolish. B be used with comparatives: It makes more sense to collaborate than to compete. C express purpose or result: We’ll leave early to avoid the rush hour traffic. D be used after verbs like say, believe, claim, and report that report information or results: He claims to have met the Queen of England. E express ability to be able to: They’re sufficiently affluent to afford a large house in a well-todo area. F after some adjectives, especially emotion adjectives to explain the reason for the emotion: She was disappointed to find out that her IQ wasn’t as high as she thought.
4
Having taken the test previously, he expected to pass it with flying colours. That woman over there speaking to our teacher is one of the foremost experts in behavioural psychology. Realising that he had made a mistake due to rushing, he decided to do the calculations more slowly and carefully. Used correctly, meditation can be a great tool for clearing and focusing the mind. He walked out of the exam feeling confident that he had passed. Not wanting to admit his ignorance, the boy pretended that he had understood what had been said. Did you read that sociology book recommended by our teacher?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Participle and to + Infinitive clauses: Page 222
2 Read the interview with a sleep scientist, and add
the word to wherever it is needed.
Why are people so fascinated by dreams?
160
2 3
4 5 6
Because he was tired from lack of sleep, he wasn’t able to think straight. She believed she was more intelligent than him, so she was surprised when he got better scores in the test. She was feeling quite pleased with herself for having solved the crossword, and so she decided to tackle the Sudoku. If I were asked for my opinion, I would say trying to interpret dreams is a waste of time. I had tried to grasp his theories several times, but I gave up as they were too complicated. As I haven’t studied that philosopher’s work, I am reluctant to make a judgement on her theories.
How exactly can you study dreams scientifically?
Well, scientists can simply ask people what they dreamt about. But that’s not a sufficiently robust technique obtain solid data. People’s memory of their dreams is notoriously vague and unreliable. It’s much more reliable use the technology now available than just ask people to self-report their dreams. So what we do is connect a participant to a scanner, and then allow them a full night’s sleep in the laboratory.
t
That’s a good question. Our primary aim is help people sleep better, but we also study what happens when a person is asleep. A substantial portion of that time is spent in REM – or Rapid Eye Movement – sleep, and that’s when dreaming is known occur.
1
en
So what exactly does a sleep scientist do?
participle clause.
m
People have always sought to understand what dreams mean. In the past, dreams were often believed predict your future. That sort of idea is uncommon in modern societies today, but the argument that they show us our subconscious thoughts is still very persuasive. And of course dreams are fascinating analyse in their own right.
4 Rewrite the sentences with an appropriate
And can that record the dreams somehow? Not exactly – it records electrical signals in the brain, in order for us analyse brain activity. So what kinds of things can you learn about dreams in this way? Well, where shall I start? One thing it’s been possible observe is that when someone is discouraged from thinking about something when they’re awake, in other words when they’ve been suppressing something, well, this makes it more likely for them dream about it at night.
WRITING PART 2: A LETTER/ TRAINING EMAIL 1 Work with a partner and discuss the questions. 1
m Ca
2
Have you ever bought something that you were very disappointed with? If so, what and what action did you take? Is it common for people in your country to complain when they are not getting good service? How do you personally feel about complaining?
2 Work with a partner. Read the task and answer the questions.
br
What two things should be covered in this letter of complaint? Who is your target audience? How will this affect the register you use – formal or informal?
ge
id
1 2
it typically refers to formal letters and emails (F) or informal letters and emails (I). 1
2
3 4
5
6
If you don’t know the name of the person you are writing to, begin with Dear Sir/ Madam or To whom it may concern. If you know who you are writing to, begin with Dear + name and end with Yours sincerely. Begin by asking the person how they are and/or what they have been doing recently. Begin by explaining the reason why you are writing. Use contracted forms of verbs and abbreviations such as BTW instead of by the way. When making requests, use modals such as could or may so that they sound more polite. Try to use Latinate verbs as an alternative to multi-word verbs where possible, for example, tolerate instead of put up with, assemble instead of put together. Use reduced expressions that omit words that are implicit such as Just wanted to let you know or Looking forward to hearing from you.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
You recently bought a product in a shop, but it is not satisfactory and you have decided to return it, along with a letter to the shop manager. In your letter, give reasons why you are not satisfied with the product, and explain what you would now like the shop manager to do.
4 Look at the following advice and decide if
3 Replace the underlined words and phrases in the candidate’s
letter for the task with their more formal equivalents in the box. been of use To make matters worse, is unacceptable Dear Sir or Madam, none was provided provided that receive a full refund Yours faithfully a considerable amount requires assembly as a result words to that effect I am sure you can imagine my disappointment with regard to Hello there, Dear Sir or Madam,
I hope that you are well. I’m writing (1) about the kite I bought from your store on Saturday April 30th, and which I’m returning along with this letter. It was on special offer at £9.99. As I recall, there was a sign by the box of kites saying that they were top quality and would provide years of enjoyment for all the family, or (2) something like that.
5 Look at your answers to Exercise 4 and
decide if there are any other corrections that can be made to make the letter in Exercise 3 more formal.
6 Now read this exam question. What tone
should you use? Write your email reply in 220–260 words.
You have received an email from an Englishspeaking friend. … I’m really struggling at the moment with the stress of my final exams. I know that you had similar problems during your finals and wondered what advice you could give me? Do you think I would benefit from seeing the college counsellor to help me deal with the anxiety I am feeling? Francis
t
en
m
(3) So just think how fed up I was when I opened my new kite to find that not only were the strings all tied together in knots, but the kite itself had a tear along one side. As the kite comes as a kit and (4) has got to be put together by the purchaser, an instruction manual would have (5) come in handy. But (6) there wasn’t one. I had to spend (7) absolutely loads of time working out how to assemble it (8) thanks to that. (9) The really annoying thing was it failed to fly because of the tear.
7
Clearly, this (10) isn’t good enough. To rectify the situation, I would be grateful if you could please send me a replacement, (11) but only if you can guarantee that the new kite is in full working order. If this is no longer possible, then arrange for me to (12) get all my money back. Hope to hear from you asap, (13) Cheers, Lee Sang-ho
UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
161
VOCABULARY
2 Complete the sentences with a word from Exercise 1 in the
correct form.
MOOD AND FEELINGS 1
1
085 Listen to the speakers and choose words from the box that describe their mood. There may be more than one answer.
m Ca
ge
id
3 4 5
3 Answer the questions. 1 2 3 4
When was the last time you were left speechless? What kinds of things in daily life are you reluctant to do? Some people think we should be more appreciative of the lives we have today. Do you agree? How do you feel if you see somebody being humiliated by someone else?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3 4 5
br
humiliated overwhelmed devastated reluctant concerned appreciative astonished thrilled not bothered speechless hysterical discouraged
2
by the lack of tolerance being shown by I am increasingly certain people on the internet. He is to see a therapist about his problem because he sees it as admitting weakness. She was so of the advice I gave her in sorting out her love life that she made me a cake. When I started that new job, I was initially a little by all the information I needed to take in and the workload I was given. Talk about an over-reaction! He was absolutely when his team lost the final.
Co
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 7 TRAINING 1 Work in groups and answer the questions. 1 2
3
Read the short text below and guess the missing percentages. Work out a class average of the guesses for the previous question. Are they close to the actual answers? How do you prefer to deal with problems and issues in your life? a On your own? b By asking friends and family for advice or help? c By getting expert help?
2 You are going to read a review of a book
In the TV quiz show Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? contestants answer general knowledge questions to win cash. During the game, they have the option to request help with these questions, either by asking the studio audience, or by phoning an expert friend. The studio audience voted for the correct answer % of the time, and the expert friend identified the correct answer in % of cases.
t
en
m
called The Wisdom of Crowds by James Surowiecki. Five paragraphs have been removed from the review. Choose from paragraphs A–F the one which best fits each gap. There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use. Use the tips to help you.
50:50
162
In 1906, the English scientist Francis Galton visited a livestock fair and stumbled upon an intriguing contest. An ox was on display, and the villagers were invited to guess the animal’s weight. Nearly 800 gave it a go and, not surprisingly, no-one hit the exact mark: 543 kilogrammes.
1
4
m Ca
So far, it’s not yet clear why the writer has told us about the competition and the weight of 543 kilogrammes. Which option completes the anecdote?
id
br
This anecdote captures the striking thesis of James Surowiecki’s book The Wisdom of Crowds. “Under the right circumstances,” he argues, “groups are remarkably intelligent, and are often smarter than the smartest people in them.” 2
ge
Co
The answer is that crowds still have a pretty bad reputation. When bad influences have risen to the fore, they have ignited mob rule, lynching, financial panic and style trends like the moustache. Furthermore, as Surowiecki notes, organisations such as corporations tend to be obsessed with the idea of expertise. 3
The end of the previous paragraph introduces the new idea expertise in the text, so it is possible that the following paragraph may develop this idea further. Which option discusses experts or expertise in the corporate world?
Yet it may seem counter-intuitive that a group of random people should be able to make a highly informed judgment about something. This is all the more so given that non-experts, by definition, often have little detailed subject knowledge. Surowiecki is not arguing that any crowd will successfully make any decision under any circumstances. For him, three key criteria must be met: independence, diversity and decentralisation. Provided the members of a crowd are acting on their own, thinking for themselves and not influencing each other, the mathematics behind The Wisdom of Crowds is robust.
A case in point is the street corner experiment, conducted in New York in the 1960s by psychologists Milgram, Bickman and Berkowitz. They established that when a group of people stand on a street corner and look up at the sky, other pedestrians would join them. Before long, a large crowd had assembled and were all looking up at the sky, even though there was nothing unusual to look at. This is just one of many memorable anecdotes from Surowiecki’s fascinating and thoughtprovoking book.
D
E
When a group of finance students was asked to guess the number of beans in a jar, the average guess (871) was extremely close to the correct number of 850. In fact, only one of the fifty-six students was more accurate. Episodes in the book like this are plentiful, but they raise questions which need to be answered. “If you ask a large enough group to make a prediction or estimate a probability,” the errors they make cancel one another out, he says. “Subtract the error, and you’re left with the information.” A case in point is the studio audience of a well-known TV quiz show, whose collective wisdom selected the correct answer to over 90% of questions, whereas a chosen individual expert adviser got them right less than two-thirds of the time. For evidence, he cites how teams of people have been used to find lost submarines, correct the betting spread on sporting events, and even predict the next president of the United States. So why aren’t we using groups more?
F
t
C
Strategy consultants demand vast hourly rates of pay, while executives rake in vast salaries to make predictions – or perhaps we should more accurately term them guesses – about future changes to the value of stocks and shares. To accept that the masses might know something would mean radically altering how our society operates. Astonishingly, however, the average of those estimates came close – very close indeed. It was just a fraction of a percent out. Surowiecki makes clear that there are limits to the wisdom of any crowd. If distracting or misleading information is supplied (as with stock market bubbles and crashes) the responses of the crowd can be less than rational.
The text after this gap begins A case in point is … Which option mentions something that the street corner experiment is an example of?
en
B
5
m
A
Surowiecki argues persuasively that in many cases, the average of a crowd’s guesses is likely to be more accurate than those of its individual members. It is a valuable counter-argument to the traditional contempt for the crowd, and to the notion that a camel is a horse designed by a committee. The Wisdom of Crowds could be seen as an endorsement for the principles of democracy; after all, surely the majority of people should vote for their own economic interests? Unfortunately, time and time again, people do the opposite.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
The previous paragraph says groups are intelligent ‘under the right circumstances’, so look for a paragraph that mentions such circumstances. The next paragraph in the text begins with the answer to a question so the missing paragraph here probably ends with a question.
As the writer hasn’t yet explained why they consider the mathematics behind the book to be robust, it is logical to expect the writer to explain this. Which option does this?
3 Based on this review of The Wisdom of Crowds, what
questions would you like to ask the author James Surowiecki? Would you buy or read this book? UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
163
PUSH YOURSELF C2
SPEAKING
THINK AND THOUGHT IDIOMS
EXEMPLIFICATION
1 Match the sentence halves.
1
1 2
1
m Ca
All the teachers think highly I have to get up for a flight at 3 am tomorrow, so spare a I was planning an important part of my essay when my phone interrupted my train of I can’t remember the last time I ate curry. In fact, come to Motorbikes always look so unsafe, so I’d think I met Serena’s new boyfriend yesterday. I didn’t think If you can’t find your wallet, just think back When her laptop stopped working at the start of her presentation, she had to think on
3 4
H
2 Complete the sentences with an appropriate verb
phrase, making sure you use the correct form. 1
2
3
7
8
164
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
say as a rule let’s say suppose and so on for instance and so forth by and large take … for example more often than not
it. We tried Solly’s Bistro the other day but With its overpriced, undercooked food, I don’t think we’ll be going back. She often to the very first day they met and wonders what would have happened if their eyes hadn’t met across the crowded room. If you ever get the chance to try SCUBA diving, don’t about it – just do it. It’s a sensational experience. Professor Trần Thị Tươi is very by her colleagues and was nominated for a lifetime achievement award. As you go back home to your heated apartments this evening, all those people who don’t have a home to go back to and will be sleeping on the streets. Personally, I see Barcelona as being the best football team in Spain. In fact, , they’re probably the best team in the world. Victor’s a great guy but not cut out to be team leader, as he doesn’t know how to . Instead, he just keeps on doing the job as he’s always done it. So then if you consider the … err … oh dear, sorry I’ve completely lost my . What were we talking about?
3 Work in small groups. Discuss the following opinions,
saying to what extent you agree or disagree, and why. Give examples and generalisations from your own experience, using the phrases in Exercise 2.
1
2
3
4
5
It’s better to have lots of good friends, rather than one best friend.
Self-help psychology books with titles like Discover Your True Self are a waste of time and money. It’s natural for us to become similar to the people we spend time with.
Some people have no real attitudes and opinions of their own, preferring to copy or repeat those of other people rather than exercising independent thought.
t
6
086 Listen again and put the phrases the speakers use in the order you hear them. Then decide for each whether they are synonyms for for example (F), imagine that (I), etc. (E) or In general (G).
en
5
2
m
4
2 3
What does the man think hypothetically it would be great to have? What does the woman suggest the man buys? What examples do they give of ways of blocking out things that don’t want to hear?
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
G
to the last time you had it. much of him – what does she see in him? think of it, I don’t think I’ve ever had it at all. thought for me while you’re comfortably tucked up in bed! thought, and now I can’t remember what I was going to say. of Anna Santos in class 5b – they reckon she’ll go far in life. twice before buying one because having an accident is the last thing you want to happen. her feet and decided to hold an impromptu Q&A session instead of the talk she had planned.
Co
F
U
E
ge
A B C D
id
7 8
br
5 6
086 Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions.
The older people get, the more likely they are to become conservative in their attitudes.
REMEMBER When answering questions, it is a good idea to use examples and general statements to support your arguments.
GRAMMAR
3 Work with a partner. Read the news report and discuss ways
to replace the words in orange with a noun phrase.
NOMINALISATION
Home About News Search
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
New research has demonstrated that when parents read bedtime stories to babies, it boosts their brain power. Studies conducted on babies and toddlers suggest that hearing the spoken language influences how well a child is able to communicate (1) . Children whose parents spoke to them the least performed the worst, and at the age of 24 months, some were behind their contemporaries by as much as six months. Researchers concluded that performance in cognitive tests depended on how much contact a child had with their parents (2) . In one of the tests, babies and toddlers sat in their parents’ laps in front of a computer which displayed pictures of a baby and a dog side by side. They were then instructed to look at one or other of the images by being told for example to ‘Look at the baby’ or ‘Look at the doggy’. Slow-motion cameras were used to measure how slowly or quickly the child reacted (3) . With the youngest children, there was usually a pause before they shifted their gaze. But when the tests were done with older children, researchers observed that they were able to select the correct picture more quickly (4) . In one study, the difference between the quicker and slower children was found to be one-fifth of a second. The different speeds were attributed to how much the parents talked to their infants. Although the differences were slight, they were considered to assess reliably how effectively a child can process language (5) . Researchers consider the tests a prognostic tool which can be of use for both parents and educators, in that their performance in these tests indicated whether a child was ready or not to start school (6) . One researcher recommended that parents use sophisticated language when addressing their offspring, rather than simplified baby-talk, saying ‘Children cannot learn what they do not hear’.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Nominalisation: Page 223
1 Rewrite the sentences, replacing the
id
br
words and phrases in bold with a suitable alternative from the box.
1
ge
ability to deterioration disappearance explanation transformation
2
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Juliancito really knows how to make people laugh, and I’ve always envied that. I’ve always been envious of Juliancito’s ability to make people laugh. My gran’s health has been getting worse and worse, and that’s been very sad to see. It’s been saddening to see the in my gran’s health. The city centre has changed so much that you might not recognise where you are! You might not recognise where you are because of the of the city centre. No-one’s ever been able to explain in a satisfactory way why there are hardly any wild flower meadows anymore. I’ve never heard a satisfactory for the virtual of wildflower meadows.
3
4
2 Add the preposition(s) to the following
sentences to complete the noun phrases. in of of from for for to into
4 5
087 Listen to the news report and replace the words in orange with what the presenter actually says.
5 Work in groups and discuss the questions. 1 2
3
t
3
4
en
2
Recent years have witnessed a substantial rise the number of self-help books being sold, with titles such as How to Be the Real You. Some see the changes in taste in matters of décor to represent a rejection the aesthetic values of the previous generation. The lasting impression my trip to Thailand was the universal affection the king. Police have launched an investigation the disappearance the painting. The response we have received our request volunteers has been overwhelming; over 600 people have offered to take part in our experiment.
m
1
Did your parents read you bedtime stories when you were a child? Do you think it had a positive effect on your learning? Do you think parents should speak to their children using sophisticated language rather than baby talk as one of the researchers suggests? Why?/Why not? Some experts believe that our use of technology is making us into shallow thinkers – people who know a little about a lot of subjects rather than people who know a lot about a few subjects. Do you agree? Is this a bad thing?
UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
165
EXAM FOCUS LISTENING PART 2
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Complete the information with the correct words or numbers.
1 2 3 4 5 6
ge
id
br
In this exam task you listen to a dialogue/monologue for around three minutes. You need to complete a paragraph with eight gaps/eight independent gapped sentences. The gaps require a single word/a word or short phrase. Each gap is worth one mark/two marks. You will/won’t lose a mark for incorrect spelling. You can use only British English spelling/either British English or American English spelling.
U
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
088 You will hear a student called Tony Nelson talking about an experiment carried out by the psychologist Solomon Asch. For questions 1–8, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.
A psychology experiment – deciding which two lines are the same length The person who was asked to judge the lines’ length assumed the other people in the room were (1) in the same experiment. Many people who’d taken part said they felt (2)
when the experiment was explained to them afterwards.
People who chose the wrong line did so because they thought the majority of people were (3) People also gave wrong answers in order not to be considered (4)
by others.
It was found that (5)
had an influence on whether or not people would conform.
The presence of (6)
in the room lessened people’s urge to conform.
The experiment only involved (7) Society in the 1950s valued (8)
.
and so was a biased sample.
more than it does nowadays.
C
t
166
B
en
m
A
WRITING PART 2: A LETTER/EMAIL EXAM CHECK Decide if the statements are true or false. An email or letter task in the exam will be formal or informal depending on the target audience. You should always begin an email with Dear + person and end it Yours sincerely + your name. You should include your postal address and invent one for the person you are writing to. There is no need to use paragraphs to organise your letter. If the task says you are writing to a friend, you can briefly begin your letter/email as if you are writing to a real-life friend and exchange pleasantries (e.g. ask how they are, apologise for not writing sooner, etc.)
m Ca
1 2 3 4 5
id
br
You read this extract from an article in an English speaking newspaper.
ge
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
The popularity of devices like smartphones is having a negative effect on young people’s thinking skills. They are more interested in playing games or keeping up with the latest trends than taking their studies or work seriously. You decide to write a letter to the editor of the newspaper, giving your own opinion on this viewpoint and explaining why.
Co
Write your letter in reply.
t
en
m UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
167
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 7
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Read the advice on doing a Part 7 task and match the language to the gaps.
br
id
pronouns, possessives and determiners time and sequence phrases phrases of repetition or exemplification linkers of cause and effect, contrast, addition
1
These often refer back to a person, thing, or idea mentioned previously. Use these to help you understand how the text logically fits together. For example, if you see a However at the beginning of a paragraph, think about what this sentence is contrasting with.
3 4
These explain or expand on ideas and themes that have been previously mentioned. For example, if you see the word Finally at the beginning of a paragraph, look for a previous paragraph containing other time or sequence phrases or an incomplete narrative.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2
ge
Look for the following clues at the start of both the separate paragraphs and those in the text itself:
t
en
m
You are going to read an article about an experiment. Six paragraphs have been removed from the article. Choose from the paragraphs A–G the one which best fits each gap (1–6). There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use. 168
The lost wallet experiment Yisela Clavijo, originally from Colombia and now a cab driver in Vancouver, always makes a point of returning anything she finds to the owner. A few years ago, she found a wallet in the back of her vehicle. Fortunately, the owner’s identity was easily identifiable from the driving license inside, and she was able to trace him and reunite him with his wallet. It never occurred to her to check to see if the wallet contained any cash; getting it back to the owner was the only choice. A
1
m Ca
ge
id
br
It turns out that Yisela is by no means unusual. And we can say so with near certainty now after a mass social experiment involving 17,000 ‘lost’ wallets in 40 countries. Each contained a business card and details of a fictional local owner, a shopping list and, in some cases, cash. Researchers distributed the wallets by handing them in to places where one might expect someone to bring a wallet they’d found on the ground. Examples included police stations and reception desks in theatres and hotels. They then waited to see what the people entrusted with the wallets would do.
Co
This defied the expectations of professional economists, and members of the public. 2,500 had responded to a survey in which they predicted that the wallets would remain in the hands of those who found them. 3
Or was something else responsible? According to Michel Maréchal, professor of economics at the University of Zurich and co-author of the research, ‘people want to see themselves as an honest person, not as a thief. Keeping a found wallet means having to adapt one’s self-image, which comes with psychological costs. The psychological forces … can be stronger than the financial ones.’ 4
To put this to the test, researchers went one stage further. Rather than distributing wallets with modest sums of cash as had been done previously, a larger amount, equating to about $90 in the local currency was left in the wallets. 5
B Explaining the motivation for her decision, Yisela says, ‘You have a sense of having done the right thing. Also, consider how you’d be feeling if it was you who’d lost something, and didn’t know whether it had fallen into the wrong hands. And that would be ruined if you gave yourself a tip!’
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2
Survey results also suggested that this was the case. Participants reported that not returning an empty wallet was just lazy, whereas failing to return one that contained cash seemed dishonest. It also struck researchers as plausible that the likelihood of a wallet being returned would increase in proportion to the sum of money it contained.
Sure enough, the rates of return were even higher, reaching as much as 72% in some countries. This difference between the two rates of return was found consistently. Inevitably, however, there was considerable variation from country to country. Interestingly, in regions with colder climates and longer winters, people were more likely to return the wallets, as were those with higher rates of primary education. E
But previous attempts to do likewise had never met with much success. ‘We needed to be absolutely sure that our methodology was sound’ they explained. Small-scale pilot studies were conducted in order to fine-tune the research methodology, in particular what exactly the researchers were going to say to people when they handed the wallets in. Once this was established, the team were ready to begin for real. F
Nobody could have seen the results coming. In most cases, people did exactly as Yisela had done, namely they called the number and arranged to return the wallet. The notion of ‘finders keepers’ appeared not to have as much influence as was anticipated.
t
Yet all in all, the project has been considered a success. It has revealed something about human nature that comes as a surprise – that we are willing to act altruistically and honestly, even if it is to preserve our positive self-image. And sometimes, honesty really does pay. All the people who reported a lost wallet got to keep the cash.
D
en
6
Inevitably, given the scale of the undertaking, there had been logistical problems to overcome throughout the study. One of the researchers was detained in Kenya for suspicious behaviour. And researchers were understandably concerned that a rucksack full of wallets might arouse suspicion when crossing borders.
m
But these findings are only correlations, and the team have not been able to account for the differences. Perhaps unsurprisingly, the not inconsiderable budget for the project has been used up, and after distributing 17,000 wallets in 355 cities in 400 countries, this fascinating piece of research has drawn to a close.
C
G Put simply, they got it wrong. And expertise made no difference whatsoever, with both groups significantly underestimating the levels of altruism that drive people to behave honestly.
UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
169
A
m Ca
DEALING WITH STRESS B
C
id
br
1 2
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4
How often do you get stressed? What was the cause of the last thing to get you stressed? What do think are the most common causes of stress in society and daily life? How do you deal with stress?
U
3
ge
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
2 Quickly read the article on stress
management. What are the four A’s?
STRESS MANAGEMENT – When things seem to be getting on top of you, it may seem that there’s nothing you can do about the stressful circumstances. But that’s not necessarily the case. Even if you feel you’re at the end of your tether and can’t cope any more, there are steps you can take to relieve the pressure. Exam sessions or busy times at the office can make life particularly hectic, and cause great pressure. But rather than viewing stress as being inevitable, remember that you are in control of how you deal with it. You might find it helpful to think of the four A’s: avoid, alter, adapt or accept.
t
170
en
ALTER THE SITUATION – if you can’t avoid the stress, change the way you deal with it. 2 While it’s natural to avoid confrontation, it’s often much better to voice your feelings if someone or something is bothering you. Explain calmly and politely how you feel. If you don’t voice these feelings and just bottle them up instead, your sense of frustration may build up and the stress will increase. 3 Ensure that you allow yourself enough ‘me’-time each day, and that you continue to eat, exercise and sleep well. Even when you are busy, it’s essential that you take regular breaks as well in order to relieve the pressure.
ADAPT TO THE STRESSOR – if you can’t change the stressor, change yourself. 6 When you’re finding something stressful, it’s important to see it in perspective. Ask yourself, ‘How important will this be in the long run? Will it matter in two years’ time? Is it worth losing sleep over?’ If the answer is no, then turn your mind to other things. So when things are getting you down, remember the four A’s, and use this framework as a way to get through when the going gets tough.
m
AVOID UNNECESSARY STRESS – of course, not all stress is bad, but it’s certainly common to encounter more stress than is good for us. 1 Don’t overload yourself by taking on too much work or responsibility, as this can be a recipe for disaster. There’s a fine line between being helpful and being unrealistic, so if you’re asked to take on something that you don’t have time for, it’s perfectly reasonable to turn the work down.
ACCEPT THE THINGS YOU CAN’T CHANGE – some stressors such as bereavement or a break-up can’t be prevented or changed; these are the realities that you just have to face up to and accept. 4 We all get things wrong occasionally. Perhaps you left an essay until the last minute, and the result was rushed and sub-standard? Don’t dwell on the bad mark you got, but reflect on what went wrong, and turn it into a positive by making sure you do better next time. 5 It uses up a lot of mental energy to be angry with someone. It may take some effort, but if you can let that anger go, you’ll feel as though a weight has been lifted from your shoulders.
3 Put the headings (A–F) in the right places (1–6). A B C D E F
Forgive and move on. Consider the bigger picture. Don’t be afraid to say no. Learn from your mistakes. Achieve a reasonable work-life balance. Express how you feel.
4 Match the sentence halves using phrases in bold from
091 Listen to the full dialogues and correct the
8
the text. 1 2 3 4 5
words to make phrases related to stress.
Try to avoid bottling People should always be honest and voice The best thing to do when you’re confronted Very few of the things that people lose Anyone who’s experiencing burnout has obviously taken on
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR/USE
m Ca
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C
ge
id
E
br
D
things up; that’s only ever a recipe for disaster. too much, and so they only have themselves to blame. their feelings, regardless of what other people might think. with a challenge in your personal life is to use social media to get advice. sleep over are really worth worrying about.
5 Discuss what each phrase In Exercise 4 means. Then
9 Match the definitions (1–10) with the expressions
(A–J) from Exercise 8.
decide whether you agree or disagree with them.
Co
sessions (1–3) and answer the questions. 1 2 7
accept be bossy very happy have a break it annoys me under pressure provide useful guidance contact someone for advice becoming difficult to cope with do something active in order to feel better
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
089 Listen to the beginnings of three counsellor
6
She likes to push throw her weight around. It makes my water boil. I think you are going to have to face over to the fact. It’s reaching on top of me. Counselling might point me in the right way. You need to have time out and let out steam. You’ve got to take time to have yourself a breather. I should be over the stars about it. I’m glad you’ve taken the decision to stretch out to me. It’s got to be a decision you take in your own time, and not with duress.
What does each person want to get out of the session with Martha? What advice would you give the three people?
WATCH
090 Now listen to Martha giving responses to the
three people. Match the responses (A–C) with the people (1–3).
10
t
en
m
You are going to watch a video about the most stressful jobs in the world. Make notes on what the narrator says about each of them.
LIFE COMPETENCIES MANAGING OWN EMOTIONS Prepare a poster for display in your own institution giving advice on how to stay mentally healthy while studying. UNIT 12 MIND OVER MATTER
171
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED
Co
1 Look at the following situations. What are the risks in
each situation? Which have you done or would you be happy to do? Give reasons. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
drive irresponsibly give up a steady job with a good salary to start your own business take up extreme sports move to another country invest money in the stock market go on a reality TV show rescue somebody from a burning building marry somebody you have just met abandon conventional society to live self-sufficiently in the countryside
2 Decide which of the following opinions you agree with.
VOCABULARY SAFETY AND RISK 1
092 Listen to some extracts about risky situations. Match the speakers (1–4) with the situations from Exercise 1 in the Getting Started section.
Speaker 1 Speaker 2
2
092 Listen again and complete the missing words from the extracts.
1 2
3
I prefer not to do anything out of my comfort zone.
4
5 6
8 9 10 11
To take a risk and fail is better than to take no risks at all.
172
12
t
The most interesting people are the ones who are prepared to risk everything to get what they want.
en
7
a couple of times. I’ve ended up speeding I don’t think I was aware how could be. I ended up the police and was losing my license. After that, I wasn’t prepared to myself or anyone I love to the risk of serious injury. It’s not the risk. get taken in by an I had the unscrupulous financial advisor. The bank repossess my house because I couldn’t pay back what I’d borrowed. Putting my family’s home was really stupid. … they explained how they take the necessary so that you don’t get injured. . All equipment was , so they will I suppose people’s lives are not leave anything . and Sometimes in life you have to follow just take .
m
I don’t take risks without weighing up the consequences.
Speaker 3 Speaker 4
3 Match the sentence halves. It is very reckless of you to jump off that waterfall If you continue lying to her, If you drive in snowy conditions, Francesca skipped school three times last week, The environment is under Have you ever had the misfortune to Doctors warn against exposing children I’ll be in hot water if I don’t let my wife Samira is in serious danger
m Ca
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A B C D E F G H I
know why I am going to be late. so she’s in trouble with the Principal. to passive or second-hand cigarette smoke. you’ll jeopardise your friendship. you need to take adequate precautions. threat from climate change. of failing her exams. have your wallet stolen? without knowing how deep the water is.
id
br
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 1 1 Work with a partner. Read the text quickly and give
ge
it an appropriate title.
2 Complete the text with the correct options (A–D).
Co
More and more parents are choosing to take their children out of school in order to travel; however, they don’t do so at the (0) expense of their childrens’ education; rather they hope to actually improve their academic achievement. Such parents believe that by taking their children out of (1) schooling, they give them the best of both (2) : they still learn as much or more than their peers, but they are able to (3) on the local environment of different countries rather than learning only theoretical (4) . Not everyone is in favour of this form of education. The authorities in most countries (5) of it though in the UK at least they stop (6) of forbidding it. One road-schooling Mum, who travels with her son in a camper van (7) that it can be extremely difficult to (8) a balance between school work and learning from experience. 0 1 2
6 7 8
idioms and fixed phrases collocations (adjective + noun, adverb + adjective, verb + noun, adjective + preposition, etc.) verbs (verbs + prepositions, multi-word verbs, verb patterns) precise meaning of word choice for the context linking words and phrases
B D B D B D B D B D B D B D B D B D
expense risk typical everyday worlds places get draw study data disagree dislike wide near concedes conveys hit touch
C
D E
4 Read some comments on the phenomenon described
in the text. Match the phrases in italics with the categories in Exercise 3.
1 2 3 4 5
Road-schooling parents are taking the easy way out. It’s not sensible of them to take their children out of school. I can really relate to these parents as I’d love to have been educated in this way. In my opinion, taking your kids out of school is highly controversial. I wouldn’t take my children out of school for one day, let alone months at a time.
5 Which of the statements
in Exercise 4 do you agree with?
t
5
A B
en
4
cost price conventional usual lands situations try take knowledge experience disapprove disrespect short clear conceives conforms strike beat
language they are testing your knowledge of. Use the bold words in the text to help you. There is one category you do not need.
m
3
A C A C A C A C A C A C A C A C A C
3 Match the correct answers in Exercise 2 with the
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Use the words in bold around the gaps to help you decide which word fits best. The first is done for you.
TRAINING
UNIT 13 LIFESTYLE CHOICES
173
WRITING PART 1: AN ESSAY
TRAINING
1 Read the Part 1 question and a candidate’s response.
Which of these statements (A–D) do you think the writer would personally agree with?
Your class has just listened to a podcast on factors affecting where people choose to live. You have made the notes below:
A
Factors to consider when deciding where to live
m Ca
B
It’s important to have a good salary if you are going to buy a house. It’s vital to be realistic about the financial burden of buying a house. You should buy somewhere in the nicest part of town possible. Age can affect what someone’s priorities are when it comes to choosing a home.
C
economic considerations
•
lifestyle preferences
•
family expectations
Some opinions expressed in the discussion: “You don’t want to get into debt.”
br
D
•
id
“You only have one life and so you should follow your dreams.”
Everyone has a vision in their mind of the ideal home. However, there are a variety of factors that need to be taken into consideration when choosing where to live. In this essay, I will discuss two of them: economic considerations and lifestyle preferences.
ge
“It’s important to consider the opinions of your loved ones.”
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
Write an essay discussing two of the factors in your notes to consider when deciding where to live. You should explain which factor you think is more important, giving reasons to support your opinion.
Co
For many people, it is more important to live where and how they wish. Their preference may be a certain part of town, or a lavish house or apartment that reflects their tastes. (1) After all, your home is probably the place that you are going to spend the most time, so it is important to be happy there. Certainly this is an opinion that (2) carries a lot of weight, especially with younger people, who prefer convenience and access to facilities over a comparatively cheaper surrounding area.
(4) All things considered, both economic and lifestyle factors are key in deciding where to live. It is down to each individual to (5) look at the positives and negatives of each for themselves based on their circumstances. (6) Having said that, my personal priority in such a situation is financial, as I think it essential to live within your means.
However, the reality of life is that most of us are unable to afford the home we desire. A luxury apartment in the nicest part of town may be extremely appealing to some, but the need to be financially responsible (3) trumps that. It is far better to live somewhere small but affordable rather than living a life of terrible debt and the risk of losing your house if you cannot make the payments.
2 Read the Remember box and then look at the
sentences with your own ideas.
1
2 3 4
When choosing somewhere to live, I would say that economic factors outweigh . Having weighed up the pros and cons of each factor, . Clearly money isn’t everything when it comes to choosing where to live. Having said that, . Overall, I would say that choosing somewhere to live is about and striking a balance between .
4 Work with a partner. Tell each other about your ideal home.
Think about the following: •
174
location
•
type
•
rooms and features
t
overall/on balance/weighing up all the factors at the end of the day/ultimately outweighs/eclipses on the other hand/nevertheless weigh up the pros and cons is a strong argument
3 Read the essay question again and then complete the
en
A B C D E F
In an essay, you have to compare and evaluate ideas or opinions. You might want to use language that indicates that you have considered and compared various viewpoints or sides of an argument before reaching your conclusion.
m
underlined expressions (1–6) in the text. Match them with the possible alternative expressions (A–F).
REMEMBER
GRAMMAR
4 Rearrange the words to form sentences with it or
there clauses.
PRONOUNS (1) – IT AND THERE CLAUSES GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
m Ca
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Pronouns (1) – It and There clauses: Page 224
1 Find these two sentences in the essay in the
are a variety of factors that need to be taken into consideration when choosing where to live. is down to each individual to look at the positives and negatives.
ge
2
id
1
br
previous section and complete them with the missing words.
U
2 Complete the sentence beginnings with either it
if you I’d appreciate clear that I want to make is bound to be is a short walk is a chance that to yourself You owe ’s no knowing ’s no point looks like it’s going to ’s no question of
Co
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 Match the sentence beginnings in Exercise 2 (1–10)
with the endings (A–J). A B
5 Find phrases in the sentences in Exercise 4 which mean
the following: 1
unaware or unable to think or react normally
2
survive
3
Is it possible?
4
I’m sure a solution can be found.
5
night falls
6
We didn’t have evidence.
7
The situation is hopeless.
8
be careful
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
It’s time for me to I hate it when I find it surprising that In my country, there tends to be I wouldn’t expect there to be I couldn’t believe it when It’s no good
t
en
not to waste this opportunity. me going snorkelling at night – it would be terrifying. I don’t approve of what you’re doing. rain so take your overcoat. in all of us staying at home. didn’t mention this to Jodie. a lot of traffic as it’s Friday evening. what Alina will do next. we’ll miss the beginning of the concert. to the town centre.
6 Complete the sentences so that they are true for you.
m
C D E F G H I J
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
wasn’t / it / alive / there / we’d / make / of / out / I / sure / . on / glasses / you’re / it / ! / my / Watch / sitting be / something / There / do / must / can / we / . seems / it / today / bit / out / Ivor / of / a / . much / winter / It / earlier / dark / gets / in / . of / things / There’s / improving / hope / no / . we / was / afford / It / assumed / that / it / could / . can / any / job / ? / way / take / be / persuaded / there / you / to / Is / the
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
or there. In which of the phrases is it or there the object of the sentence?
1
UNIT 13 LIFESTYLE CHOICES
175
LISTENING PART 4
TRAINING
1 Look at the photos. What do you think the phrase
‘alternative lifestyle’ means? Have you heard about anyone who has an alternative lifestyle?
m Ca ge
id
br Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
2
093 Listen to five people talking about their alternative lifestyles. Match the words (1–8) with the meanings (A–H).
What was his or her main reason for choosing their lifestyle? What disadvantage of the lifestyle does he or she mention?
What each speaker says are the disadvantages of the lifestyle: A social stereotyping B lack of utilities C not having an income D solitude E lack of a varied diet F it can be risky G having to hunt for and gather food H the cost of food
5 Now answer the questions. 1
2 3
t
093 Listen again and answer the two questions for each speaker.
1 2
176
A to move around searching for food B moving from place to place as a way of life C not using or depending on public utilities, especially electricity D a group of related families E a place where animals are protected F a person who lives alone and avoids other people G a person who lives alone away from society, especially for religious reasons H a group of people who live together and share possessions and responsibilities
Reasons for each speaker choosing the lifestyle: 1 to return to their cultural background 2 to get away from a particular place 3 to become more environmentally-friendly 4 to escape a pressurised environment 5 to work closely with others 6 to help out someone else 7 to become more self-reliant 8 to avoid modern communication methods
en
3
hermit go off-grid forage nomadic recluse tribe commune sanctuary
help you choose the correct options (1–8 and A–H) for the two questions. Listen again and check.
m
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
093 Use your answers from Exercise 3 to
4
Do you like this strategy of formulating your answers before you look at the A–H options or do you prefer to look at the options before you listen? Why? Would you consider any of the alternative lifestyles from the listening? Why do you think more and more people are choosing such lifestyles?
VOCABULARY ADJECTIVE + NOUN COLLOCATIONS 1
094 Complete the sentences with adjectives from the box. Then listen and check.
m Ca
vain crowning utmost ultimate overwhelming pointless burning false
1
5
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
8
Co
7
U
6
ge
4
id
3
br
2
ambition to be a rock I have always had a star, but I don’t think I have the talent. I have nothing but the respect for anyone prepared to risk their life for someone else. I’m in fairly good shape, but doing a triathlon will be the test of my endurance. moment was when she led the team onto Her the pitch as captain in the final of the World Cup. I love hearing about people who have overcome odds to succeed in life. My early successes in setting up my own business proved to be something of a dawn. It soon became apparent that making it as an independent business woman would be more difficult than I thought. I made a attempt to change her mind, but she has set her heart on moving to Hollywood to pursue the career of an actor. He could have been the best in the world, but he lacked the dedication and drive necessary to make it to the top. To my mind, his career represents a waste of talent.
2 Match the adjectives with the definitions. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
not real, incorrect, erroneous difficult to fight against or resist, powerful passionate, strong, emotional best or worst, the most important or highest, final serious, important, the greatest triumphant, number one, best useless, futile, without purpose well-intentioned but destined to be unsuccessful
3 Choose adjectives from Exercise 1 which collocate
with the following nouns.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
exercise hope glory goal caution desire hope victory
argument start achievement aim sincerity issue effort popularity
violence sense of security honour discretion bid support
4 Work with a partner and answer the questions.
4 5
UNIT 13 LIFESTYLE CHOICES
t
3
en
2
Can you think of someone who overcame overwhelming odds to become successful at their chosen career? What has been the crowning achievement of your life so far? Can you think of any situations where you need to show the utmost discretion? Can you think of a time that you worked hard to achieve something but your efforts were in vain? Apart from your career, do you have any other burning ambitions?
m
1
177
SPEAKING PAUSING OR CHUNKING IN NATURAL SPEECH 1 Look at the pictures and questions in the Part 2
m Ca
photo task and the two questions. For each photo discuss ideas that you could talk about to answer the questions.
• •
br
095 Listen to a student called Sofia talking
id
2
What dangers might people face in these situations? What precautions might they take to keep themselves safe?
3
ge
about two of the photos. Which of your points did she mention? 096 Listen to the first part of Sofia’s talk again.
4
Co
097 Now look at the text from Exercise 3 and read the Did you know box. The language has been chunked together with natural pauses added in. Practise reading it out, breathing and pausing as indicated. Then listen again and compare your pronunciation to Sofia’s.
I’m going to talk about the first and third photos. // As far as I can tell, / the first photo shows tourists, / standing outside a busy attraction / and the most obvious danger in this one / would be from criminals. // Having said that, / there is unlikely to be any physical risk / in such a crowded location as this // – they’re just after your money. // In contrast, / the third photo shows some kind of building site, / maybe for a skyscraper. The danger in this one is from the hazardous working environment itself // – the risk of falling debris, / or perhaps of falling from the scaffolding. //
DID YOU KNOW
answer. Mark where you think the breaths (/) and longer pauses (//) should go. Then practise reading it out with the pauses in place. Then listen again and compare your pronunciation to Sofia’s. Each of these situations calls for different precautions. At the tourist destination, I’d recommend wearing a money belt under your clothes in order to make it difficult for thieves to access your valuables. On a building site you are actually required by law to take precautions, such as wearing a safety helmet in case of falling objects or fluorescent jackets so that you can be clearly seen. Also, you probably have to do some kind of health and safety training so that you’re aware of the hazards and how to avoid them.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
You will hear two versions of it. Which one would score higher for pronunciation? What is the problem with the other version?
098 Look at the text for the second part of Sofia’s
5
GRAMMAR ON THE MOVE Watch the video
GRAMMAR REFERENCE / Pronouns (2): Page 225
1 Decide which word is missing from both sentences in
each pair. There may be more than one possibility.
1
2
• before words and phrases like and, or, but and in order to, especially when they are used to separate two parts of a longer sentence. • In longer sentences to separate more complex ideas.
178
t
• to separate different clauses in sentences – for example the two parts of a conditional or before saying a non-defining relative clause. • after some linking words and phrases, for example, after However, Having said that.
a Your burning ambition is to play a professional sport, just like is. that when I am driving I never b It’s a rule of put other people in jeopardy. a I wouldn’t buy those if I were you. They may be cheaper, but you get what you pay for. b The older versions of that car didn’t come with passenger airbags, but the new do. a Colin Kaepernick put his career at risk to stand up for what he believes in. I’m a great admirer of . that he always double b I t’s a characteristic of checks his equipment before he starts climbing. a of my friends overcame overwhelming odds to survive three weeks in the Arctic. b If in doubt, buy a new crash helmet. I would never use that had been used by someone else.
en
Longer pauses (//) are generally used between sentences. Short pauses or breaths (/) are used to break up ideas within a sentence into digestible chunks. We often chunk:
PRONOUNS (2)
m
Natural speech in English is characterised by pausing or chunking of language – the organisation of what you say into groups (or chunks) of language, using pauses or breaths to separate these chunks and make what is being said easier for the listener to follow.
GRAMMAR
3
4
2 Rewrite the sentences to include the pronouns
one or ones where appropriate. 1 2
3
m Ca
The safety training we had last year was very detailed; this year’s safety training was not. They have three sons: they have a son who leads a nomadic life, whereas the other sons are more conventional. Being Argentina, there are restaurants that serve steak all over town, but good vegan restaurants are much harder to find. In my experience, noisy children are fine; it’s the quiet children you need to keep an eye on.
4
br
3 Correct the pronoun errors in the sentences.
5
Co
6
4 Choose a pronoun from the box to complete
the sentences.
whoever whenever whatever however whichever wherever 1
2 3
4 5
1 Match the situations (1–10) with the expressions with
time (A–J). 1 2
10
a story whose ending is not yet known arriving at someone’s house while they are having a family dinner getting a pregnant woman to the hospital just before the baby is born enjoying a fantastic holiday wanting to do something but not at the moment describing a shop that doesn’t take credit cards a female president in the 19th century talking about something that is inevitable at some time in the future talking about something you managed to do before it was too late when you have nothing much to do
A B C D E F G H I J
catch someone at a bad time ahead of one’s time bide one’s time have time on your hands it’s only a matter of time behind the times have the time of one’s life a race against time in the nick of time time will tell
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar
meaning to the first, using one of the expressions with time(s).
1
2
3
4
5
t
6
I had only just finished my essay when we were told to stop writing. I finished my essay . I retired last year and I’m not very busy nowadays. . I have a lot of It is not convenient at the moment, I’m afraid. I’ve got a lot on. . You’ve Jenna thought her parents were a bit old-fashioned. In Jenna’s opinion, her mum and dad were . I really enjoyed my round-the-world trip. on my round-the-world trip. I had Leonardo da Vinci designed machines that resemble modern bicycles and helicopters in the 15th century. Da Vinci was way .
en
you go on holiday to another country, it’s a good idea to find out something about the local culture first. The problem with Neil is that he does he likes, no matter what the risks are. extreme sport you take up, make sure that you are fully aware of the safety guidelines. To do otherwise is reckless. She manages to get into hot water, she goes. Don’t answer the door to anyone, they are. It’s better to be safe than sorry. you look at it, the coast guard deserve the utmost respect for risking their lives to save other people.
m
6
EXPRESSIONS WITH TIME
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4
U
3
ge
2
Buying an electric car is one of the best way to live more responsibly. The apartments are all stunning but I really love one with the sea view. Both Wendy and I live in caravans but hers one is in better condition than mine. Your idea of following your heart differs greatly from the mine. Don’t leave it to chance with insurance – you should buy one with the best medical coverage – it’s your life that is at stake. Michael and I both write blogs but his ones attracts more readers than mine.
id
1
PUSH YOURSELF C2
3 Choose three expressions from Exercise 1 that you
think you would use the most. Write your own example sentences for them. Only time will tell whether giving up my job was the right decision.
UNIT 13 LIFESTYLE CHOICES
179
EXAM FOCUS READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 1
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Look at this information and advice and decide if you agree (A) or disagree (D). 1
br
This task tests your knowledge of collocations, fixed phrases and expressions, verb patterns, and multi-word verbs, amongst other things. All of the options A–D for a particular gap will be the same part of speech, e.g. a preposition. You lose marks for an incorrect answer, so never guess if you are unsure. Once you have chosen your answers, read through the text again to see if it still makes sense with the answers in place. When you write your answer on the answer sheet, write the word you have chosen.
id
2
ge
3 4
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
5
Co
Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example: A
0
combines
Hotel living
B comes
C turns
D conjures
up images of a luxury When you hear of people living in a hotel, your mind probably (0) lifestyle. However, living in a Travelodge is a far (1) from the comforts of a 5-star establishment. David and Jean Davidson should know: they’ve been living in the chain of (2) hotels for over 22 years. Moving from their own flat into one room might seem a strange (3) of action but the elderly pair have never looked (4) . With the cost of residential care (5) expensive, moving to a hotel seemed a reasonable alternative. With a laundry and cleaning service and no heating bills, the couple find the lifestyle both (6) and practical. They also find it safer than being at home because the staff (7) an eye on them. David and Jean say their room is spacious and comfortable with everything they need. No-one can believe quite how well it’s turned (8) . B shout
C cry
D yell
2
A
economical
B budget
C discount
D bargain
3
A
method
B course
C cause
D way
4
A
up
B away
C down
D back
5
A
prohibitively
B obligatorily
C compulsorily
D preventively
6
A
supportable
B competitive
C admissible
D affordable
7
A
watch
B leave
C keep
D see
8
A
on
B out
C off
D in
180
t
call
en
A
m
1
LISTENING PART 4 EXAM CHECK Read the information about Part 4. Put a tick (✓) if the information is correct, and correct any mistakes you find. 1
m Ca
You hear monologues from six different speakers talking about the same topic. Each monologue lasts about two minutes. You hear each monologue twice before moving on to the next one. There are two questions you must answer for each monologue and the questions are different for all speakers. There are eight answer options for each question, meaning that there are three distractors which you do not need. This task often tests your ability to identify and distinguish between the speakers’ motivation, attitude, feelings and purpose or intention.
2 3 4
ge
id
6
br
5
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
099 You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about a positive change in their lives.
For questions 6–10, choose from the list (A–H) what each speaker says caused the change to happen.
For questions 1–5, choose from the list (A–H) what each speaker says he or she was like before the change.
Co
A
somehow incomplete
B
unhappy with a relationship
C
full of self-pity
D
desperate to find a role model
E
lazy and unmotivated
F
ashamed of some of his/her choices
G
jealous of others
H
unsatisfied with his/her living conditions
Speaker 1
1
Speaker 2
2
Speaker 3 Speaker 4 Speaker 5
3 4 5
A
getting a new job
B
a motivating talk
C
economic reasons
D
a health scare
E
a new fashion
F
a change in legal status
G
a persistent colleague
H
a growing public general trend
Speaker 1
6
Speaker 2
7
Speaker 3
8
Speaker 4
9
Speaker 5
10
WRITING PART 1: AN ESSAY
Your class has had a discussion on reducing the level of consumerism in society. You have made the notes below: Consumerism: factors to consider
Some opinions expressed in the discussion:
•
greed and expectations
“There are too many unnecessary disposable items nowadays.”
•
manufacturers’ livelihood
“People used to be happier with less.” “Millions of people rely on consumerism to survive.”
t
sustainability
en
m
•
Write an essay discussing two of the factors in your notes on consumerism. You should explain which factor you think is more important, giving reasons to support your opinion. You may, if you wish, make use of the opinions expressed in the discussion, but you should use your own words as far as possible. You should write 220–260 words.
UNIT 13 LIFESTYLE CHOICES
181
m Ca
STAYING SAFE WHILST TRAVELLING br
1
2
3
4
ge
id
1 Match the holiday activities with the pictures.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
bungee jumping scuba diving sky diving mountain climbing cycling hang gliding swimming snowboarding
2 Match the chances of dying doing the activity to the
holiday activities.
Co
1 chance in … 101,083 1,750 34,400 140, 845
2,200,000 500,000
5
6
7
8
560 1,000,000
How to STAY SAFEwhile TRAVELLING
Most of us love to travel. The excitement of that early morning train ride, the arrival in a new city bustling with life – familiar but at the same time exotic. Many of us feel that being on holiday is a break with reality and the common sense we apply to our daily lives can go out of the window. We share with you our top tips on staying safe while away from home to make sure you remember your trip for all the right reasons. Do your homework
Before even booking your trip, check the latest safety advice from the government’s foreign office travel website. If the area you’re travelling to is a potential trouble spot, check the website for updates before departure. Research what other visitors have said about the safety aspects of the country or region you’re heading for. Certain types of crime are more prevalent in some places than others, so it helps to know what to look out for.
The best way to avoid losing anything precious on your travels is to leave valuable items at home. This goes for things that have sentimental value as well. You will obviously need to carry some local currency but keep it to a minimum. Don’t forget to let your bank know you will be going abroad. Save their emergency credit card ‘lost or stolen’ numbers in your phone to avoid delays in cancelling your cards if they do go missing. It goes without saying that if you do have jewellery or a good quality watch with you, keep it hidden under your clothes. Finally, don’t have the ‘it won’t happen to me’ mentality that has been the downfall of so many travellers. Travel insurance is generally fairly reasonable in price and will save you a fortune if you lose your possessions, fall sick or have an accident.
t
182
Protect your valuables
en
Part of taking a holiday may be having a break from the constant intrusion of phones, email and social media. However, your phone can be your lifeline if things go wrong. Always remember to pack an adaptor and charge your phone overnight. It is also worth buying a portable charger to carry with you just in case. Ensure you can get roaming if you need it or get a local Sim card. Spend a few minutes at the start of your trip saving the numbers of the local emergency services, a taxi service and your country’s embassy to your phone. It is also a good idea to learn a few essential phrases in the local language: ‘Help me!’ would be a good starting point.
Tourists are well known for being easy targets for scammers and thieves. Be alert at all times: criminals are on the lookout for people who look a bit disoriented. Try to blend in by dressing like the locals and keeping your camera and guide book out of sight when not in use. Be wary of unofficial ‘guides’ and ‘taxis’, especially those who try to take you to particular shops (they most likely have an ulterior motive). Don’t tell anyone you meet where you are staying or that you are travelling alone. Never accept ‘gifts’ from strangers and always tell someone where you are going. Check in with a friend or family member back home every day and let them know what they should do if they are unable to contact you.
m
Prepare your communication strategies
A little mistrust goes a long way
3 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2 3
100 Listen again and complete the sentences
8
about giving safety advice.
What kind of things can go wrong when you’re travelling? What can you do before you go and once you’re there to ensure you stay safe? Look at the section headings in the text. What advice do you think will be given in each section?
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
m Ca
4 Read the text quickly. Were your ideas mentioned? 5 Find words or phrases in the text which mean the
following: disappear common disturbance cheats secret reason important to you for personal reasons
7 8 9 10
way of thinking avoid clean reduce
8 9
ge
id
br
1 2 3 4 5 6
10
to bring a
It’s always support crew with you.
your pre-flight checks … tighten loose
At this stage, fittings …
on safety equipment. Avoid flying into bad weather . the value of the buddy system. of … having a buddy is a staying safe. As a buddy yourself, be aware of his or her equipment … You that you are familiar with the location of your buddy’s alternate air source. It is that you establish a way of communicating.
U
7
Which of the advice do you think is most useful? Can you think of any other advice to add to the list? Why do you think some people want to try potentially dangerous activities whilst on holiday?
Co
1 2 3
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
6 Work with a partner and discuss the questions.
100 You will hear two speakers giving safety advice to people who are about to take part in different extreme sports or activities. Which sport or activity is each one talking about?
Speaker 1
Speaker 2
9 Write five pieces of advice for someone travelling
abroad. Use the phrases in Exercise 8.
Take notes on the three extreme water sports.
10
Safety standards may vary
Not every country has the same standards when it comes to health and safety. Even where regulations exist, they may not be properly enforced. If taking part in risky sports or activities, do your own checks on the equipment. If in doubt, give it a miss. Download the app
swimming with sharks diving with bull sharks free-diving
WATCH
en
m
There are now a variety of apps aimed at helping you keep safe while travelling. These include apps to help you track your exposure to the sun, translate common phrases, find hygienic places to eat, locate your embassy and plan local journeys. New apps are appearing every day, so check out the ones that are most relevant to your trip.
• • •
t
Finally, remember that following these safety tips should not in any way detract from having the time of your life on holiday. Bon voyage!
ICT/LIFE COMPETENCIES N
SYNTHESISING IDEAS AND INFORMATIO
Think of a risky sport or activity you are familiar with. Research and write the text of a safety talk to give to people preparing to do the activity. UNIT 13 LIFESTYLE CHOICES
183
m Ca ge
id
br U ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
GETTING STARTED 1 2
Co
1 Work with a partner and answer the questions. What things are people commonly allergic to? Have you (or anyone you know) ever had an allergic reaction to something? If so, did the symptoms include: • an itchy or runny nose? • shortness of breath or wheezing? • swollen lips or tongue? • stomach pain or vomiting? • a skin rash or eczema?
LISTENING
INFERRING ATTITUDE
1 Do a class survey to find out the following. Do you
think the results are representative of people in your country?
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Decide whether the following statements are
facts (F) or myths (M). 1 2 3 4
184
1 2 3
a Avocados cost more than they should. b Avocados may be able to improve the man’s health. a It is natural that children dislike sprouts. b Children should be gently encouraged to eat sprouts. a There is a lot of expert health advice available related to diet but the experts don’t tell the truth. b There is a lot of dubious and conflicting advice when it comes to what we should and shouldn’t eat, and I don’t trust it.
t
7
best expresses what the speaker is saying. What key words and expressions helped you decide?
en
6
101 Listen to the extracts. Choose the option which
2
m
5
Roughly one in four people are allergic to something. Due to advances in healthcare and hygiene, allergies are becoming less common. Allergies can be life-threatening, as well as life-altering. Children often grow out of food allergies, especially to soy, milk and wheat. Sensitivity and intolerance mean the same as allergy. For someone with a food allergy, even a tiny trace of the allergen can trigger an allergic reaction. It is possible to be allergic to water and to sunlight.
dietary habits – carnivore, vegetarian or vegan the favourite meal/dish the least favourite food type the most popular soft drink the most popular dessert who can cook who thinks they eat a balanced diet
102 Now listen to three dialogues and choose the correct answers.
3 1
m Ca
When speaking about blueberries, the woman says that she a was misled by claims made about the extent of their health benefits. b resents being misinformed that she was likely to benefit from eating them. c is frustrated that they can be classed as superfoods without scientific evidence.
3
How does the man feel about the health and safety training he has just received? a pleased that the training was over b grateful that the trainer explained things so well c optimistic that he will be able to make use of what he learnt How does the woman feel about her new fitness app? a envious that others have had more success with it than her b sceptical about whether it will really make a difference c frustrated with herself for buying it on impulse
br
GRAMMAR
2
REVIEW (1)
id
1 Choose the correct option to complete the sentences 1
ge
from this unit.
2
4
5
6
7
8
Why
sleep may be the
best medicine
Imagine how you feel if there was a treatment available which could make you more attractive, enhance your memory, protect you from cancer and dementia, lower your risk of strokes and heart attacks and make you feel happier and less anxious. Well, that might sound too good to be true, a treatment, believe it or not, does exist. And it’s free. It’s called sleep. Or, to put it another way, sleeping less than eight hours a night makes you vulnerable to a range of illnesses from diabetes to Alzheimer’s. Not only a lack of sleep reduce your fertility, but it can also increase your chances dying in a car accident, make you hungrier and less intelligent. If you find yourself waking up and feeling groggy, you are not alone. Even you have had enough sleep, you may still feeling below par. And that’s because the quality of sleep is just as important as the quantity. So here are some tips.
1 Aim for total darkness. Any form of light such as a TV standby light affects your body clock even your eyes are closed. 2 Don’t boxset-binge. Screen time just before bed disrupts the body’s rhythms, making harder for you to sleep. 3 Ditch the weekend lie-in. Tempting it is, sleeping in late on Saturday doesn’t actually up for the sleep you lost during the week, so try not.
UNIT 14 LOOKING AFTER YOURSELF
t
en
10
make although be can ’d if it of such as to if
m
9
Co
3
words where needed.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
vital that you prepare this fish properly It’s because if not done so correctly, it can be poisonous. a extremely b absolutely something It’s easier to snack than it is healthy. a cooking b to cook Only after she was diagnosed with a life-threatening disease understand why she had been poorly for such a long time. a she did b did she the one telling her friends to After years of eat more of this or less of that, she’s now been told by her doctor that she needs to cut down on sugar or she is at risk of obesity and diabetes. a she was b her being Take blueberries – they’re to keep down the blood pressure of post-menopausal women. b told a said ignorant of the side effects of this It’s so easy medicine, such as loss of appetite, if you don’t read the small print. a to be b being If the physiotherapy hadn’t worked, I think needed surgery on my knee. a I wouldn’t have b I’d have I am going to prepare more nutritious meals and I expect you to do . a so b likewise Many nutritionists believe that by 2040 we will insects in order to get enough protein in our diet. a have eaten b be eating lemon juice My grandmother recommends and honey tea for a sore throat. a to drink b drinking
2 Proofread the blog post and add in the following
185
VOCABULARY
3 Use the word in capitals at the end of some lines to
form a new word which fits the gap in each line.
WORD FAMILIES RELATING TO HEALTH
LOOKING OUT
m Ca
for your ELDERLY RELATIVES
ge
id
br 1 Choose the correct word from each pair to complete
U
the sentences.
EXPECT
DEPRESS PHYSICAL
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
poor/poorly diet and low life 1 The links between expectancy are well established. 2 I was feeling this morning and had to phone in sick, but I’m hoping to be back tomorrow.
Ever-increasing life (1) means that more of us have elderly relatives, and also that they are living longer and longer. So what can we do to ensure that our loved ones have the best possible quality of life? As many older people experience (2) , it is important to visit and talk to them regularly in order to keep their spirits up. It’s a good idea to help them stay (3) active, for example taking them for a walk. Remember that the more mobile they are, the less likely they are to have a fall, as falls account for a high proportion of the (4) that elderly people sustain. It’s also worth checking that your relative is eating plenty of (5) square meals, as well as enough fruit and vegetables. Elderly people also run the risk of getting (6) by not taking in enough fluid, so do encourage them to eat and drink well. Dementia is often thought to be a natural part of the (7) process, but in actual fact it can be caused by a number of things, such as an adverse reaction to medication, or through getting an (8) . If you suspect that your family member is becoming (9) , it is advisable to encourage them to seek help sooner rather than later. Refer them to the local pharmacy or (10) if necessary. Remember, old age awaits us all, so let’s give our relatives the quality of life that we hope to have when we too are old.
nutritional/nutritious as people believe, 3 Not all cereals are as with many containing high levels of sugar. 4 Food manufacturers are required to print information (such as levels of protein and carbohydrates) on the packaging of all food products.
obese/obesity 5 I am slightly overweight, but I’m not actually . among young children are a 6 Rising levels of cause of concern for health professionals across the country. poisoned/poisonous 7 Puffer fish have skin, and eating one can be fatal if they are not cooked properly. 8 In the story of Snow White, the wicked queen attempts to murder her by giving her a apple.
poor (adj), poorly (adj), impoverished (adj), poverty (noun), the poor (noun), impoverish (v), poorly (adv)
186
AGE
INFECT POOR SURGEON
4 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2 3
t
2 For each pair of words in Exercise 1, think of other parts of speech (verb/noun/adjective/adverb) for the word family. One pair has no other parts of speech.
HYDRATE
en
surgeon/surgery . 11 My long-term goal is to get a job as a heart 12 It’s quickest to pop round to the pharmacy rather than try and get an appointment at the .
NUTRITION
m
allergies/allergens 9 Customers are advised to speak to a waiter if they to any foods. have present in 10 Please be advised that there are many of the restaurant’s dishes.
INJURE
Do you think we do enough as a society to look after the elderly population? Due to increased life expectancy in many countries, should the retirement age be raised? More and more people are having cosmetic surgery to fight the effects of the aging process. How do you feel about that? Would you consider cosmetic surgery at some point in your life?
SPEAKING PART 2
TRAINING
103 Look at the following photos and then listen to the
1
examiner explain the exam task to the two candidates. Answer the questions. Note that you will not hear the candidates’ answers.
answer the questions. Try to use words and expressions for speculating from Exercise 3.
1
1
2
3
m Ca
2 3 4
br
1
Complete the two questions Candidate A must spend one minute answering. I’d like you to compare two of the pictures and say (1A) and (2A) . What is the follow-up question that Candidate B must answer? (1B) Look at all three photos. Do you think it is possible to be certain of exactly what is happening in each one?
What do you think is happening in each picture? Why might these situations be stressful? What could the people in the pictures do to make the situation less stressful? Which situation would you find the most stressful?
5 Work in groups of three. Take turns being
the examiner and the different candidates and practise the exam task from Exercise 1. Try to use words and expressions for speculating from Exercise 3.
1
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
3
ge
id
2
104 Listen to various candidates answering the questions from Exercise 1. Complete the table.
Co
2
4 In pairs, look at the photos below and
SPEAKER
PICTURE NUMBER (1–3)
1 2 3
QUESTION NUMBER (1A, 2A, 1B)
2
4 5
104 Listen again and complete the expressions used for
3
speculating about the pictures and questions. 1 2 3 4
t
9
en
6 7 8
, the photo shows … be looking for abnormalities … clear, but my would be that they are checking … well be simply … but equally they comparing the prices … by the fact that the woman’s finger is touching the device, I’m that she is measuring …. My is that she is diabetic … that these kinds of checks … I would … the fact that she is able to administer them herself that, in all , we are not looking at a medical emergency. they are In this picture, they don’t look particularly concerned so I would that what they are checking is …
m
5
As far as I can She It’s not
UNIT 14 LOOKING AFTER YOURSELF
187
VOCABULARY HEALTH 1 Choose the correct option to complete
the sentences. 1
m Ca
When you’re ill and visit a doctor, they’ll usually ask in order to make a diagnosis. about your a symptoms b results c evidence of breath when you’re It’s natural to get running if you suffer from asthma. b low c short a limited If you sit in the same position for a long time, your joints are likely to become , and stretching can help you feel more comfortable if this happens. a fixed b hard c stiff Gran has made a full recovery after her operation and is being from hospital tomorrow. a discharged b dismissed c disinfected on my intake of fatty I’ve been advised to cut food such as cakes. b down c from a away effects of this medicine is that it One of the may make you feel drowsy. a side b top c bottom of back My doctors are aware that I have a problems going back several years now. a past b history c time
2
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
lose your lifeblood terminal sore balanced body runny
A B C D E F G H
throat threatening diet clock appetite nose pressure illness
3 Choose a phrase from Exercise 2 to complete the
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
7
Co
6
U
5
ge
id
br
3
2 Match the words to make phrases from this unit.
questions.
1
2
3
4
5
6
, Is there anything that makes you for example feeling nervous before an exam? Does your find it easy to readjust if you’ve been on holiday somewhere in a different time zone? Do you know anyone with a severe allergy which can be considered ? Is it worth looking online to see what to do about a minor condition such as a or a ? , What kind of activities can raise a person’s and is this a good or a bad thing? Is there anything that you should consume more or less of in order to have a properly ?
4 Work with a partner and answer the questions in
Exercise 3.
PUSH YOURSELF C2 HEALTH IDIOMS
3 4 5
What happened on Saturday morning? What health issues has Anita’s grandmother been suffering from? How is she now? How has the fact that she is retired affected her health? What does Anita expect to happen soon?
2 3 4 5 6
Before being hospitalised, Anita’s grandmother had been feeling the weather. After not eating or drinking properly, her condition took a for the . door, but On Saturday, she was worried that she was at she is now alive and . the habit of eating She was warned by her doctor to chocolate, but found this advice a bitter to . of her Having been a nurse, she is now being given a own . , which Anita and Dan are very She is certainly on the pleased about.
t
1 2
1
en
discussing Anita’s grandmother and answer the questions.
105 Listen again and complete the summary by writing one word in each gap.
m
105 Listen to Anita and Dan
1
2
3 Work with a partner. Write definitions for the phrases in Exercise 2.
188
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 4 TRAINING 1 Match the phrases and structures which have the same or similar meanings. as a consequence supposedly none of your business there has been a drop in put at risk nothing like as (adjective) as it doesn’t make much difference there’s no chance that immediately after I never considered
m Ca
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
nothing to do with you it didn’t occur to me be put in jeopardy it has little effect on much (comparative adjective) than it is said that this led to this has fallen no sooner … than it’s highly unlikely
ge
id
br
A B C D E F G H I J
2 Complete the Part 4 exam task below, using the phrases you matched in Exercise 1.
You may need to change some words.
4
5
6
Lack of sleep was adversely affecting me in ways I’d never considered before. OCCURRED . The negative effects of my lack of sleep Over the last year, there was a dramatic drop in the number of cases of asthma. DRAMATICALLY the last The number of cases of asthma twelve months. Immediately after his condition was diagnosed, he was sent for emergency surgery. SOONER No than he was sent for emergency surgery. There’s little chance that the hospital will discharge her this afternoon. UNLIKELY by the hospital this afternoon. It’s I’ve been taking vitamin supplements but my energy level hasn’t changed much. EFFECT my The vitamin supplements I’ve been taking energy level.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
3
Supposedly, facilities in this hospital are the best of anywhere. SAID It hospital with better facilities than this one. As a consequence of the traffic jam, we missed our dental appointment. LED There was a traffic jam, our dental appointment. The results of my medical tests are nothing to do with you. BUSINESS It my medical test results are. I was much sicker yesterday than I am today. AS yesterday. I’m nothing Lack of regular exercise can put your health at risk. JEOPARDY by lack of regular exercise. Your health
Co
2
U
1
7
8
9
10
3 Each question in the Part 4 task is worth two marks
5 6 7
t
4
changing the form of the given word writing more than six words in the gaps using the wrong tense or part of speech for key information forgetting to include information or a key word from the first sentence writing an answer in the active which should be in the passive form incorrectly spelling a word in your answer incorrect word order
en
1 2 3
m
in the exam. Look at the categories of mistakes that candidates doing this task often lose marks through. Did you make any of these mistakes when you did the task in Exercise 2?
UNIT 14 LOOKING AFTER YOURSELF
189
GRAMMAR
3 Complete the article on staying healthy by writing
one suitable word in each gap.
REVIEW (2)
BREATHING AND RELAXATION TECHNIQUES
A
m Ca
Thank you for visiting my website. A place to be calm. To find peace. Let me share with you two of my favourite techniques developing a sense of wellbeing. (1)
ge
id
br
B
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
C
1
106 Listen to three people talking about things
they do to stay healthy and look after themselves. Match the speakers with the pictures. 2
106 Complete the extracts with a single word.
There may be more than one possible answer. Then listen again and check your answers.
PROGRESSIVE MUSCLE RELAXATION This is a process in (7) you consciously and deliberately tense and then relax different muscle groups throughout your body. With practice, it can give you familiarity with (8) tension feels like in different areas. What should soon become apparent is that as each muscle group relaxes, so will your mind. • Close your eyes, and focus all your attention on your right foot, squeezing (9) muscle in it, for ten seconds. • Then relax your foot. Allow the tension to go away, and concentrate on (10) your foot feels as it becomes limp again. • Repeat these steps on other muscle groups throughout the body. Try not to tense any muscles (11) than those intended. • Once you have finished, lie still for a while, then open your eyes and stretch (12) necessary.
t
en
m
Speaker 1: a machine, that I see my body requires the correct fuel and needs regular maintenance it is to avoid breaking down. a result, I am extremely careful with I eat. I plan and prepare all my own meals, trying to ensure that I only buy the freshest ingredients and that meal has a good balance of the nutrients that a body needs. Speaker 2: , or hanging out I love having my hair or nails with friends and getting makeovers. We had a massage to start with, was out of this world. Neither I my mum had had one before, and so we had no idea to expect. Speaker 3: The first time I tried it, I have to admit, it was really hard. I feel comfortable. The first two At no point minutes were the most difficult – I just wanted to get out of as fast I could. really relaxes my But on top of that, I find mind. It’s a real mental effort to sit still in freezing water, just focusing on my breathing, almost like meditation. When I get out, I be shivering, but I feel rejuvenated, like my brain has rebooted.
190
DEEP BREATHING This is a great way to release stress, and while apps, books, courses and much more are available to get you going, (2) you really need is to set aside a few minutes each day. Try these tips: • Sit yourself upright, then place (3) hand on your chest, and the other on your stomach, breathing in through your nose, and then out through your mouth. • The hand on your chest should rise noticeably, whereas the hand on your stomach should hardly move (4) all. • Let your breath flow as deep down into your belly as (5) comfortable, but without forcing it. • Some people find (6) helpful to count steadily from 1 to 5 each time, in order to achieve a steady rhythm.
4 Work with a partner and answer the questions. 1 2
Which forms of relaxation mentioned in this section have you tried or would like to try? Give reasons. More and more people are suffering from stress these days. Why do you think this is the case?
WRITING PART 2: A PROPOSAL
TRAINING
1 Look at the pictures of spa treatments. Which do you think you would enjoy?
m Ca id
br ge
2 Look at the Part 2 exam task below, then complete the candidate’s
answer with the discourse markers from the box.
Co
Write your proposal.
in Exercise 2 can be used for the following purposes: 1 2 3 4 5 6
to state your personal opinion to ask for something to be done to give a small selection of examples to say that something is not the case to mention a result you want to achieve to mention something the reader probably knows about to say that a statement results from a previous statement
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
You have been asked to organise a one-day event at a hotel spa to promote healthy living for your company. Write a proposal for your manager, outlining the benefits this would have for the company employees, and explaining what additional help would be needed to organise the day.
3 Decide which of the discourse markers
Proposal for a staff spa day
, a substantial majority of respondents in last month’s (1) staff survey reported not getting enough exercise, as well as experiencing high levels of stress. (2) , I would like to propose a day at a spa for company staff, which I would like to organise and which I believe is in the interests of the whole workforce. Practicalities and benefits
The ideal location for this, (3) , would be the Golden Dawn Spa. (4) is it close to the office, but there is also ample parking, making it easily accessible. The spa has wideranging facilities, (5) a hot tub, a gym, a meditation zone and a steam room. This means that the activities staff could do would not be limited to physical exercise; (6) they could focus on their emotional and psychological wellbeing too. This could, (7) staff who choose to continue the activities in the future, lead to lower levels of stress when they return to work, and enhanced performance.
the following grammar structures in the sample answer.
1 2 3 4 5 6
passive inversion participle clause second conditional defining relative clause non-defining relative clause
5 Now write your own answer, using
some of the discourse markers from Exercise 2 and some of the grammar structures from Exercise 4.
t
en
(8) the day to go ahead, a budget would need to be allocated for this. Owing to the substantial number of employees we have, it is likely that the entire spa would need to be reserved. (9) someone from the Business Management Team could be engaged to discuss this with the hotel, who, (10) , may be open to providing us with preferential rates.
4 Find at least one example of each of
m
Organising the event
7
Not only Accordingly In order for if all goes well on the contrary, As you may recall especially in the case of as far as I am concerned It would be appreciated if including but not limited to
UNIT 14 LOOKING AFTER YOURSELF
191
EXAM FOCUS SPEAKING PART 2
m Ca
EXAM CHECK
Read the information about Part 2 and decide if the statements are true or false. Each candidate takes turns to talk about photos for one minute. They must answer a question and discuss three photos. The question requires the candidate to compare and speculate about the photos in relation to a specific question. After the first candidate has finished, the second candidate briefly answers a different question about the photos. After this, the roles are reversed and the second candidate will answer a different question about different photos. In total, this part of the exam takes about two minutes.
ge
id
br
1 2 3 4 5 6
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U Student A: I’d like you to compare two of the pictures and say why the people might have chosen the activities, and how the children in these learning situations might be feeling.
Co
Student B: Which of these situations do you think would be most relaxing?
WRITING PART 2: A PROPOSAL EXAM CHECK Answer the questions. 1
Write your proposal in 220–260 words.
t
192
en
3
m
2
What is the difference between a report and a proposal? Should you use headings to organise the ideas in a proposal? Which of the following language functions are often needed for a proposal? a recommendations b suggestions persuasion and justification c d evaluation (e.g. advantages and disadvantages)
You work for the human resources department of an international company. Your line manager has asked you to write a proposal suggesting activities which could help improve the health and well-being of its staff. Write a proposal to your manager describing two different activities and explaining how they could improve the staff’s general health and well-being. Your proposal should also outline how providing such activities would benefit the company.
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH PART 4 EXAM CHECK Read the information about Part 4. Put a tick (✓) if you think it is right and correct any mistakes you find. 1
m Ca
2
Each question contains three parts: a complete sentence, a key word in bold capitals, and a second sentence of which only the beginning and end are given. Candidates have to fill the gap in the second sentence so that when it is completed, it is similar in meaning to the complete first sentence. The gap in the second sentence requires between two and five words. One of the words used to complete the second sentence must be the key word in bold. They key word can be changed to a different part of speech, e.g. from a noun to an adverb. Each question is worth three marks so you can still get a point if you make a mistake. If you use a contraction (e.g. don’t), it counts as one word.
ge
id
br
3 4 5 6 7
1
3
When the doctor said to me that I was ready to be discharged, I was really surprised. WHEN by the doctor that I was ready to be I couldn’t discharged. If the concert is cancelled, we’ll get a refund. EVENT off, we’ll get a refund. In the Obviously, it was a mistake that I overslept. SAYING have overslept. It goes
Co
2
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given. 4
5
6
The pharmacist didn’t clarify if the pills are suitable for children. IT not the pills are suitable for The pharmacist didn’t children. I don’t know if I’d have got better without that operation. BEEN that operation, I don’t know if I’d have got If it better. Next week, the dentist will be extracting my tooth. TAKEN the dentist next week. I’m
t
en
m UNIT 14 LOOKING AFTER YOURSELF
193
m Ca
DISCUSSING FOOD PREPARATION
A
br
B
id
1 Work in groups. Match the ideas (1–5) with the pictures (A–E)
and then complete the sentences with the correct food.
5
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
4
Co
3
The most commonly stolen food is . In fact around 4% of all that is made gets stolen, much of which ends up being sold on the black market. Although these days people will pay top dollar for it in high-end restaurants, used to be so cheap that it was considered the food of the poor. In fact, there were laws for how much of it prisoners could be fed, as too much was considered cruel. It is actually possible to hear growing. Placing it in a dark place such as a shed makes it grow so fast that popping noises can be heard as it stretches. can’t be overcooked, as their cell walls contain a special polymer which ensures that they remain tender. Large groups of can spontaneously combust. This is because they naturally take in oxygen and release carbon dioxide, and are prone to self-heating. For safety, they need to be kept at the right temperature, pressure and humidity levels on ocean voyages.
U
2
C
ge
1
2 Read the introduction to the article and then in groups of
five, each choose a country to read about. You have two minutes to memorise the information.
D
E
CHAD In Chad, as in other African countries, markets form a focal point for communities, meaning that much food produce is fresh and free from additives, preservatives and unnecessary saturated fats and salt. These ingredients increase the risk of chronic diseases such as strokes and Type 2 diabetes, and are common in processed foods. Chadian specialities include boule, a thick porridge made with grains such as maize. Local produce includes okra, mutton and mangoes, all of which are rich in vital nutrients.
m
194
t
We’re all well aware of the importance of a healthy diet. So why not seek inspiration from around the world to get you in the mood for healthy eating?
en
THE WORLD’S HEALTHIEST CUISINES
SPAIN One major reason for Spain’s population having such a long life expectancy is the portion control exercised by the Spanish when dining. Tapas is a common form of eating: a range of different dishes are on the table, which diners sample at their leisure without rushing. The high-fibre diets include plenty of beans, oily fish and seafood, all of which are superstars when it comes to weight control and general wellbeing.
ISRAEL The staple elements of Israeli cuisine are much like their counterparts in other Mediterranean countries – legumes, eggplant and olive oil. The careful spicing adds distinctive flavours and also helps boost the metabolism and aid digestion. The nutritional benefits of Israeli favourites like mint (used in salads and drinks) include a boost in vitamins A and C.
3 Describe to your group the cuisine you read about
107 Listen to Wojciech Ozga, a Polish chef, talking
8
WITHOUT reading off the page. Make notes on what your groups say about the following: • •
about making bigos. Answer the questions. 1
the five countries’ popular foodstuffs effects of these on health
2 3 4 5 6
4 Which of these national cuisines appeals to you
most? Why?
m Ca
5 Match the words and phrases in bold in the article
with the definitions.
107 Listen again and complete the extracts with cooking verbs. Then decide what each one means.
9
the opposite of equivalents contains a lot of feeling like immediately think of in a position of importance, leading
br
PHRASES YOU MIGHT HEAR/USE
id
1
ge
1 2 3 4 5 6
2
U
6 Read the text again. Note down words/phrases/
have a national dish? How typical is it of the cuisine of your country?
Co
7 Does your country
the It’s actually best to start off by cabbage under a cold tap. Then you it for a couple of minutes, then it and the water for later. My preference is to use game meat like venison because it adds to the flavour. You the meat so it’s in cubes. some butter into a pan, then the meat with some onion. It’s also good to it at this stage with salt and pepper, and I find that garlic and bay leaves really the flavour like nothing else. Then in the cabbage and the cabbage water that you saved earlier and the mixture. and then the heat and let it for at least 30 minutes but up to an hour and a half if you have time. It goes really well with dark bread, which you can in so it the sauce.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
collocations related to food that you think will be worth recording in your vocabulary list. seek inspiration from chronic disease
What does he say about bigos being Poland’s national dish? Which vegetable is the main ingredient? How is bigos often translated into English? Which meat does he recommend to make bigos with? What sized pieces of the meat should be used? How does Wojciech like to enhance the taste of bigos?
3
4
WATCH
Watch the video about street food from around the world. Make notes on the different street foods mentioned.
t
en
VIETNAM Fresh, light and tasty are some of the words that spring to mind when speaking of Vietnamese cuisine. Herbs and chilli feature strongly, both of which infuse dishes with healthenhancing nutrients and delicious flavour. Vietnamese noodles are rice-based, making them easier to digest than their gluten based counterparts in other parts of the world. Side dishes containing peppers, chicken or pork are often added, based on individual preference. These ingredients fight inflammation and, along with the dining style, aid portion control.
10
m
SWEDEN Sweden places good diets at the forefront of its public health crusades. Contrary to what you might expect of a country renowned for its nutrition, the Swedish diet isn’t actually all that high in fresh fruit and vegetables. Instead, it is rich in dark breads, berries, fish and dairy products, many of which are laden with fibre and antioxidants, which combine to help burn off fat. The Swedes are also big on animal welfare – meat and dairy products come from animals that have eaten well during their lives, thus passing valuable nutrients on to the consumers.
LIFE COMPETENCIES TAKING CONTROL OF LEARNING Go online and search for a YouTube video of someone preparing a UK national dish. Then share it with your class. UNIT 14 LOOKING AFTER YOURSELF
195
PROGRESS CHECK 5 NOMINALISATION
1 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box in
3 Complete the text with nouns made from the words
m Ca
MENTAL PROCESSES the correct form.
in the box.
3
7 8
analyse construct decide explain investigate transform Today, the Mayor of Beechen announced the (1) taken by the city authorities to finally begin work on a brand new airport for the city. An extensive (2) by Beechen Municipal Authority into possible locations for the airport identified the site to the east of the ring road as being the most suitable location. (3) of the terminal is expected to take around six years, leading critics of the scheme to demand an (4) as to why it will take so long. A spokesperson for the mayor stated that a detailed (5) of the site must first be undertaken, in order to assess any effect on wildlife in the area. She added that she was confident that an airport would complete the (6) of Beechen from a provincial town into a major regional hub.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
6
Co
5
U
4
ge
2
what my life will I find it almost impossible to be like in five years’ time. Governments agree that the issue of climate change must be a priority. One of her favourite ways to after a stressful day at the office is by doing sudoku. Arguably the company’s chief executive was slow to the seriousness of the difficulties the firm was facing. When life presents what seems like a difficulty, try to the opportunity it provides for personal growth. I’m a nervous flier, and always flights over the ocean, even though I know it’s the safest way to travel. Sometimes I spend more time about my next holiday than actually concentrating on my job! We’d like to collect some feedback from you now to help us the course and plan any changes for next year.
id
1
br
daydream envisage unwind grasp dread embrace evaluate tackle
MOOD AND FEELINGS
4 Match the sentence halves. 1 2
PARTICIPLE AND TO + INFINITIVE CLAUSES
3
2 Form either a present participle, a past participle or
4
a to + infinitive clause with the verb in brackets to complete the sentences.
5
1
2
6
196
E F
from sending in any further applications. what we eat – as long as we have something soon! to be nominated for the Best Student Actor award. to add to my workload by taking on a new project at this stage. that the planet is heading towards a catastrophe which should be avoidable. of everything you’ve done – I don’t know how I’d have managed without you!
t
5
A B C D
en
4
6
m
3
I visited Mombasa last month, and there for a few years as a child, it was easy to find my way around. (live) I never thought that the task of a list of my ten favourite albums of all time would prove so tricky. (compile) Whenever I go to parties I can usually be found with other guests in the kitchen. (mingle) the cousin she had never met, she was now in a position to meet the rest of her family for the first time. (trace) It seems absolutely pointless for manufacturers food products with the phrase ‘may contain traces of allergens’. (label) We spent the majority of the afternoon videos of dancing kittens. (view)
I’m absolutely starving, so I’m honestly not bothered You’ve been so kind to me, and I’m really appreciative It’s been such a hectic few weeks that I’m rather reluctant Scientists from all disciplines are becoming increasingly concerned Having heard that she hadn’t got the promotion, Louisa felt discouraged Having had very little on-stage experience, Lindon was absolutely thrilled
SAFETY AND RISK
IT AND THERE CLAUSES
5 Correct the text by replacing the five incorrect
7 Complete the sentences with it or there.
prepositions with the correct ones.
m Ca
Don’t eat these biscuits – they might contain soya! You mustn’t buy that T-shirt – it might be bad for the environment! Didn’t you know that our planet is below threat because of selfish humans like you!? What?! You’ve just bought an air ticket! How very reckless with you – I hope you are offsetting your emissions somehow! It seems that we can’t do anything these days without exposing ourselves at some danger, whether real or imagined. Social media allows fake news, such as exaggerated claims about the threat by supposedly unsafe brands of shampoo, to spread like wildfire. It seems that you can’t leave your home without being at serious danger, whether it’s from traffic fumes or crime.
ge
id
br
ADJECTIVE + NOUN COLLOCATIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8
U
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
6 Identify which of the adjectives in the box can be
used in both sentence A and B. There are more adjectives than you need.
Co
ultimate burning pointless overwhelming false vain utmost crowning 1
2
3
4
8 Complete each gap with another word formed from
the ones in the box.
obese press threaten allergy surgery balance charge run join poison
1
My great aunt takes a pill every day to raise her blood pressure , which is lower than it should be.
2
situation and you don’t need If it’s not a lifeurgent medical treatment, please consider other alternatives before contacting the emergency services. I’m going to have to take a day off sick because I have a nose, as well as stiff . could be The increasing rate of childhood reversed if kids had a more active lifestyle and a more diet. who performed the operation says she The hopes she’ll be able to Dad from hospital today. At first I thought I must have eaten something I was to, but now the doctor reckons I got food from seafood which wasn’t properly cooked.
3
4
5
6
t
en
a Driving all the way to the stadium turned out to be a exercise because by the time we arrived, the match had been cancelled. b I’ve always considered public firework displays to be a waste of money. Why don’t they just donate it to charity instead? I have the a respect for Professor Kiely, but I disagree with her about some aspects of evolutionary theory. b New drivers must exercise the caution when using motorways for the first time. a For most mobile phone customers, the issue at the end of the day is simply cost. b From the moment Beryl joined the company, she had a ambition to one day be running it herself. a Putting locks on your windows gives a sense of security, as a burglar could easily break in anyway. b It looked as if the economy would recover, but it turned out to be a dawn, and the country slipped further into recession. a Moreford City captain Vincent Delmoto scored three goals in his side’s victory over Dunwell United, which they won 5–1. b Opinion polls show that the President still has the support of the voters.
HEALTH
m
5
’s no point spending money that you simply haven’t got. I want to make absolutely clear that I had no idea money had disappeared from the till. ’s no knowing what will happen in tomorrow’s semi-final. You’ve been working all day. Give yourself a break. You owe to yourself. if you could keep the We’d really appreciate noise down a bit please. ’s no good worrying about what went wrong yesterday – concentrate on what you can do better tomorrow. In the afternoon, is a chance of light rain, but it should clear up by the evening. Don’t you hate when you bump into someone you’ve met before, but you can’t remember their name?
PROGRESS CHECK 5
197
E C N E R E F E R R A M GRAM STARTER
m Ca
PAST AND PERFECT TENSES REVIEW
br
PAST SIMPLE, PAST CONTINUOUS, PAST PERFECT SIMPLE AND PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
PRACTICE
ge
id
The most commonly used tense to talk about the past is the past simple. We use it to describe: • actions or events in the past The two music fan clubs established a close rapport after the big charity concert. • actions or events which happened one after another The student representative welcomed the audience, then gave a speech. • things which happened over a long period in the past. ln the time she was at university, she excelled in her chosen courses. We use the past continuous to describe: • an action in progress at a moment in the past: It was 6 o’clock and the rain was falling hard. • an activity in progress in the past interrupted by another event in the past (past simple): The rapper was talking to the audience about his new album when the microphone inexplicably stopped working. We use the past perfect simple when we need to make it clear that one past event or action happened before another event or action in the past (we use the past simple for the more recent event): The local council fined the students because they had dumped their rubbish on the lawn in front of the hall of residence. We also use the past perfect continuous to describe something which happened before another event or action in the past, but the emphasis is on an extended, continuous or repeated activity: Steve and Louise had been having relationship problems for months, so it was no surprise when they finally split up. The present perfect simple and present perfect continuous are both used to describe past events or actions that affect the present. The two tenses are often very similar in their usage, and in many situations both are possible. However, there are some differences:
1 Complete the gaps with verbs in the
present or past perfect simple. Where a continuous version fits, use it instead of the simple form. 1
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
(copy) her She friend’s work for over a year, before one of her teachers found out. The tsunami completely destroyed the bungalow where they (stay) just two days before. It was only after she had arrived that she realised she (forget) to bring her phone charger. You are looking very sweaty. (you do) exercise this morning? I (repair) the gears on my mountain bike, so I can’t come with you until I’ve had a shower. They (drive) for most of the morning, when they decided to stop off and have a picnic lunch. They (go) backpacking to India twice this year. Each visit was a disaster because of the foul weather.
•
•
6
7
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
• • •
•
Note: For all the above tenses, note that we generally don’t use the continuous form with verbs which describe states or emotions (e.g. know, hate, understand, want).
198
5
emphasises the action: They’ve been studying so hard. They must be exhausted. often emphasises that the action is incomplete: I’ve been doing homework all night but still haven’t finished. may give the idea that something is temporary: We have both been doing part-time jobs over the Christmas period, but we go back to university next week. is used for repeated actions without a specific duration: I’ve been listening to that album every day.
t
•
4
en
•
emphasises the result: They’ve studied hard so they deserve to pass the exam. often focuses on an activity being complete: I’ve done all the homework, so I’m going to see my friends. may give the idea that something is permanent: He’s been a police officer all his life. is used for repeated actions if we want to say how many times an action has been repeated: I’ve listened to that new album every day this week.
3
m
PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE
2
FUTURE TENSES PRESENT CONTINUOUS FOR THE FUTURE
We use will to talk about: • decisions or offers made at the time of speaking and for promises about the future. The car is so filthy after that long trip. I’ll take it to the car wash later today. (future intention) Those cases must weigh a ton! I’ll carry them upstairs for you. (offer) I don’t have time today, but I can assure you I will finish it tomorrow. (promise) • predictions about the future. These sentences often include words and phrases such as I think, probably, in all probability, maybe, perhaps, it’s likely that, there is little prospect of that, sure. I’m sure you will pass your driving test. Maybe they’ll arrive a little later tonight.
We use the present continuous to talk about: • future arrangements. This is similar to be going to for future plans and intentions, but generally indicates that something has been agreed with someone else. My mother is having major heart surgery next week. My sister and I are heading to a music festival this weekend.
m Ca
WILL/SHALL
ge
id
br
U
We use the present simple to talk about: • a scheduled or arranged event at a known time in the future. My flight leaves at 11.30 this morning. The university term starts at the beginning of October. • the future after a time phrase, especially in conditional sentences. As soon as I graduate, I’ll definitely start applying for jobs.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
We can also use shall for decisions, offers, and promises but not for predictions. Those cases must weigh a ton! Shall I carry them upstairs for you? I’m sure you will pass your driving test (NOT: I’m sure you shall pass your driving test.). We mainly use shall for offers to express the idea to the listener of Do you want to …? Compare the following: Shall we go and see that new Marvel movie? (= Do you want to go and see that new Marvel movie?) Will we go and see that new Marvel movie? (= Do you think this will happen?)
PRESENT SIMPLE TO TALK ABOUT THE FUTURE
BE GOING TO + INFINITIVE
1 Choose the correct option. 1 2 3 4
5
The last flight this evening departs/is departing shortly before midnight. They are having/have a reunion meal this evening. It’s been ten years since they were at university together. I think quite a large group of people participates/is participating in the cultural event on Saturday. The premiere of the film starts/is starting at eight, so we should get there well before that to see the stars on the red carpet. What career are you going to pursue when you finish/ are finishing university?
2 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes.
1 2 3 4
I thought I heard a noise in the basement. Will I go and see what caused it? I’m confident that we meet up again in the near future. Shall you always love me even when I’m old and grey? A: I am so sorry. I dropped the salad bowl as I was taking it out of the cupboard and it smashed on the floor. B: No problem. I get a pan and brush to sweep up the pieces. It’s coming up to 10 o’clock. You are going to be late for the lecture. Remember that the trains are on strike this week, so we’ll drive to work.
t
en
m
Use be going to to talk about: • future intentions or plans that have already been decided before we speak. This contrasts with will, which is used for future intentions decided at the moment of speaking. Compare: I’m going to have a staycation this summer. (= I had already decided this before I said it.) A: The new PlayStation is available to buy online. B: Oh, is it? I will get online and buy it this evening. (= I have just decided to go online and buy it.) • predictions, especially if we have evidence now to support the prediction: It’s going to snow. It’s minus two degrees and the sky is completely overcast. Note: in informal spoken English you may hear people use gonna instead of going to. However, it should not be used when writing: I’m gonna going to order a delicious takeaway for us tonight.
PRACTICE
5 6
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
199
UNIT 1 QUESTION FORMS
m Ca
There are several ways of asking questions: • Direct questions with a question word as the object When did you start snowboarding? • Direct questions with a question word as the subject Who taught you all your highly developed IT skills? • Negative questions Isn’t it normal to offer a seat to an elderly person in a bus? • Hypothetical questions What would you do if you found a wallet full of cash? • Either/Or questions When or where did you meet your new partner? • Indirect questions with a question word Would you mind telling me when exactly you were born? • Indirect Yes/No questions with if/whether/whether or not Could you tell me whether or not you want to get married? • Tag questions You are a black belt at judo, aren’t you? Note: For question tags, if the main clause of a question is positive, the tag is negative and vice-versa: There is a lack of medical supplies at the moment, isn’t there? There isn’t a lack of medical supplies at the moment, is there? Remember also that intonation is important with question tags. The tag should have rising intonation if you are asking a question but falling intonation if you are confirming information.
ge
id
br
Co
1 Rearrange the words to form indirect questions or
questions with tags. 1 2 3 4 5
200
t
8
over / eighteen / not / I / or / wondering / they’re / whether / was / . ID / carry / form / You / of / should / some / always / with / you, / shouldn’t / you / ? please / Could / you / inform / tomorrow / the / office / that / you / will / be / absent / ? backpacking / can / be / Going / alone / dangerous, / can’t / it / ? you / mind / me / to / Would / say / when / you / emailing / expect / to / get / here / ? many / there / spectators / in / ground / There / the / were / weren’t / ? I / wondering / was / if / you / managed / to / get / for / the / tickets / concert / ? you / canoed / never / in / rapids / You’ve / before / have / ?
en
7
We use to + infinitive after some verbs: • verb + to + infinitive agree, appear, bother, decide, demand, fail: They decided to go to the police. hope, learn, manage, offer, plan, refuse: I managed to book those flights. seem, be, supposed, threaten: He threatened to speak to the manager. • verb + (somebody/something) + to + infinitive ask, choose, expect, help, intend, promise: I expect her to get that promotion. want, advise, allow, enable, encourage, forbid: I want him to exceed all expectations in the new role. force, invite, order, permit, persuade: His tutor persuaded him to opt for a demanding course. recommend, remind, teach, tell, warn: They told her to admit her guilt in the interrogation. We use verb + -ing after some verbs: • appreciate, avoid, celebrate, consider: Would you consider applying for the job? • delay, deny, dislike, enjoy, finish, imagine: She denied being too strict with him. • involve, keep, mind, miss, postpone, practise: I don’t mind helping you with the dinner. • regret, risk, stop, suggest: She suggested looking for it online. Some verbs are followed by either to + infinitive or a verb + -ing with almost the same meaning: start, love, like, hate, prefer, begin I hate focusing/to focus on the negative aspects of a situation. Note: When love, hate, prefer and like are used with would, they are always followed by to + infinitive: She would prefer to spend more free time at the gym. Some verbs are followed by either to + infinitive or a verb + -ing depending on whether there is an object pronoun used: advise, allow, permit, forbid I don’t advise taking the train./I don’t advise you to take the train. Some verbs are followed by either to + infinitive or a verb + -ing with a difference in meaning: • remember, forget, regret, try, stop She stopped to drink some juice. (She stopped doing something else in order to drink some juice.) She stopped drinking juice. (She no longer drinks juice ever.) We use infinitive (without to) after some verbs: • let (sb) do (sth) They let the animals escape into the wild. • make (sb) do (sth) The wrestler made his opponent submit.
m
6
TO + INFINITIVE OR VERB + -ING (GERUND)
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
PRACTICE
VERB PATTERNS (1) – GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES
OTHER USES OF TO + INFINITIVE AND VERB + -ING
m Ca
We use a verb + -ing: • after prepositions: She’s made significant progress in her studies by concentrating much harder on her research skills. Note: We also use a verb + -ing after to when to is a preposition: I look forward to hearing from you soon. • as nouns (subjects or objects) of a sentence: Not attaching a seatbelt can have fatal consequences. After gaining his pilot’s licence, he decided to earn his living by flying for a commercial airline. • after the following expressions: it’s no good, it’s not worth, it’s no use, it’s a waste of time, can’t stand, can’t bear, can’t help It’s a waste of time trying to change his mind. I can’t stand losing to my younger sister. It’s not worth asking her – she has no idea. • after adjective/adverb + preposition: He’s famous for running 100 metres in under ten seconds. She is particularly good at target shooting. • after verb + preposition: He specialises in carving small statues made of stone. • With noun + preposition: They have a strange way of demonstrating their loyalty. There are also some other situations where we use to + infinitive: • after some nouns (no preposition): chance He had the chance to join the arctic expedition. We never had an opportunity to go deep sea opportunity diving. sense She had the sense not to stand in the open when there was thunder and lightning. They have the desire to excel in all their desire business undertakings. • after adjectives (no preposition) when giving your reaction to something: interested I am interested to see how things turn out. sorry I was sorry to hear about your accident. delighted She was delighted to see me. difficult It’s difficult to understand these instructions.
PRACTICE 1 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes. 1 2 3 4
ge
id
br
5 6 7
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
8
He decided go on a package holiday to Turkey. Can I remind you not interrupt the speaker during her presentation? I can’t stop to buy clothes. I’m a shopaholic. I regret not making an offer to rent the apartment when it was initially offered to me. If you forget to having your car serviced regularly, you could end up having an accident. I clearly remember to watch my first ever live concert when I was 12. My younger brother had enormous difficulty to learn how to ride a bicycle without stabilisers. To abseil is not in the least bit dangerous assuming that you have a good instructor.
2 Match the sentence halves. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
It’s not It’s a waste of It’s no use I can’t stand She prefers to I very much regret He specialises in Let’s try climbing
A
not warning you when you were younger of the dangers on the internet. being in a class where the students are constantly arguing with each other. time trying to convince him to go with you. worth trying to impress my tutor, because she just doesn’t value me. bring a packed lunch to college and eat on her own rather than in the canteen. missing the opening sequences of a film. teaching one of the most dangerous martial arts. over the fence, shall we?
B
C D E
F G H
t
en
m GRAMMAR REFERENCE
201
UNIT 2 DETERMINERS AND QUANTIFIERS
m Ca
There are four types of determiners in English: articles, demonstratives (this/these, that/those), quantifiers and possessives. Here we focus on quantifiers. Quantifiers are determiners that indicate how much or how little of the noun is being discussed: • all/whole We use all and whole to refer to a total number or complete set of things in a group. All the team / The whole team had the flu. We often use all and the whole with of the: That child cries all / the whole of the time. We use the whole or the whole of to refer to complete single things and events: The whole (of the) match was a disappointment. When you split up a thing into parts, we use whole or all: You don’t have to pay the whole (of the) / all the bill. We use the whole of with periods of time to focus on duration: We spent the whole (of the) summer at home. When we use whole with plural nouns, it means ‘complete’ or ‘entire’. Whole families normally worked on the land in rural communities. (= entire families) All families normally worked on the land in rural communities. (= each and every family) • not a/not any/no/none of / no amount of Any doesn’t have a negative meaning on its own. It must be used with a negative word to mean the same as no. There aren’t any cakes left. The children have eaten them all. • each/every We use the quantifiers every and each with singular nouns to mean all: There was a party in every street. Each child was given a prize. We often use every instead of each to talk about times like days, weeks and years: We visit our daughter every Christmas. We use each when we are only talking about all of two options, meaning the same as both: I have two guitars and each every cost me over £1000. • a few/few A few means ‘a small number of’ whereas few means ‘not many’. I have a few ideas. (= I have some ideas.) I have few ideas. (= I don’t have many ideas.) • a little/little A little means ‘some’ of ‘a small amount’ whereas little means ‘not much’ or ‘almost nothing’: She saves a little money every month. They had little money to spend. (not much/almost nothing)
•
•
ge
id
br
•
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
whatever/anything We use whatever and anything to mean ‘anything I choose’. I’ll eat whatever/anything I want to eat. many/much/several We use much with singular uncountable nouns and many or several with plural nouns: I haven’t got much loose change. I’ve only got a tenner. Are there many campsites near the beach? We usually use much and many with questions and negatives: Is there much youth unemployment in your country? How many people were at the wedding? a lot of/lots of/a great deal of/plenty of These suggest a large quantity or degree of something. I’m feeling a great deal better, after the holiday. Plenty of young people have recently become vegans. a lot/a great deal We can use a lot and a great deal as adverbs, meaning that they modify the verb not a noun: He talks a lot but never really says anything important. both/both of/either/neither If we are talking about two people or things, we use the quantifiers both, either and neither: Neither of the supermarkets was open. Before a noun with a determiner, both and both of are possible: Both (of) the supermarkets were closed. With personal pronouns, we always use both of: My sister and brother were late for the party. Both of them had got stuck in traffic.
•
PRACTICE
1 Choose the correct option to complete the
sentences.
1 2
3
6
t
5
en
4
The car had broken down, so we had a little/little option but to take the train. I’d like to see both/both of films, but sadly neither/ either of them is showing anymore. It means a great deal/plenty to me that you would ask me to be the best man at your wedding. I tried to buy that phone that was on discount, but when I got to the shop, they had no/none left. This year is my grandmother’s 90th birthday party and all/whole the family will be there to celebrate. A: Are you going to buy the blue or the black jacket? B: Both/Neither. I’m broke at the moment.
m
202
•
ADVERB MODIFIERS
m Ca
There are a number of adverb modifiers of degree in English which we use to be more precise about adjectives. Different adverbs apply to different adjective forms: • Adverbs that modify gradable adjectives: We use the following adverbs to modify gradable adjectives: fairly, pretty, rather, quite, really, very, extremely, incredibly, slightly, a little (bit) She is quite passionate about politics. I would say that he is fairly qualified for the job. The car crash was pretty serious and we were extremely lucky that no one was injured. • Adverbs that modify extreme adjectives: We use the following adverbs to modify ungradable adjectives: absolutely, totally, quite, completely, pretty, rather, thoroughly, utterly Even the elite runners were completely exhausted at the finishing line of the marathon. Her juggling skills are absolutely amazing. • Adverbs that modify comparatives: We use the following adverbs to modify comparatives: much, substantially, considerably, slightly, rather, a little (bit), far They were much better informed about the topic than we were. He is slightly taller than his younger brother. • Adverb modifiers + superlatives: We use the following adverbs to modify superlatives: definitely, easily, by far She is by far the best performer. They are definitely the worst celebrity chefs on TV. • Other adverb modifiers of degree There are other adverb modifiers of degree possible in English, but they are often collocations with specific adjectives, so these need to be learnt separately. There are examples of these in Unit 7: She’s a highly resourceful person, so I am sure she’ll find a solution. I am utterly convinced that I will pass this time.
PRACTICE 1 Choose an appropriate adverb in the box to modify
the adjectives. There may be more than one possible answer. easily far completely little totally slightly 1
ge
id
br
2 3
4
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
5
unsuited for that job in the I think she is tourist information office because of her aggressive personality. He is more considerate than the rest of his family, but only just. They are better off than the other students from the UAE, because they are fully funded by generous government grants. He is the most impolite person I have met so far on my travels round the UK. She is a bit depressed after getting the results of her biology exam. I was surprised by the fact that she was a successful vlogger on YouTube.
2 Choose the adverb modifier which fits best. Write B
if both options are possible.
1
2
3
4
5
I don’t think I am exaggerating when I say that Don Pascuale’s completely/definitely has the best pizzas in town. I though the season finale episode was extremely/ absolutely perfect. I can’t wait for them to release the next season. The two cars are fairly/absolutely similar, but to my mind, the blue one is slightly/a little better value for money. This lasagne is substantially/easily the best I have ever tasted and, being vegetarian, it is much/by far better for me than the meat equivalent. Surprisingly/Unsurprisingly, he was pretty/considerably disappointed to learn that he hadn’t got an interview for the job as he’d been convinced that he was perfect for the role.
t
en
m
Sentence adverbs Of course, not all adverb modifiers are about degree. We can also use adverbs to modify the meaning of the whole sentence, often when we want to give our feelings about a situation. When we do this, we usually begin the sentence with the adverb: Unfortunately, I won’t be able to come to your party this weekend. Obviously, I have to leave by 9 pm so I can take the last train home. Foolishly, I thought I could simply revise the night before the exam and pass it.
6
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
203
UNIT 3 CONDITIONALS (1)
m Ca
Conditional sentences contain two clauses; one which expresses a condition and the other the result of the condition (if [a condition] is true, then [a consequence] happens). The consequence can be expressed before or after the condition: If you do well in the interview, you stand a chance of getting an offer of a place at university. You stand a chance of getting an offer of a place at university if you do well in the interview. Note: If the condition comes first, a comma is used.
br
id
ZERO CONDITIONAL
ge
We use the zero conditional to express things that are generally or always true (e.g. scientific facts): If the temperature of water drops to zero degrees, it freezes. Note: The present simple is usually used in both clauses. Note: In zero conditional sentences, when and if are often interchangeable.
Co
conditional form using the verb in brackets.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
The current is extremely strong today, so if you don’t stay in close proximity to the coast, you (get) carried out to sea. You can dehydrate and die if you (not drink) water for three or four days. If you (take) a seat in the waiting room, the dentist (call) you in a few minutes. Even if I (have) loads of spare cash, I can assure you that I (not be) interested in booking one of those low-budget, package holidays. They don’t appeal to me. Provided you (train) in a committed way, you (attain) the level of fitness you aspire to. Female bears don’t usually attack humans unless they (have) their cubs with them. If the weather hadn’t improved, our holiday (ruin). (not get) It was obvious that you the job unless you (apply) for it.
t
We use the second conditional to express things which are imaginary/hypothetical, contrary to the facts, impossible or improbable in the present or future: If I had enough money, I’d buy myself a flat in the centre of town. The typical structure is if + past simple and would + infinitive, but it is possible to use could or might instead of would in the result clause: If everybody supported the climate change protest, the government might actually pay attention.
1 Complete the sentences with an appropriate
en
SECOND CONDITIONAL
PRACTICE
m
We use the first conditional to express a present or future situation which we think is real or possible: If the weather improves, we will probably have a barbecue. The typical structure of first conditional is usually if + present simple (condition), will + infinitive (result), although other tenses and modals are possible. If you have finished the exam, you can leave. If you are feeling unwell, please go and see the nurse. The following are alternatives, which can be used instead of if in first conditional sentences: • unless means something similar to `if … not’ or `except if’: Unless you book in advance, you won’t get a table at the restaurant. • assuming (that) is used to say we accept something will / won’t happen: Assuming that the train is on time, we’ll meet you at 10am. • as long as, provided (that), on condition that are used to express that a condition must be met: You can go to the party as long as you are home by 11pm. • even if is used to say something will happen whether a condition is met or not: Even if she gets promoted, she won’t be able to afford a new car. • in case is used to talk about things we should do to be prepared for possible future situations: I’ll take my umbrella in case it rains.
204
We use the third conditional to express things which are imaginary, contrary to the facts, impossible or improbable in the past. The third conditional expresses the idea of re-imagining what happened in the past: If I had inherited that money, I’d have invested it in the stock market. (in reality you didn’t inherit that money) The typical structure is if + past perfect simple, would + have + past participle, but it is possible to use the past perfect continuous in the if clause and could have or might have in the result clause. If everybody had supported the climate change protest, the government might actually have paid attention. The following are alternatives, which can be used instead if in second and third conditional sentences and questions: imagine, supposing, assuming, even if / though
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
FIRST CONDITIONAL
THIRD CONDITIONAL
VERB PATTERNS (2) – OBJECTS, REFLEXIVES AND RECIPROCALS RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS
When there is a direct and an indirect object in a sentence, the indirect object comes first: My friend gave the homeless person (indirect object) twenty pounds (direct object). She gave him (indirect object) twenty pounds (direct object). The exception to this rule is when we use a preposition. (to, for, from): She took twenty pounds (direct object) from him (indirect object). Verbs that often take a direct and indirect object with to: bring, give, lend, offer, owe, show, teach, tell, write Our line manager offered the company credit card to us all. Verbs that often take a direct and indirect object with for: buy, find, get, make, order, save I bought a new bike for my son. Verbs that often take a direct and indirect object with from: borrow, take She was often borrowing money from him.
A reciprocal pronoun is a pronoun which is used to indicate that two or more people are doing something or have done something and both received the benefits or consequences of that action at the same time. Any time something is done or given in return, reciprocal pronouns are used. There are only two reciprocal pronouns: each other one another The two reciprocal pronouns are often used interchangeably but each other is more common. Max and Kyra gave each other platinum gold rings when they got married. The new members of parliament congratulated one another after successfully making their maiden speeches. Note: Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns in the same sentence convey a subtly different meaning. Look at the following examples: Andres and Pedro blamed themselves for losing the match. (They both think they were to blame) Andres and Pedro blamed each other for losing the match. (They each said that the other one was to blame.)
m Ca
POSITION OF DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECTS
ge
id
br
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
Reflexive pronouns are used to express that someone is doing something on his or her own. These pronouns always refer back to the subject of the sentence. They end in -self in the singular, and in -selves in the plural. PERSONAL SUBJECT PRONOUNS
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
I
myself
you (singular)
yourself
he
himself
she
herself
it
itself
we
ourselves
you (plural)
yourselves
they
themselves
1 Rewrite the sentences using to, from or for 1
I’ve just bought my gran a top of the range iPhone.
2
I lent my tennis partner my new glass fibre racquet and she accidently smashed it!
3
They offered us all a massive increase in salary, in recognition of our contribution to the company.
4
I ordered my children the up-market presentation set of ‘Horrible History’.
5
He got his wife a ‘genuine’ fake designer handbag on her birthday.
2 Complete the sentences with a reflexive or a
reciprocal pronoun.
3 4 5 6
t
2
My friend Maria likes to ‘think out loud’ and she can often be heard talking to . to more vegetable pie – there’s Please help another one languishing in the oven. Do you need any help with the decorating? No, we’re fine, thanks. We can do it by . on the phone every day. We talk to The kids spent the afternoon wildly kicking a ball to . The advantages and disadvantages of working from home even out over the year.
en
1
m
He severely injured himself when rock climbing without a safety harness in the Italian Alps. Her parents blamed themselves when, contrary to all expectations, she suddenly dropped out of university.
PRACTICE
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
205
UNIT 4 FUTURE CONTINUOUS, FUTURE PERFECT SIMPLE, FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS AND BE + TO + INFINITIVE
m Ca
FUTURE CONTINUOUS, FUTURE PERFECT SIMPLE AND FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
ge
id
br
We use the future continuous to talk about actions and events that will be in progress at a particular time in the future. We also use the future continuous to talk about something that we think is happening at the time of speaking: He will be attending his graduation ceremony this time next month. We also use the future continuous to ask politely for information about the future. Will you be participating in next term’s fundraising event? We use both the future perfect simple and the future perfect continuous to project ourselves forward in time and ‘look back’. The future perfect simple tense refers to a completed action in the future and the future perfect continuous refers to events or actions that are currently unfinished, but will be finished at some future time. Both tenses are usually used with time expressions. FUTURE PERFECT SIMPLE •
Co
•
BE + TO + INFINITIVE
refers to actions that are currently unfinished, but will be finished in the future: At midnight, we will have been waiting in the queue for concert tickets for three hours. They will have been working on that Roman wall for over a year by the time it’s fully restored.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
refers to a completed action in the future. • Get a move on, or the match will have started by the time we make it to the ground. They will have emptied their water bottles by the time they are half way round the course. Hopefully they will have completed all the road works before the tourist season starts. is used with state verbs (e.g. know, believe, own, prefer) I can’t believe that this time next week we will have known each other for five years.
FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
We often use the structure be + to + infinitive to talk about formal or official arrangements, instructions and orders in the future. It is common to see this structure in the passive form. The Prime Minister is to announce his resignation this evening due to the corruption scandal. Bags and suitcases are not to be left unattended at any time or they will be removed. (passive form) This jumper is only to be washed at 30°C. (passive form) We do not use it for situations beyond human control: The forecast says that the weather is to will be pretty good tomorrow. We often see this structure in conditionals in the if clause to express an idea that is dependent on the result clause happening: We must act now to reduce emissions if we are to protect the planet for future generations. If she is to pass her driving test this time, she will have to practise her reversing and parking skills.
PRACTICE
This time next year, we will be sipping/have sipped mocktails on the terrace of our holiday villa in the Algarve. Will you be attending/have attended my graduation ceremony in October? It’s no good trying to Skype them now as they will be relaxing/have relaxed in their hot tub. I really hope I will be having/have had the opportunity to go on a world cruise in a luxury liner before I reach thirty. I promise I will be finishing/have finished my essay in time for the seminar next Friday. I’m confident that when I’m 55 years old, I will have retired/will be retiring. I hope I won’t have gained/been gaining any more weight by the end of the holiday. Let me be clear – you are not to turn over/won’t be turning over your exam paper until I give you permission to do so. The election result is to announce/to be announced at 11 am tomorrow morning. If we are to get/will have gotten there by 6 pm, then we need to be on the road by midday.
t
206
en
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
m
1 Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
VERB PATTERNS (3) – MULTI-WORD VERBS
m Ca
Multi-word verbs are formed of a verb + a preposition, adverb or both. Sometimes the meaning is evident from the words used. However, for many multi-word verbs, the meaning is not obvious from the words used: I don’t know how you put up with her constant complaining. (= tolerate) Multi-word verbs can be transitive or intransitive. Intransitive multi-word verbs have no direct object. I wake up promptly at 6.30 every day. Transitive multi-word verbs have a direct object. I’m going to cut down on fast food from now on. Transitive multi-word verbs can be separable or inseparable. If they are separable, it means you can separate the two words and put the direct object in the middle. Please switch off the TV. OR Please switch the TV off. If multi-word verb is inseparable, then you can’t do this. I’ll look after your dogs when you’re on holiday. NOT I’ll look your dogs after when you’re on holiday.
ge
id
br
WORD ORDER WITH SEPARABLE MULTI-WORD VERBS
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
When the direct object is the specific name of a thing or person, it can go after the multi-word verb or in the middle: I threw away the cracked plate. OR I threw the cracked plate away. But when the direct object is a pronoun, it MUST go in the middle: I threw it away. NOT I threw away it. Note: If the object of a sentence is very long, we usually don’t separate the verb and the particle: Buying second-hand clothing is another effective way to keep down the amount of clothes that are manufactured in a way that poses a threat to the environment. ✓ Buying second-hand clothing is another effective way to keep the amount of clothes that are manufactured in a way that poses a threat to the environment down. ✗ Here are the four types of multi-word verbs in English: TYPE 1 Prepositional verbs (transitive*/inseparable**) – verb + preposition *These verbs have an object. **The preposition cannot be separated from the verb. She listens to music.
PRACTICE
TYPE 4
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
Phrasal verbs (intransitive*/ inseparable**) – verb + preposition
Phrasal verbs (transitive*/ separable**) – verb + adverb participle
Phrasal prepositional verbs (*transitive/*inseparable) – verb + adverb particle + preposition
*These verbs don’t have an object. The preposition cannot be separated from the verb. Why don’t you come round tomorrow?
*These verbs have an object. The adverb particle can be separated from the verb. I’ll pick you up at 7.
*These verbs have an object. **The adverb particle and preposition cannot be separated from the verb. He looks up to his grandfather.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
t
She can’t get her fear of heights over. (Type 1) The demolition company blew up the abandoned factory. (Type 2) They caught the rest of the team up with. (Type 4) Information about benefit payments is not getting through to people. (Type 4) Many supermarkets have done away plastic bags with. (Type 4) They have ample evidence to back their arguments up. (Type 3) The government believes it can sort the environmental problems which led to the minister’s resignation out. (Type 3) Vast numbers of bees are dying out due to climate change. (Type 2) By 2050, we will probably have run out North Sea gas of. (Type 4) The doctor told me that I have to cut down on my sugar intake if I am to avoid diabetes. (Type 4)
en
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
m
1 Tick the correct sentences and correct the sentences with mistakes. Use the information in brackets to help you.
207
UNIT 5 RELATIVE CLAUSES DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES
m Ca
Relative clauses which tell us the particular person or thing the speaker is talking about are called defining relative clauses. They give essential information without which the sentence doesn’t really make sense: The tattoo artist who designed the dragon on my back is a distant relative. The relative clause tells us which tattoo artist we are talking about.
br
NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES
ge
id
Relative clauses which give us extra information are called non-defining relative clauses: My second cousin, who is a tattoo artist, runs three or four marathons a year. who is a tattoo artist does not tell us which cousin, it just adds extra information. Note the following differences in grammar:
Co
• •
don’t have commas use the following relative pronouns and relative adverbs: who, which, whose, where, when, why can use that instead of who or which who, which or that can be omitted when they are the object of the clause: The inks (–/which/that) the tattoo artist used were of course non-toxic.
NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES • •
use commas (or pauses in spoken English) use the following relative pronouns and relative adverbs: who, which, whose, where, when don’t use that cannot omit the relative pronoun
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
• •
U
DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES
• •
In both defining and non-defining relative clauses, we use whom instead of who after a preposition: Michael, for whom I work, has taught me a lot over the years.
QUANTIFIER + OF + RELATIVE PRONOUN
In order to be more precise within relative clauses, we can use a quantifier + of + a relative pronoun in relative clauses. Quantifiers include many, most, none, neither, both, one, several, some, much, part. Professional track athletes, many of whom are sponsored by Nike, usually have the full-time support of a sports coach. The sports gear on display, most of which has been manufactured in the UK, is very popular with younger athletes.
PRACTICE
1 Complete the sentences with a relative pronoun or relative adverb. 1
2 Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
2 3 4 5
208
Younger members of the royal family, some of whom/several of which are keenly interested in environmental matters, give talks all over the world to promote the reduction of carbon emissions. Those two new apps, both of which/none of which have been developed by our branch in LA, are in great demand. There is a huge range of quality running shoes on the market, most of which/much of which are well out of the reach of the average amateur athlete because of their high price tag. The best athletes in the club, one of whom/neither of whom happens to be distantly related to me, are participating in the European Championships next spring. Those students, most of which/many of whom are feeling quite stressed, are waiting to hear the results of their finals.
t
1
en
m
2 3 4 5 6
was abandoned yesterday because of racism, will be played next Saturday in a The second semi-final match, closed stadium without spectators. The place the accident had occurred was the site of another accident a few weeks previously. he was late for his doctor’s appointment was the traffic congestion in town. The reason usually administers my flu injections was on annual leave last week. The nurse I had an argument was extremely rude and arrogant. The salesperson with large jeep was blocking the entire street by parking he did. That’s the inconsiderate person
MODALS (1)
m Ca
Modal verbs and phrases can be used for the following functions: • Necessity and obligation Use the following to express necessity and obligation: need to, have to, needn’t, must, necessary to, mandatory to, be under no obligation to You needn’t wear a tie to dine on that cruise ship. You are under no obligation to carry a form of identification, such as a passport. • Deduction and speculation In the present, we use: • must to say that we are sure that something is true: This must be a genuine email from the bank because it refers to my post code. • might / may / could to say that we think that something is true but we’re not sure. The government might try to call an election soon because it hasn’t got a majority in parliament. • can’t to say that we are sure that something is not true. They can’t be vegan because they had a steak. We can also use these modal verbs in the present continuous form to talk about a situation we think is happening now. They might be still driving at the moment. • Ability In the present, we use: can, can’t, (not) be able to That chef can bake stunning desserts, but she can’t produce award-winning savoury dishes. We use be able to: • after an infinitive: She genuinely hopes to be able to do her PhD soon. • after modal verbs (might, should, may, etc.): He might be able to give us a hand putting up the decorations. • We usually use can with see, hear, smell, feel and taste: From our cabin we can hear the wind starting to fill the sails. • Possibility may/might/could show possibility in the present or the future. Where are my keys? They may/might be in the car. (present) I may/might/could go to the party tonight. (future) • Advice / recommendation / warning Use the following to give advice or make suggestions: You should have a healthy diet and exercise regularly. (advice or recommendation) You had better not forget to check those numbers. (strong advice or warning) You may/might as well send in the application anyway. What do you have to lose? (You should do it because there is no reason not to.)
•
•
ge
id
br
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
•
Lack of obligation / necessity To express lack of obligation or necessity use the following: don’t have to, don’t need to, needn’t You don’t have to shower before you use a bath in Japan if you don’t want to, but it is expected. You needn’t wear a suit and tie for the interview. Prohibition Use the negative form of can: You can’t wear immodest clothing in class. Sometimes may not is used as a formal way to prohibit something: You may not bring food or drink onto the premises. Because may is the most formal, you will often see it in writing. Use must not as the strongest way to prohibit something: You must not use a mobile phone in the train compartment. Permission Use can/could, let, be allowed to / permitted to and may: Could I borrow your car this evening? She lets him copy her homework assignments. We use may in formal situations: You may go once you have completed the exam.
PRACTICE
1 Complete the sentences with a word from the box.
Then rewrite them using a suitable modal. capable necessary responsible mandatory imperative obligation
1
2
3
4
5
6
m
of producing a This robotic machinery is wide range of spare parts. This air conditioning system is very sophisticated, so it’s never to adjust the settings manually. for keeping our company’s social media I’m channels active. It is not for us to give you a refund because you purchased the item at a discount in a sale. It is to ensure that the brakes and airbags are functioning one hundred percent. I am under no to replace the dress because it is obvious that you have already worn it.
may be more than one possibility.
2 3 4 5
She is not going to change her mind, so you may well accept her decision. to bring their smartphones Students are not into the exam room. The homework was so difficult that I was to finish it on time. You should ask Michael about that. He be able to explain how to fix it. You have already upset her with your comments so I think you had keep your thoughts to yourself in future.
t
1
en
2 Complete the sentences with a single word. There
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
209
UNIT 6 THE PASSIVE The passive is formed from the verb be in the correct tense + past participle of the main verb: PASSIVE
Past simple: As expected, the environmental activists recycled virtually everything. Present perfect simple: The kitchen staff have consumed most of the leftovers. Present continuous: The assistant stage manager is checking the electrical equipment. Modal: You can see many invaluable works of art in the British Museum. Modal in the past: We should have made an announcement about the schedule changes. Passive infinitive: You need to hand in your homework on Friday.
Past simple: As expected, virtually everything was recycled by the environmental activists. Present perfect simple: Most of the leftovers have been consumed by the kitchen staff. Present continuous: The electrical equipment is being checked by the assistant stage manager. Modal: Many invaluable works of art can be seen in the British Museum. Modal in the past: An announcement should have been made about the schedule changes. Passive infinitive: Your homework needs to be handed in on Friday.
m Ca
ACTIVE
ge
id
br
U
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
We use the passive when: • what happens is more important than who does it: All the repairs to our car have been carried out, so it should pass the Ministry of Transport test now. • we don’t know who or what does/did something: Most of the documents that were in the glove compartment of the car have been stolen. • we don’t need to say who or what does/did something because it’s obvious from the situation or context: After a long and bad-tempered debate, the bill to leave the European Union was rejected by 304 to 299 votes. • when writing in an official or formal style, for example, scientific language: The outbreak of the disease has been controlled by imposing a quarantine on the area. In informal English we can sometimes use get instead of be to form the passive, especially when we want to say that something bad happened to someone or something: Some of our more fragile ornaments got smashed when our neighbour came round for tea with her hyperactive toddler.
CAUSATIVES
Causatives are similar to the passive in that they describe an action which is not performed by the subject of the sentence. We form causatives with the structure have/get + something + done (or cleaned/fixed/made/repaired), and we use it to describe something which another person does for us, like a service that we pay for: I’ve just had my hair cut ready for the wedding. (Someone did this for me) Before we go on this road trip, I need to have the car serviced. We can also use need + verb + -ing with the same meaning as a passive infinitive: Before we go on this road trip, the car needs servicing.
PRACTICE
3 4 5 6
210
t
2
Burglars took most of his personal belongings from his flat. Most of his personal belongings The insurance company should settle his claim for his damaged luggage. His claim for damaged luggage I could have sold my dad’s collection of old records on eBay for a fortune. My dad’s collection of old records The hairdresser in the High Street usually cuts my hair. I usually This week you can see lots of Russian art at the big auction house in London. Lots of Russian art Peter’s friends started to respect him more after he won the competition. Peter started
en
1
m
1 Rewrite the sentences starting with the words given to make them passive or causative.
MODALS (2) – MODALS IN THE PAST
m Ca
We use different structures with modal verbs in the past depending on the function. Modal + have + past participle • Advice and regrets in the past often use should have + past participle to express preferable alternative circumstances: You should have applied for a student loan when you had the opportunity. • Speculation: When we want to say that we are sure that something was true, we use must have + past participle: They must have gone to the gym because their sports things aren’t here. His face is covered in bruises. He must have been in a fight. • When we want to speculate on what we think may have happened but we’re not sure, we use: might/may/could + have + past participle: She was complaining of severe stomach pains this morning, so she might have gone to the doctor’s. • When we want to say that we are sure that something didn’t happen, we use can’t / couldn’t have + past participle: They can’t have gone swimming, because they’ve left their swimming costumes on the bed. Note: • To talk about obligation or necessity in the present we can use have to or need to and in the past these become had to and needed to: We needed to stop at the bank on the way to the cinema. To talk about lack of obligation or necessity in the past we use didn’t have to and didn’t need to but also needn’t have + past participle: She didn’t have to pay for the damage because it wasn’t her fault. He needn’t have bothered bringing an umbrella as it was sunny all day. • We use managed to when we succeed in doing something which is quite difficult to do: A Kenyan athlete has just miraculously managed to run a marathon in less than two hours. • We use was/were supposed to to talk about things that were meant to happen but didn’t: I was supposed to call my parents and tell them I had arrived but in all the excitement, I completely forgot.
WOULD VS USED TO
ge
id
br
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Use both would and used to to refer to actions, events or situations in the past, especially things in the past which are not happening anymore. Sometimes they can be interchanged, but usually they have different usages. Use would as follows: • to describe typical characteristics or past habits. When she was a child, she would read quietly for hours. • for repeated actions or situations in the past which are not happening now or are finished. When he was a teenager, he would always sleep late at the weekend. Use used to as follows: • for events, situations or actions that took place in the past. They used to live in York but moved to London last year. • for situations, events and actions which continued for some time before they ended. When she was in primary school, she used to go to a theatre workshop every Saturday.
COULD VERSUS WAS/WERE ABLE TO •
•
•
Use could or was/were able to to talk about a general ability in the past: When I was a member of an athletics club I could/was able to run the 100-metre hurdles in just under 14 seconds. Use was/were able to to talk about a single occasion when someone succeeded in doing something: Because the questions on the exam were challenging, very few students were able to pass it. (NOT could pass it.) Use either couldn’t and wasn’t/weren’t able to when speaking in general and also when speaking about a particular occasion: He couldn’t / wasn’t able to finish his university education because of financial problems.
PRACTICE
1 Tick the correct sentences and correct the sentences
with mistakes. Focus on the past modals.
1
5 6 7 8
t
4
en
3
m
2
You should speak to the cabin crew if you had wanted to change seats. You mustn’t have gone to the supermarket this morning because I did the shopping yesterday. Because our opponents’ defensive play was so skilful, we didn’t manage to score even one goal. When they were children, they would often have sleepovers with their friends. He had been waiting for hours for the foodbank to open. He must been starving. I would work for a steel company, but I changed jobs last year. I was locked out of my house but luckily I could climb in through an open window. She didn’t need have bought tickets for the show as I had already got some.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
211
UNIT 7 ARTICLES ZERO ARTICLE
We use a or an before a noun to mean any (any example of the thing we are referring to): • with singular, countable nouns mentioned for the first time: A brand new mountain bike loses at least ten percent of its value as soon as you ride it out of the shop. • to talk about jobs: I’d like to become a forest ranger, or something like that. • We do not use a or an with uncountable nouns or plural countable nouns: People with knowledge often have authority and power. • We use an before words beginning with a vowel sound (including words with a silent ‘h’): How about getting together in an hour or so? Note: • We don’t use an when the letters ‘u’ or ‘e’ are pronounced with a ‘y’ sound: She has a unique way of preparing lasagne.
We use zero article with uncountable nouns and plural nouns when we refer to them in general: Many species of whale are under threat due to hunting and pollution. Depression can affect anyone at any time. I really don’t like estate agents. • sometimes the use of the zero article or the definite article can create a difference in meaning: He goes to go to school. = He is of school age and attends school. He goes to the school near the park. = He goes to a specific school, the one near the park. She goes to bed at 11pm. = It’s her bedtime. Her iPhone is on the bed. = on a specific bed • Similarly with the following places: hospital (UK), prison, church
m Ca
THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE
ge
id
br
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE
1 Correct the mistakes in the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 Complete the gaps with the correct article or leave
the gaps empty if no article is required.
1
2
5
t
4
bread and milk from Can you buy shop next to station? planet and I think we should all try to save make life better for future generations. I spend a lot of time looking at sea from balcony of hotel where I’m staying. Germans are well-known for high quality of their football teams. cheapest ferry trip in world is from Staten Island to Manhattan. It’s free! He attends school which is located near new football ground on other side of town.
en
3
6
212
A electric car is considerably better for an environment than diesel cars. I have always wanted to be the engineer, but I never went to the university. It is true that the children spend too much time on computer. I waited patiently for over a hour and an half. He has perfected a unusual way of memorising irregular verbs. It is quite an unique method. Most people don’t achieve the success without making a enormous effort.
m
The is used: • with specific things we have mentioned before, or when it’s clear who or what we are referring to from the context: Two highly qualified coaches have joined the sports club. One specialises in racquet sports and the other is a champion in kick boxing. • when referring to particular things: I’m really into documentaries about nature, but I don’t like the latest BBC series about life in Amazonia. • with things which are unique: Since I started studying astrology, I spend hours observing the Milky Way and the other galaxies. • with adjectives to express groups: Because of austerity, the children of the poor are especially deprived. • with nationalities: The Spanish and the French would find it unacceptable for there to be no bread on the table. • with superlative adjectives: The Oresund bridge between Sweden and Denmark is the longest bridge in Europe. • there are specific rules for geographical features and some countries, especially when they have a plural sense: the Andes, the Great Lakes, the Atlantic Ocean, the United Arab Emirates, etc.
PRACTICE
COUNTABLE AND UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
m Ca
Nouns can be either countable or uncountable. However, some nouns can be both countable and uncountable, depending on the context, but with a difference in meaning: Nowadays, more and more young people claim that it’s unhealthy to regularly drink tea and coffee. (uncountable, because it’s tea and coffee in general) She ordered a coffee with a dash of soya milk. (countable, because it implies a cup of coffee) He regards preparing gourmet meals for friends as work not pleasure. (uncountable, because it’s work or pleasure in general) That oil painting lay abandoned in an attic for fifty years, but it’s now recognised as a work of art. (countable, because it’s a particular work) The grammar for countable nouns is slightly different from the grammar for uncountable nouns.
ge
id
br
COUNTABLE NOUNS
UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS • •
Some nouns can be countable or uncountable depending on the context: experience He has a lot of experience (uncountable) as a medical researcher. (= general experience in this role) She had some dreadful experiences (countable) with wild animals when she was lost in the jungle. (= specific experiences of this kind) room He rents a room (countable) in what’s officially called a dwelling of multiple occupancy. (= a single room) There wasn’t any room (uncountable) left in the case for him to put his duty free purchases. (= space) time There isn’t enough time (uncountable) in the day. (= unspecified amount of time) This is the first time (countable) he has spoken publicly about his health problems. (= occasion)
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
•
use a or an in the singular: a YouTuber, an athlete can be made plural: vlogger – vloggers; yacht – yachts use verbs in the plural: E-bikes are becoming increasingly popular in cities as an alternative to cars. use some and any in the plural: some species, any toadstools use (a) few for small quantities and many/a lot of/lots/ several in the plural: few ballerinas, many gymnasts
Co
•
U
• • •
•
1 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes.
1 2 3 4 5 6
The behaviours of the tourists was disrespectful of the local culture. She had some memorable experience during her gap year in USA. There wasn’t a room in the tiny removal van for all his furnitures. He did not choose to accept the advices from his tutor. BBC News have a worldwide reputation for unbiased reporting. When his dessert arrived at the table, he realised he had ordered an enormous portion of cheesecake.
2 Choose the correct options. 1
2
3
4
t
6
en
5
Many dieticians are strongly of the opinion that it is not healthy to eat red meat/meats. He contemplated seeking help/a help from an/a advisory group but finally decided to work things out for himself. Sweden is an exemplary country when it comes to recycling glass/glasses and waste papers/paper. The elegant way she dresses demonstrates clearly that she’s got good/a good taste. The true extent of the damages/damage after the earthquake only became apparent a year later. They purchased all the best equipment/equipments for their climbing holiday in the Andes/Andes.
m
do not use a or an cannot be made plural: pollution, behaviour, information, accommodation • use verbs in the singular: Some politicians claim that Fox news is frequently biased. Note: some uncountable nouns that describe a collection of individual people, such as staff and team, can be used with a plural verb to imply ‘all members of this group’. The staff are unhappy about the new working conditions. • use some and any in the singular: Some advice from online sources should be treated with suspicion. I wasn’t looking for any specific help or advice. • use (a) little for small quantities and much/a lot of/lots of for larger quantities: There was little information about cricket in Greece available on the website. • use other words to refer to a quantity: I gave her a piece of advice about getting a bank loan. He wanted to borrow a small amount of money. • some common uncountable nouns include: accommodation, advice, behaviour, cardboard, countryside, damage, equipment, experience, food, furniture, homework, housework, information, knowledge, luggage, media, music, pollution, research, scenery, smoke, software, stuff, transport, work
PRACTICE
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
213
UNIT 8 REPORTED SPEECH AND REPORTING VERBS We change tenses in reported speech. If we use a reporting verb (said, told, admitted, warned, etc.) in the past tense, we also tend to change the verbs in the direct speech to the past tense which is further in the past than the original. Here are some changes we make:
m Ca
DIRECT SPEECH
REPORTED SPEECH
‘I work in the accounting department of an online store.’
present simple ➞ past simple
She said she worked in the accounting department of an online store.
present continuous ➞ past continuous ‘I’m filling in a complaints form.’
He told us he was filling in a complaints form.
br
‘We’ve often exceeded the speed limit.’
They admitted that they had often exceeded the speed limit.
past simple ➞ past perfect simple
‘I just managed to catch the last intercity train to Leeds.’
She said that she had just managed to catch the last intercity train to Leeds.
will ➞ would
‘I’ll get in touch with you again.’
She promised she would get in touch with me again.
ge
id
present perfect simple ➞ past perfect simple
can ➞ could
must ➞ had to
REPORTED SPEECH
‘I can understand nearly everything my English teacher says.’
She said that she could understand nearly everything her English teacher says.
‘I may let you both swim in the big pool later.’
The boys’ mum promised that she might let them swim in the big pool later.
‘We must move to a smaller flat in order to cut back on our spending.’
She said that they had to move to a smaller flat in order to cut back on their spending.
Co
may ➞ might
DIRECT SPEECH
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Modal verbs change in the following way:
We do not change the following in reported speech: • modal verbs could, would, should, might, ought to and used to: ‘I would rather not venture out this evening.’ ➞ She said she would rather not venture out this evening. • must when it’s negative: ‘You mustn’t eat chicken or pork if it is pink inside.’ ➞ Her mother told her she mustn’t eat chicken or pork if it is pink inside. • must when it expresses a deduction: ‘The bus must have been delayed.’ ➞ She said that the bus must have been delayed. Note: If the reporting verb is in a present tense, no tense changes are necessary: ‘I’ll help you when you move into your new flat.’ ➞ She says she’ll help me when I move into my new flat.
QUESTIONS IN REPORTED SPEECH •
•
214
first sentence.
1
2 3 4
5 6
‘I haven’t finished my essay on the British Empire.’ He admitted ‘I’ll contact you again after I’ve paid.’ She promised ‘You must concentrate much more if you want to pass.’ She warned ‘You mustn’t miss your driving lesson again or I will have to charge you the full price.’ The driving instructor explained ‘When do you normally put the rubbish out?’ My neighbour wanted to know ‘What time do I need to get to the studio tomorrow?’ He asked
t
•
1 Complete the second sentence so that it reports the
en
•
PRACTICE
m
• • •
We change the word order in the question to the same as a normal sentence. We make the same tense changes as in reported speech. We use the same question words (when, how, etc.). We use a full stop and not a question mark. ‘How long have you been waiting for your results?’ ➞ She asked me how long I had been waiting for my results. We do not use the auxiliary verbs do, does and did. The question has the same form as a normal sentence: ‘What time do you take your power nap?’ ➞ The psychologist asked what time I took my power nap. We use if or whether with Yes/No questions: ‘Can I wear casual clothes at the presentation tomorrow ?’ ➞ He wanted to know whether he could wear casual clothes at the presentation the following day. We often use the following to introduce reported questions: ask, wonder, want to know, enquire
CONDITIONALS (2) – ADVANCED CONDITIONALS AND WISH/IF ONLY PRACTICE
There are a variety of ways of asking polite first conditional questions, which are often used in formal contexts like speaking to a customer, a guest or a dignitary. • if you could just … If you could just wait a second, I’ll go and see if we’ve got that dress in your size. • if you would be so kind as to … If you would be so kind as to fill in your contact details, I’ll make sure that we process your claim as soon as possible. • if you should … (meaning if by any chance) If you should continue to have problems installing the equipment, I’ll arrange for an engineer to check everything. • reduced passive if clauses (if required/needed) If needed, we’ll make alternative accommodation arrangements.
1 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
m Ca
POLITE 1st CONDITIONAL VARIATIONS
with mistakes. 1 2
ge
id
br
3
5
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
IF ONLY / I WISH
4
If you could just wait at the ATM, I’ll get someone to check why your credit card has been swallowed up. If you would be as kind so to provide some information about your family, I’ll start the research into your family tree. If they might continue to experience difficulties understanding the manual in English, we’ll have it translated into their own language. If needed, we arrange for you to have an entirely vegan menu. If he hasn’t made a mistake in the penultimate section of the exam, he would have the best grades in the class. If I hadn’t been following the alternative route on my SATNAV, I’ll still be stuck in a traffic jam on the M25 now.
6
Co
If only/I wish have a similar meaning and are used to express your desires or wishes. If only/I wish I could go to the match tonight, but I have too much homework to finish. If only/I wish my tutor would stop basing all our work on extracts from his own textbooks. If only/I wish it didn’t rain so much here. To talk about a present situation we would like to change we use If only/I wish + past simple: I wish I didn’t always put my foot in it when I speak to her. To talk about a past situation we would like to change we use If only/I wish + past perfect simple: If only I hadn’t made that stupid comment about her hair. We can use If only/I wish + would to express when we want someone else to change a habit or tendency: I wish he wouldn’t speak to me as if I were a child. If only she would realise that I really like her.
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
verb in brackets.
1
2
3 4
5
(know) you were in town, If I I would have made an effort to meet up with you. If you had touched that electric wire, you (electrocute). If he had put the flowers into water straight away, they (not wilt). Her life might have been saved if she (go) to the hospital immediately after the seizure. You (been furious) if I hadn’t paid the bill for the damage I caused.
MIXED CONDITIONALS (2ND AND 3RD)
t
en
m
When we want to use a conditional sentence to talk about both the past and the present, we can use the second conditional in one part of the sentence and third conditional in the other: If only the acceptance offers to students applying for courses at that prestigious university weren’t so unrealistic (2nd conditional, present time), I would have tried to get a place in the history department. (3rd conditional, past time). If the runner hadn’t collapsed fifty metres from the finishing line (3rd conditional, past time), she would be the winner (2nd conditional, present time). (The runner collapsed fifty metres from the finishing line and that is why she isn’t the winner.) Note: You cannot use zero or first conditionals in mixed conditional sentences.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
215
UNIT 9 COMPARISON
m Ca
The form of comparative and superlative adjectives depends on the number of syllables in the original adjective. Adjectives with one syllable: high ➞ higher ➞ the highest Adjectives with one syllable ending in a single consonant: sad ➞ sadder ➞ the saddest Adjectives with two syllables (two acceptable forms): clever ➞ cleverer/more clever ➞ cleverest/the most clever Adjectives with two syllables, ending in -y (replace the y with i): easy ➞ easier ➞ the easiest Adjectives with three or more syllables: inconvenient ➞ more inconvenient ➞ the most inconvenient Some adverbs have comparative and superlative forms and they follow most of the same rules as adjectives: Adverbs with one syllable: soon ➞ sooner ➞ soonest Adverbs with two syllables: often ➞ more often ➞ most often Adverbs that end in -ly: quietly ➞ more quietly ➞ most quietly
ge
id
br
•
216
2 3 4
5
us in the They are as involved preparations for the street art festival. I was surprised to discover that squirrels are a lot more aggressive most other rodents. more disappointed She was over the break up with her boyfriend than I expected. The time we were in Japan when the tsunami struck was the frightening experience I have ever had. The more I study the complexities of English grammar, I enjoy learning the language. the most successful She was player in the ten-minute chess matches.
(not) as (adjective) as He is not as extroverted as his drama teacher. She is as ecstatic as I am about the news of the royal wedding. adverb modifiers for comparatives The new restaurant is a bit more sophisticated than the others on the street. His car is slightly more damaged than the other vehicle after the crash. We are much happier now we finally have our dance outfits. He is a lot more miserable since his girlfriend dumped him. They are considerably poorer than their neighbours. He is so much more tolerant than most of the other people in his class. adverb modifiers for superlatives Your English accent is by far the most authentic. He is easily the most athletic member of the cross country club. the + comparative adjective, the + comparative adjective The more I know, the less I understand. The closer I look, the more detail I see. superlative + to + verb clause She is the best person to see to get good advice. superlative + perfect tense clause That is the most boring article I have ever read. That week in Chang Mai during the Thai New Year was the most memorable holiday I have ever had.
6
2 Correct the mistakes in these sentences. 1 2 3 4 5
I’d say that this laptop is by far the better one we’ve looked at so far. The thing about Julie is that she is not as athletic than she thinks she is. The long I live in this city, the more I love it. If you need advice about diet, Ignacio is probably best person to speak to. The neighbour’s dog seems quite aggressive at first, but he is much more friendly than he first appears.
t
•
1
en
•
comparative words or phrases.
m
•
Co
•
1 Complete the sentences with appropriate
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS •
PRACTICE
REASON, PURPOSE AND RESULT
m Ca
Use the following to express reason: because, as, since, because of, due to A lot of young people leave school and go straight on to university simply because their peers do it. Since I’d rather not have an overdraft – even with zero percent interest – I’m cutting back on all spending. Because of the way higher education is now funded through loans, many young people accumulate a lot of debt by the time they finish studying. The game was abandoned due to the stormy conditions which flooded the pitch. Note: because, as, and since are followed by a clause (subject + verb, etc.). Because of and due to are followed by a noun phrase.
ge
id
br
1 Choose the correct option to complete the
sentences. If both are possible, put a tick (✓). 1
2 3
4 5
6
Many people are prepared to buy expensive branded goods because/so they think they enhance their social status amongst their peers. Since/So that I don’t want to increase my carbon footprint, I’ve decided to become a vegetarian. Because of/Because the popularity of gaming, many people are spending a disproportionate amount of time on their tablets and iPhones. I’m going to start a programmed fitness course due to/ so that I can reduce fat and build up muscle. Due to/As a consequence the speed of technological change, people need to retrain more frequently throughout their careers than they used to. They are going to enrol in an online English course in order to/thus prepare themselves for a recognised certificate of proficiency. I am leaving at 8 am, so/so that if you want a lift to work, you need to get to my house by five to eight. Liverpool won the Champions League Final two years in a row, thus/therefore making them the only English team to defend their European title. You’ll need to return my suitcase as/due to I am going on holiday next week and don’t have another I can take. I was caught driving over the speed limit yesterday by the police and as a result/as a consequence was given an on-the-spot fine.
Co
8
9
10
t
en
Use the following to introduce the result of something: therefore; as a consequence, as a result, due to, hence, thus, consequently, so Many young adults are postponing settling down with a partner and therefore the birth rate has decreased sharply. As a consequence of global warming, there is now much greater awareness of the risk of destroying the planet. The percentage of young people with driving licenses has dramatically increased over the last twenty years and some experts claim that, as a result, there has been a significant increase in road accidents. Due to the ever-increasing cost of property, fewer and fewer people under thirty can afford to get onto the property ladder. Keeping a pet in much rented accommodation has become unacceptable, hence more and more pet-owning tenants feel themselves unjustifiably deprived. The company planned to reduce staff and thus to cut costs. Engineers are currently in great demand and, consequently, can command high salaries. Note: therefore, thus, hence and consequently are more likely to be used in formal contexts.
7
m
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Use the following to express purpose: so, so that, so as to, in order to I don’t believe in saving money just so that I can get a mortgage to buy an overpriced flat. He says he’s not going to get a proper job when he leaves college, so as to avoid paying tax. I’m going to be self-employed so I can work when and how I want. Some of my friends took a gap year after leaving school in order to travel and experience other cultures. Note: so is also used to express the consequence/result of something and is preceded by a comma to indicate the different sense: It was raining, so I took my umbrella. ✓ It was raining so that I took my umbrella. ✗
PRACTICE
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
217
UNIT 10 SUBSTITUTION AND ELLIPSIS REDUCING SENTENCES
•
m Ca
We can say things in a reduced form that avoids repetition of words and/or which replaces words with alternatives that refer to what has previously been said. We can reduce sentences as follows: • Reduced relative clauses I visited a Portuguese castle which was built 400 years ago. Here we replace a passive relative clause with a participle clause (see Unit 12 for more on participle clauses). • Omitting the second repetition of a verb or clause I stayed in a youth hostel and my parents stayed in a hotel. • Shortened questions A: I went to that pricey, bijou cinema in town on Saturday. B: Who did you go with? A: I had a really terrifying nightmare last night. B: What was it about? A: We’re thinking about getting away for a bit at Easter. B: Where are you thinking of going to?
ge
id
br
Co
•
1 2 3 4
5 6
7
2 Complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. 1
2
5
I found it very challenging to learn some of the multi-word verbs and did most of the other students. Firefighters protect themselves against toxic fumes by wearing masks and breathing equipment. Workers in nuclear power stations do by wearing protective clothing and equipment. Neither my partner I now eat red meat or dairy products. The police stopped the protest again, but tactics often help the activists’ cause. We hoped we would win the last game of the season, but luck!
t
3 4
218
We camped near a Roman fortification, which was built in the third century AD. We visited several art galleries and our friends visited a Gothic cathedral. Our guests are arriving sometime before dinner, but I don’t know exactly when they are arriving. I could scale rock faces when blindfolded when I was at uni, but nobody else in the mountaineering club could scale rock faces when blindfolded. A: I watched a fascinating documentary last night. B: What was it about? A: It wasn’t easy, but we finally managed to remove the graffiti from the front door. B: What did you remove the graffiti from the front door with? A: I was planning to go for a short city break next month. B: Where are you planning to go to?
en
•
so So refers back to something mentioned previously – in the case of the following examples, the underlined text: I experienced difficulty keeping focused on all the rules and conventions when I first joined the debating club and so did my friends. It’s crucial for me to speak accurately, but I can only do so by thoroughly studying the grammar. likewise This is similar to so but means the same action as someone/ something else does. We usually use it with do: I have been white-water rafting in some of the wildest rapids in France and Germany and aim to do likewise in the rest of Europe next year. Laboratory technicians keep themselves safe by wearing protective glasses. Construction workers do likewise by means of protective shoes and hard hats. neither/nor Neither Max nor Zak has ever been very confident about map reading and orienteering. either Mark didn’t qualify for a place in the final heat of the 100 metres and Matt didn’t either.
1 Reduce the sentences.
m
•
PRACTICE
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
OTHER WORDS AND PHRASES TO REDUCE SENTENCES •
such It can mean that type/kind of: Vandalism and looting sometimes take place during protest marches, but such anti-social behaviour often leads to conflict with the law. It can also be used in set phrases: Such is life! (refers to an event that has happened and that you must accept) As such (means in this way or because of this): Marta joined the army at age 18 with few qualifications and, as such, started in the lowest rank of cadet. No such luck! (Use this expression when you want to express your disappointment over something.) We were hoping for an easy exam. No such luck.
CONTRAST AND CONCESSION
m Ca
The differences between contrast and concession are as follows: contrast I used to live in China, but now I live in the USA. This contrasts the two countries: the one where I used to live and the one where I live now. concession Even though I live in Brighton, I work in London. When the second part of the sentence contains a surprise or something we do not expect, we call it concession. • however However is a more formal way to say but: I really wanted to go to the concert. However, all the affordable tickets were sold out. • nevertheless Use this to express the idea ‘despite what has just been said or referred to’: There had been several scandals concerning equal opportunities; nevertheless, opposition to offering fair pay to female staff at the BBC remained strong. • whereas Use whereas to introduce a conditional or qualifying statement: My best friend actually enjoys confrontation, whereas I prefer to take a back seat in any argument. • on the other hand Use this to introduce the second of two contrasting points: The outside skin of this exotic fruit is a dirty brown colour and bitter; the heart, on the other hand, is creamy white and sweet. • on the one hand/on the other hand Use these when you are comparing two different facts or two opposite ways of thinking about a situation: On the one hand, I really ought to stop playing online strategy games, but on the other hand, I simply don’t have the willpower to do it. • although, even though and though Use these to express the idea ‘regardless of the fact that’: I dozed off although the workmen were drilling in the street. Even though it was snowing heavily, I didn’t stay at home. Though we waited for almost two hours on the hard shoulder next to the car, the breakdown service never turned up. • in spite of/despite I have managed to save a deposit for a summer holiday, in spite of all the other expenses I’ve had to meet. That sculptor has produced some very creative work despite not having a proper workshop.
PRACTICE 1 Choose the correct option to complete sentences. 1 2
3
ge
id
br
4
Even but/though I’m mainly vegetarian, I occasionally ‘treat myself’ to a chicken soup. There was a lot of disagreement over the venue for the college reunion; nevertheless/whereas they did finally manage to reach a consensus. I really like being active, though/whereas most of my friends from college are extremely lazy. The inside of the igloo was very shiny and incredibly smooth; the outside, on one hand/on the other hand, was rough and uneven.
2 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes. On the other hand, I really ought to cut down on the amount of carbohydrates I eat, but on the one hand, I simply can’t resist potatoes, rice and pasta. Even although it was a roasting hot day, we decided to stay indoors and finish the decorating. In the nineteenth century some famous scientists and mathematicians managed to do some incredible work despite not having computers. In spite the high temperature, she felt extremely cold and shivery because of a bout of flu. I couldn’t fall asleep even though the noisy celebrations in the street had long ceased. That author has created some highly imaginative short stories despite being homeless.
Co
2
3
4 5 6
t
en
m
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
219
UNIT 11 EMPHASIS (1) There are a number of techniques to emphasise some information in a sentence to give it prominence:
m Ca
CLEFT SENTENCES
ge
id
br
A cleft sentence is a sentence that is split. One part of the sentence is moved from its normal position into a separate clause to give it greater emphasis. • It-Clefts We use the structure: It + be + emphasised clause + who/that We can make two cleft sentences out of the following sentence: Mary experienced a sudden pain in the stomach after eating a seafood platter. ➞ It was Mary who experienced a sudden pain in the stomach after eating a seafood platter. OR ➞ It was after eating a seafood platter that Mary experienced a sudden pain in the stomach. • Wh-Clefts We use the structure: What clause + be + emphasised clause People are going to be voting on immigration and the economy in next week’s elections. ➞ What people are going to be voting on in the election next week is immigration and the economy. Note: We can also use when, why, where and who to emphasise a time, a reason, a place or a person in a cleft sentence. The reason (why) I moved to Madrid was to improve my Spanish.
Co
PRACTICE
1 Rewrite the sentences by moving the phrases in
italics to the front of the sentence and making any changes that are necessary.
1
A few students stood chatting at the back of the hall.
2
The steak tartar was delicious. But the cheese board was even more delicious.
3
He ordered a bottle of juice and a glass of sparkling water. He gulped down the sparkling water in one go.
4
It was self-evident that she had been jogging.
5
He meticulously repaired the stitching on his shirt.
6
A rabid dog ready to attack crouched in front of me.
2 Rewrite the sentences to make them more emphatic.
Use the word in CAPITALS.
1
I find her constant sarcasm most annoying. WHAT
2
I hope that she passes her driving test this time. DO
3
We first met on a beach in Thailand. IT
4
The reason he left the party was because he had an argument with his girlfriend. WHY
t
en
m
This is when we move something important that we want to focus on to the front of the sentence. This is particularly common in speaking. The days of doing the same job for life are gone. ➞ Gone are the days of doing the same job for life! I just don’t know what I am going to say to her. ➞ What I am going to say to her I just don’t know. • Adverbs can be fronted to focus on them He dragged himself out of the treacherous quicksand carefully. ➞ Carefully, he dragged himself out of the treacherous quicksand. It started to rain all of a sudden. ➞ All of a sudden, it started to rain. When the fronting involves a prepositional phrase (on the corner, in front of me), we often change the order of the subject and the verb. In front of me was the manager of Manchester United. • Fronting in informal speech That girl over there with the blue umbrella, she works in the library. You know that book about the role of women in MI6 you told me about, they’ve made it into a film.
220
You can add positive auxiliary verbs to emphasise, disagree or argue a point. The auxiliary verb is stressed when speaking: A: The problem is the students nowadays don’t study enough. B: They do study enough, but the tests are too hard! A: You didn’t get me a birthday present! B: I did get you one! I bought you that tool box that you were asking for. A: I won’t mind if you use my car, but I will mind if you don’t replace the petrol you use. A: If you don’t want to stay for the rehearsal, you can go now. If you do want to stay, take a short break and be back in ten minutes.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
FRONTING
AUXILIARY VERBS
EMPHASIS (2) PRACTICE
Another way to add emphasis to a sentence is to use an inversion. Inversions are expressions that begin sentences and which reverse the normal word order of subject and verb. The following phrases and structures can be used with inversions: • hardly, scarcely, barely, no sooner... than... When we describe events in the past, the adverbs hardly, scarcely, barely and no sooner are often used to emphasise that one event quickly follows another. The verb describing the earlier event is usually in the past perfect simple tense. If the adverbs are in the initial position, the subject and auxiliary are inverted. No sooner had I finished watching the documentary than I fell fast asleep. Scarcely/Barely/Hardly had she finished reading when the lights went off. (She had scarcely finished reading when the lights went off.) Barely had they won the match when it started to hail. Note: hardly, scarcely and barely are followed by when in the second half of the sentence, while no sooner is followed by than. • Not only … but also Not only did he forget to send me birthday greetings, but he also didn’t even say sorry for forgetting my birthday. She is not only a great poet but also has a great sense of humour. • at no time At no time did he say he was responsible for the accident. At no time was I alone in the office when the safe was unlocked. • little Little did I know that he was emigrating to Australia. Little did they suspect that she had spent her formative years as a pupil at one of England’s elite public schools. Inversion also occurs in the main clause after the following: • only when Only when it started raining did she offer me her umbrella. Only when the water was completely polluted did they start to clean up the river. • only if Only if you’re willing to fully cooperate do I want your involvement in the project. Only if the weather stays good can we seriously consider going on the hike. • only after Only after the project is done and dusted can we go out and celebrate. Only after the flood subsided could they drive home. • Third conditional Here we cut the word if and invert the subject and verb: Had I known there would be such tough competition, I wouldn’t have entered the race. (= If I had known) I would have paid more attention in the lecture, had I realised that one of the exam questions would be based on it. (= if I had realised)
1 Rewrite the sentences beginning with the words in
m Ca
INVERSIONS
brackets.
ge
id
br
She had erected the tent when the storm started. (scarcely)
2
She opened the window and a swarm of bees flew into the room. (no sooner)
3
I didn’t know that he had been a famous concert pianist in his younger years. (little)
4
She gave me the money when I told her I was really desperate. (only when)
5
I only want you to join the team if you promise to train every week. (only if)
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1
2 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes.
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
Only after we have completely assembled the model plane we can test fly it. Not only he remembered to send emails to thank everybody, but he also phoned one or two special people. He is not only a fantastic batsman, but also is a great bowler. At no time he did admit he was in the vicinity of the crime scene. Little was I aware that he was working as a security guard in his spare time. Had I known would there be so few people attending the event, I wouldn’t have gone. I would have listened more carefully to the directions I had known that our destination would be so difficult to find.
t
en
m GRAMMAR REFERENCE
221
UNIT 12 PARTICIPLE AND TO + INFINITIVE CLAUSES •
m Ca
to + infinitive • often used after reporting verbs like say, believe, claim, think in the passive: He is said to have acted with Charlie Chaplin. • express the idea of to be able to: He is sufficiently talented to dance for the Bolshoi Ballet. • used after certain adjectives (devasted, sorry): I was devastated to hear that high infant mortality is likely to continue for the forseeable future. • as a subject of sentence (note: in formal English – we normally use the verb-ing form as a subject): To be around her all day would be very tiring. • with comparatives: It is better to give than to receive. • express purpose and ability (as in in order to or to be able to): I need some time to think. To be on time, we’ll leave early.
ge
id
br
Co
PRACTICE
1 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes.
1 2 3 4 5
She is believed be living incognito in Bolivia. They have enough skill and talent to succeed in getting a place at art school. I was so sorry hearing the news about the explosion at the chemicals factory. He is believed to be a distant relative of Napoleon. He crossed the busy road, angrily mutter to himself.
2 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6
t
8
en
7
It is more useful/useful to learn grammar than to just make lists of vocabulary. We need much more time consider/to consider the proposal in detail. Louis Hamilton crossed the finishing line at break-neck speed, waving/having waved his arms in the air. The children feeding/to feed bread to the ducks obviously hadn’t seen the warning notice forbidding it. Realising that he had burnt the cake, he decided baking/to bake another one! Having always wanted/Wanted to learn the guitar, he booked some lessons with a local tutor. He crept out of the house quietly, wanting/not wanting to wake his housemates. The scores being/having been level at 90 minutes, the game moved into extra time.
m
Participle clauses are clauses that begin with a present participle of a verb (verb-ing), a past participle of a verb or a perfect participle (having + past participle). They are often used as a form of ellipsis to avoid repetition (see Unit 10) especially in more formal spoken or written English. They are used in a number of ways: • to make a reduced relative clause for an active verb For an active relative clause, we can replace the verb with a present participle: The doctor who is leading the cancer cure research is based in the Amazon jungle. ➞ The doctor leading the cancer cure research is based in the Amazon jungle. The prisoners who are being released have all received an official pardon. ➞ The prisoners being released have all received an official pardon. Note: We cannot use this kind of participle clause if the relative pronoun is the object of the relative clause. The book that I am hoping to buy has won a number of literary prizes ✓ The book hoping to buy has won a number of literary prizes. ✗ • to make a reduced relative clause for a passive verb For a passive relative clause, we can replace the verb with a past participle: The man who was injured in the crash made a full recovery. ➞ The man injured in the crash made a full recovery. Again, we cannot use a participle clause here if the relative pronoun is the object of the relative clause.
222
•
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
PARTICIPLE CLAUSES
•
Here are some other uses of participle clauses: giving a reason for the main clause Knowing that she would be angry, he didn’t mention that he had broken her favourite vase. (= Because he knew that …) Having failed all his previous exams, he decided to study properly for this one. (= Because he had failed all his previous exams …) Note that we use the perfect participle to indicate that this action was finished before the action in the main clause. an action occurring at the same time as the main clause She left the room, smiling to herself. He walked down the street, whistling a merry tune. as a reduced conditional – shorter for if + past participle If used sparingly, the medication will last you a few months. Note that we can also omit if here.
NOMINALISATION
m Ca
Nominalisation is the process or result of forming a noun or noun phrase from a clause or a verb. It is a common feature of more advanced and more formal writing. Look at the example below: Sentence 1: The writer described the atmosphere brilliantly. Sentence 2: The writer’s description of the atmosphere was brilliant. The two sentences mean the same thing, but in Sentence 2, the verb described has become the noun description. It is often used to describe concepts such as: • processes – construction; investigation into • changes – disappearance; improvement; transformation; deterioration • qualities – drawbacks; characteristics • behaviours – decision (not) to; ability to; rejection of • communication – explanation for; description; analysis In Sentence 2, the underlined words are a noun phrase. In this case, they are the subject of the sentence. Noun phrases can also be objects of verbs: I thoroughly enjoyed the writer’s description of the atmosphere. Noun phrases can also be the objects of prepositions. I was interested in the writer’s description of the atmosphere. Make sure you include any prepositions that correspond to the nouns (description of, review of, information about). The auditors reviewed the company’s annual reports. ➞ The auditors carried out a review of the company’s annual reports. I am grateful to you for informing me about the new regulations. ➞ I am grateful for the information you provided about the new regulations. Note that sometimes the noun phrase will require changing the verb in the sentence. The police acted immediately to defuse the situation. = The police took immediate action to defuse the situation. Sometimes when we do this we actually make the sentence more informal: I had to cook because no one else knew how. = I had to do the cooking because no one else knew how.
PRACTICE 1 Rewrite the sentences by changing the underlined
verbs into nouns and making any other necessary changes.
ge
id
br
Political leaders need to perform well in TV or radio interviews.
2
The local government needs to assess the town’s waste disposal system.
3
The police investigated the burglary.
4
The charity organisation provided temporary shelters for the victims of the tsunami, which saved countless lives.
5
This grammar exercise illustrates well the difficulties of nominalisation.
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
1
2 Rewrite the sentences using the noun in brackets to
replace the verb, making any changes required.
1
Burglary was increasing rapidly and the police were becoming concerned. (increase/concern)
2
This government report analyses in detail the climate change problem. (analysis)
3
The company chairman did not fully explain his relationship with the former head of the CIA. (explanation)
4
Our society debated the issue of capital punishment. (debate)
t
en
m GRAMMAR REFERENCE
223
UNIT 13 PRONOUNS (1) – IT AND THERE CLAUSES
m Ca
English clauses which are not imperatives must have a subject. We sometimes use a ‘dummy’ subject when there is no subject attached to the verb and where the real subject is somewhere else in the clause. • It and there are the two dummy subjects used in English: It’s always interesting to explore an area you’ve not been to before. The real subject (the thing that is interesting) is: to explore an area you’ve not been to before. There are two black puppies in the litter. The real subject is the two black puppies and the object is the litter. • We often use it as a dummy subject with adjectives and their complements: It’s imperative to wear protective clothing when you do experiments in the lab. The real subject (the thing that is imperative) is: wearing protective clothing when you do experiments in the lab. • We also use there as a dummy subject in sentences with relative clauses: There’s a man waiting in reception who wants to show you something. The real subject is the man – he wants to show you something. Dummy it and there subjects and objects often appear in common phrases: • I’d appreciate it if … (polite request) I’d appreciate it if you’d help me to tidy up the flat. • I want to make it clear that … (clarifying in a direct/threatening way) I want to make it clear that if I ever catch you riding my bike again, I’ll call the police. • you owe it to … (an obligation or a duty to do something) You owe it to your children to see that they learn to behave respectfully. • it looks like it’s going to … (what is likely to happen) It looks like it’s going to be fun. • make it … (achieve something) We all made it to the station on time. • it’s time for … (the right moment) It’s time for boarding the bus. • I hate it when … I hate it when people push in front of me in a queue. • I find it (+adj) … I find it annoying when people use their mobile phones in a restaurant.
• • • •
ge
id
br
•
•
Co
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
•
it’s no good + gerund … (not worthwhile) It’s no good complaining about the service. I couldn’t believe it when … I couldn’t believe it when I heard the news. there is bound to be … (for certainty) There’s bound to be a train in the next few minutes. there is no chance that … (no possibility) There is no chance it will rain today. there’s no knowing whether … (impossible to be certain) There’s no knowing whether she’ll decide to join us. there’s no point (in) … (not worth it) There’s no point (in) going to the match – our team is bound to lose again. there’s no question of … (no chance of something happening) There was no question of her forgetting about the incident at the station. there must be something … (there is a small chance/opportunity) There must be something we can do to save the planet. there’s no hope of … (no chance) There’s no hope of escaping from this dreadful situation we are in. there tends to be … (an inclination towards) There tends to be a lot of arguing about trivial or unimportant matters. I wouldn’t expect there to be … (low expectation) I wouldn’t expect there to be much money left in my bank account after the holiday.
•
•
•
PRACTICE
1 Tick the correct sentences. Correct the sentences
with mistakes.
1 2 3
6
t
5
en
4
It’s over twenty English workers employed in that German factory. There’s important to wear a hard hat in the construction industry. There’s a woman in the foyer of the hotel who wants to make a complaint. I’d appreciate if you’d go to the corner shop and get me some milk. I want to make it clear that I won’t tolerate any insubordination. You owe there to yourself to live your life to the full.
m
224
•
PRONOUNS (2) -EVER
Possessive adjectives show that something belongs to someone or something. They are: my, our, your, his, her, its and their Possessive pronouns are similar but can be used to replace nouns: mine, ours, yours, his, hers, its and theirs. Note: Possessive pronouns are never spelled with apostrophes. Come and have a look at these charcoal sketches. Mine is the big one in the corner. (subject – my charcoal sketch) I really like your flower display. Do you like mine? (object – my flower display) Max found his driving license, but Leila couldn’t find hers. (object – her driving license) Look at the kids in these photos. They can’t be Ben and Kim’s kids. Theirs have blond hair. (subject – their kids) All the cases have colour-coded ribbons for easy recognition. Yours are maroon. (subject – your ribbons) There’s your car in row B. Ours is over there in row F. (subject – our car)
The suffix -ever is added to the questions words how, what, which, when, where, and who to form subject and object pronouns with a non-specific meaning. We use them when the noun referred to is either unimportant or unknown. Finish the sentence whichever way you like. Reception is open 24 hours, so you can arrive whenever is convenient. Whoever painted this picture must be incredibly talented. We can also use this type of pronoun for emphasis in questions. However will we get there on time in this traffic? Whatever is that politician saying?
m Ca
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS
ge
id
br
1 Complete the sentences with a possessive pronoun
or possessive adjective to match the words in italics.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE + GERUND
Co
Possessive adjectives can be combined with a gerund (verb-ing) in subject or object form: Your winning first prize in the photo competition was a bit of a shock. The scouts all made their camp beds without my asking. Their singing the famous chorus again was an inspiration to everybody in the audience. I was so grateful for his helping out. Her approaching the bank for a loan was the right thing to do. Note: The interrogative pronoun whose can also be a possessive pronoun: There was a huge roll of banknotes on the bedside table and we wondered whose it was. I am convinced that the car at the end of the cul-de-sac hasn’t moved for three months. Whose could it be?
ONE/ONES
PRACTICE
3
4
5
6
2 Complete the sentences with one word. 1
2
3
4
5
6
in the Are these your keys? No, mine are the car on the dashboard. I haven’t got a smart dress shirt to go with my tuxedo. I’ll have to buy a new . isn’t Have you taken my calculator? This mine – I think it’s yours. Are those your trainers? The expensive under the bench in the changing room? You don’t have to worry about him. He’s one of . He can keep a secret. I couldn’t find the dogs. I just knew that one of was trapped in the garden shed because I heard it barking.
t
en
ONE OF
2
Dan and Elena like your new flat and want to know whether you like ? John was quite ill on Monday. I felt bad at missing the opportunity to go to the match. Tom was still looking for his passport, but Lizzie had already found . Is that the company’s registered trademark? No, is black and white. Hi Jacky, is that your mountain bike blocking the entrance. Oh, yes, it’s . Sorry. Hi Phil. Hello Marta. Are those your twin boys playing on the swings? Yes, they’re .
m
These pronouns agree with the nouns they represent: There are lots of keys here. Which ones are ours? Modern computers are much smaller than the ones from the eighties. When you buy two suits, you get a third one free.
1
One can be linked to other pronouns with of. It’s clear to me now that one of us is not telling the truth. One of them was hiding behind the curtains.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE
225
K N A B B R E V D R O W I T MUL Multi-word verbs are verbs that consist of a verb and one or two particles or prepositions (e.g. up, over, in, down, etc.) The meaning of a multi-word verb is often different from its separate parts. The following are all multi-word verbs.
m Ca
MULTI-WORD VERB
DEFINITION to make a copy of information that is stored separately
to bounce back
to start to be successful again after a difficult period
to brush up (on) sth
to improve your knowledge of something already learned but partly forgotten
to build sth up
to increase or develop
id
br
to back up sth
to meet someone you know when you have not planned to meet them
to call sth off
to decide to stop an activity
ge
to bump into sb
to catch on
to become popular
to catch up (with sth) to cater for sb/sth
to provide what is wanted or needed by a particular group of people
to cater to sb/sth
to give people exactly what they want, often something unusual or something that people think is wrong
to check (up) on sth to check sth out
Co
to ask someone in a formal way to do something
U
to call on sb to do sth
to clean sb/sth up
to make a person or place clean and tidy
to clear sth away
to make a place tidy by removing things from it, or putting them where they should be
to close sth off
to put something across the entrance to a place in order to stop people entering it
to come across
to seem to be a particular type of person or thing
to come off
to happen successfully
to come on
to start to happen or work
to come round
to become conscious again after an accident or medical operation
to come under sth
to be in a particular part of a book, list, etc.
to come up
If a job or opportunity comes up, it becomes available.
to come up against sth
to have to deal with a problem or difficulty
to cover sth up
to put something over something else, in order to protect or hide it
to cut across sth
If a problem or subject cuts across different groups of people, all of those groups are affected by it or interested in it.
to cut sth out
to remove something or form a shape by cutting, usually something made of paper or cloth / to stop eating or drinking something, usually to improve your health
to derive sth from sth
to come from or be developed from something
to devote yourself to sth
to spend all your time or energy doing something that you think is important
to dispose of sth
to get rid of something, especially by throwing it away
to do away with sth
to get rid of something or stop using something
to draw on sth
to use information or your knowledge or experience of something to help you do something
to draw sth up
to prepare something, usually a plan, list, or an official agreement, by writing it
to drop down
to appear underneath in a list form
to dwell on/upon sth
to keep thinking or talking about something, especially something bad or unpleasant
to filter out
to select or remove a type of information from something
to finish sth off
to complete the last part of something that you are doing
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
to try to discover how something is progressing or whether someone is doing what they should be doing to examine something or get more information about it in order to be certain that it is true, safe, or suitable / to go to a place in order to see what it is like
t
en
m
226
to reach the same level or quality as someone or something else
MULTI-WORD VERB
DEFINITION to feel that you belong to a particular group and are accepted by them
to fit in with sth
If something fits in with a situation, idea, method, etc., it is suitable and works successfully as part of it.
to fix sth up
to arrange a meeting, date, event, etc.
to get at sth
to suggest or express something in a way that is not clear
to get sb/sth out
to escape from or leave a place, or to help someone do this
to get out
to go out to different places and meet people in order to enjoy yourself
to get back to sb
to talk to someone, usually on the telephone, to give them some information they have asked for or because you were not able to speak to them before
to get into sth
to become interested in an activity or subject, or start being involved in an activity
to get through to sb
to succeed in making someone understand or believe something
to go down
to stop working
m Ca
to fit in
to go off
to start to do a particular type of work If an amount of time, money, or effort goes into a product or activity, it is used or spent creating that product or doing that activity.
ge
to go into sth
id
br
to go into sth
U
to hack into
If a bomb or a gun goes off, it explodes or fires. to access someone else’s computer system without permission
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
to not tell everything you know about something
to hold sb/sth back
to prevent someone or something from moving forward
to insist on sth
to keep doing something, even if it annoys other people or people think it is not good for you
Co
to hold sth back
to keep sb/sth from doing sth to prevent someone or something from doing something to kick in
to start to be effective or to happen
to kick off
When a football match or other event kicks off, it starts.
to kick sb out
to force someone to leave a place or organization
to lay sb off
to stop employing someone, usually because there is no work for them to do
to lay sth out
to explain something clearly, usually in writing
to lie ahead
If an event or situation that will cause problems lies ahead, it will happen in the future.
to line sb/sth up
to plan for something to happen
to lock out
to prevent somebody from having something or taking part in an activity
to log on (to)
to connect to a computer or system
to look on/upon sb/sth as sth to consider someone or something in a particular way to become better
to mess about/around
to spend time playing and doing things with no particular purpose, to waste time
to move on
to start doing a new activity, to start speaking about a new topic
to opt in
to choose to be part of an activity or arrangement
to pop up
to appear or happen suddenly, often without warning
to print out
to produce writing or images on paper or other material with a machine
to put sth forward
to state an idea or opinion, or to suggest a plan, so that it can be considered or discussed
to put sth together
to prepare a piece of work by collecting several ideas and suggestions and organising them
to put in
to install a device somewhere and make it ready to operate
to read up on sth
to read a lot about a particular subject in order to learn about it
to refer to sb/sth
If writing or information refers to someone or something, it relates to that person or thing.
to relate to sb
to understand how someone feels
to run sb/sth down
to criticize someone or something, often unfairly
to run on sth
If a machine runs on a supply of power, it uses that power to work.
to rush into something
to start doing something without thinking about it enough first
t
en
m
to look up
227
MULTI-WORD VERB
DEFINITION
to scare sb away/off
to make someone worried about doing something or going somewhere so that they decide not to do it or go there
to scare sb/sth away/off
to make a person or an animal so frightened that they go away
to scroll up/down
to move text or picture on a computer screen to view different parts of a page
to set sb/sth back
to make something happen more slowly or later than it should
to settle down
to start living in a place where you intend to stay for a long time, usually with your partner
m Ca
to begin to feel relaxed and happy in a new home or job
to shake sth up
to cause large changes in something
to sign in
to enter your details into a website in order to use it
to slow down
to go or happen slower, or to cause something to happen slower
to speed up
to go or happen faster, or to cause something to happen faster
id
br
to settle in
to defend yourself against a powerful person or organization when they treat you unfairly
to start out
to begin your life, or the part of your life when you work, in a particular way
ge
to stand up to sb/sth
to avoid becoming involved in something that will have a bad effect on you
to stay on
to continue to be in a place, job or school after other people have left
to stem from sth
U
to stay away from sth
to store up sth
to remember things, usually so that you can tell people about them later
to switch on/off sth
to stop or start a device powered by electricity
to take sth on
to accept a particular job or responsibility
to throw yourself into sth
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
to tear sth up
Co
to take to sb/sth
to develop as the result of something
to start to like someone or something
to tear paper into a lot of small pieces
to start doing something with a lot of enthusiasm and energy
t
en
m
228
ATION M R O F IN M A X E D E C N A C1 ADV CONTENT
EXAM FOCUS
Reading and Use of English 1 hour 30 minutes
Part 1 A modified cloze containing eight gaps followed by eight 4-option multiple-choice items. Part 2 A modified cloze test containing eight gaps. Part 3 A text containing eight gaps. Each gap corresponds to a word. The stems of the missing words are given beside the text and must be changed to form the missing word. Part 4 Six separate items, each with a lead-in sentence and a gapped second sentence to be completed in three to six words, one of which is a given ‘key’ word. Part 5 A text followed by six 4-option multiple-choice questions. Part 6 Four short texts, followed by multiple-matching questions. Candidates must read across texts to match a prompt to elements in the texts. Part 7 A text from which paragraphs have been removed and placed in jumbled order after the text. Candidates must decide from where in the text the paragraphs have been removed. Part 8 A text or several short texts preceded by multiple-matching questions. Candidates must match a prompt to elements in the text.
Candidates are expected to demonstrate their knowledge of vocabulary and grammar in parts 1–4, and their reading comprehension skills in parts 5–8. Candidates are also expected to show understanding of specific information, text organisation features, tone, attitude, opinion, and text structure throughout the exam.
Writing 1 hour 30 mins
Part 1 Candidates are required to write an essay, between 220 and 260 words, based on two points given in the input text. They will be asked to explain which of the two points is more important and to give reasons for their opinion. Part 2 Candidates have a choice of task. The tasks provide candidates with a clear context, topic, purpose and target reader for their writing. The output text types are: • letter/email • proposal • report • review.
Candidates are expected to demonstrate their ability to write at a C1 level. They should be able to demonstrate awareness of style and tone, as well as functions such as describing, evaluating, hypothesising, persuading, expressing opinion, comparing, giving advice, justifying and judging priorities.
Listening Approximately 40 minutes
Part 1 Three short extracts from exchanges between interacting speakers with two multiple-choice questions on each extract. Part 2 A monologue lasting approximately three minutes. Candidates are required to complete the sentences with information heard on the recording. Part 3 A conversation between two or more speakers of approximately four minutes. There are six multiple-choice questions, each with four options. Part 4 Five short themed monologues, of approximately 30 seconds each. Each multiple-matching task requires selection of the correct options from a list of eight.
Candidates are expected to be able to show understanding of agreement, attitude, course of action, detail, feeling, function, genre, gist, opinion, purpose, situation, specific information, etc.
Speaking 15 minutes
Part 1 A short conversation between the interlocutor and each candidate (spoken questions). Part 2 An individual ‘long turn’ for each candidate with a response from the second candidate. In turn, the candidates are given three photographs and asked to talk about any two of them. Part 3 A two-way conversation between the candidates. The candidates are given spoken instructions with written stimuli, which are used in a discussion and a decision-making task. The conversation is divided into a discussion phase (two minutes) and a decision phase (one minute). Candidates are given approximately 15 seconds to initially read the task before starting to speak. Part 4 A discussion on topics related to the collaborative task (spoken questions).
Candidates are expected to demonstrate competence at organising a large unit of discourse through comparison, description, speculation and expressing opinion. Candidates are also expected to demonstrate an ability to sustain interaction through their use of social language and their ability to exchange ideas, express and justify opinions, agree and disagree, suggest, speculate, evaluate and negotiate.
m Ca
PART/TIMING
ge
id
br
Co
t
en
m
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
229
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors and publishers would like to thank the following contributors: Grammar on the move and additional Real World video content: Greg Archer Grammar reference and English for Spanish Speakers: Bryan Goodman-Stephens Writing and Speaking Bank: Claire Wijayatilake The authors and publishers are grateful to the following for reviewing the material during the writing process: Dan Beardshaw, Ben Naismith, Darren Longley, Michael Black, Annie Broadhead, Hilary Day, Angela McCarthy, Tom Bradbury, Sarah Dev-Sherman and Alice Copello.
m Ca
The authors and publishers acknowledge the following sources of copyright material and are grateful for the permissions granted. While every effort has been made, it has not always been possible to identify the sources of all the material used, or to trace all copyright holders. If any omissions are brought to our notice, we will be happy to include the appropriate acknowledgements on reprinting and in the next update to the digital edition, as applicable. Key: S = Starter, U = Unit.
br
Text
ge
id
U3: Text about Ben Pasternak. Copyright © Ben Pasternak. Reproduced with kind permission; Text about Nao Mintz. Copyright © Nao Mintz. Reproduced with permission; U6: Text about Zaha Hadid. Copyright © Zaha Hadid. Reproduced with kind permission; Adapted text from ‘So much for ‘Finders Keepers’! $500,000 found stashed behind home’s walls returned to heirs of man who hid cash at least 11 years ago’ by Laura Pullman. Copyright © DailyMail. Reproduced with permission; U7: Figures from ‘Sample 11+ Assessment Test — Non-Verbal Reasoning’. Copyright © Coordination Group Publications Ltd (CGP). Reproduced with kind permission; Adapted text from ‘University League Tables 2020’. Copyright Complete University Guide Limited © 2020. Reproduced with kind permission; U9: Text about GLASTONBURY FESTIVAL. Copyright © GLASTONBURY FESTIVAL. Reproduced with kind permission; U12: Adapted text from ‘Talking to babies boosts their brain power, studies show’ by Ian Sample Wapshott, The Guardian, 14.02.14; Text about Michel André Maréchal. Copyright © Michel André Maréchal. Reproduced with kind permission.
The following photographs are sourced from other libraries/sources. U2: Shutterstock; U3: Adrian Sherratt/Alamy Stock Photo; Copyright © Ben Pasternak; © Alexandra Wolf. Reproduced with permission; U6: Courtesy of Krzywy Domek; Courtesy of Zaha Hadid Architects. Front cover photography by Supawat Punnanon/EyeEm/Getty Images; Patrick Foto/Getty Images; fStop Images-Caspar Benson/Getty Images; art2002/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Onfokus/E+/Getty Images; primeimages/E+/Getty Images. Videos The following photographs are sourced from Getty Images. U2: Sjo/iStock Unreleased; Tramino/iStock Unreleased; U4: Bettmann; Found Image Holdings Inc/Corbis Historical; Artyom Geodakyan/TASS; Rolls Press/Popperfoto; Dorling Kindersley; Science & Society Picture Library/SSPL; Dorling Kindersley; Blank Archives/Archive Photos; John Borthwick/Lonely Planet Images; Jamie Squire/National Hockey League; U5: Heritage Images/Hulton Archive; Evening Standard/Hulton Archive; Spencer Platt/Getty Images News; Bletchley Park Trust/SSPL; R. J. Salmon/Hulton Archive; Jimmy Sime/Hulton Archive; Jimmy Sime/Hulton Archive; Donald Iain Smith/Photodisc; Christopher Furlong/Getty Images News; Christopher Furlong/Getty Images News; Heritage Images/Hulton Archive; U6: David Rogers/Getty Images Sport; U8: ZU_09/ DigitalVision Vectors; Rick Stewart/Getty Images Sport; LMPC; Paul Severn/Getty Images Sport; Silver Screen Collection/Moviepix; U9: mashuk/DigitalVision Vectors; U12: Otto Greule Jr/Getty Images Sport; U13: Stu Forster/Getty Images Sport; CHRISTOPHE SIMON/AFP.
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
Photographs
retales botijero/Moment; Roberto Westbrook; Tidarat Tiemjai/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Snap Decision/Photographer’s Choice RF; Malte Mueller; Ja_inter/DigitalVision Vectors; fStop; 4x6/DigitalVision Vectors; anucha sirivisansuwan/Moment; U13: Compassionate Eye Foundation/DigitalVision; Imgorthand/E+; sturti/E+; mathisworks/DigitalVision Vectors; Travel_Motion/E+; Westend61; Mike Harrington/DigitalVision; GlobalStock/E+; John Todd/ISI Photos/Getty Images Sport; Gwengoat/iStock Unreleased; brittak/iStock Unreleased; Chaiyaporn Baokaew/EyeEm; DanCardiff/E+; Sharon Lapkin/Moment; Alan Tunnicliffe Photography/Moment; martin-dm/E+; Anton Petrus/Moment; Hinterhaus Productions/DigitalVision; BirdofPrey/E+; yuoak/DigitalVision Vectors; U14: Colin Hawkins/Cultura; SCIENCE PHOTO LIBRARY/Science Photo Library; Dalina Rahman/ Eyem; Image Source/Vetta; smartboy10/DigitalVision Vectors; Thitikorn Suksao/EyeEm; Terry Vine/DigitalVision; Alexandre Simoes/Borussia Dortmund; Westend61; andresr/ E+; anand purohit/Moment; Malcolm P Chapman/Moment; Colin Hawkins/Cultura; Glow Images; Brosa/E+; Anjelika Gretskaia/Moment; Shana Novak/DigitalVision; Natalia Rüdisüli/EyeEm; Winslow Productions; Tim Macpherson/Cultura; Westend61; Cavan Images; Anna Kurzaeva/Moment; Justin Paget/DigitalVision; zoranm/E+; Andrew Brookes/ Cultura; 101dalmatians/E+; John Rowley/Photodisc; JGalione/E+; Terry Vine/The Image Bank.
The following photographs are sourced from Getty Images.
Co
The following photograph is sourced from other source.
U9: Copyright © Kestrel/King arthurs Great Halls 2016. Reproduced with kind permission. The following video clips are sourced from Getty Images.
U1: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; Laurence Dutton/Vetta; yucelyilmaz/Vetta; ShutterOK/Creatas Video; simonkr/Creatas Video; perinjo/Creatas Video; Purplevideos/ Creatas Video+; Captamotion/Image Bank Film; Multi-bits/Image Bank Film: Signature; miodrag ignjatovic/Creatas Video; kali9/Creatas Video; Andersen Ross/Verve+; gilaxia/ Creatas Video; freemixer/Creatas Video; FilmColoratStudio/Vetta; U2: mgost/Creatas Video; selected-takes/Creatas Video; pronto8000/Creatas Video; Eduardo Montes-Bradley/ Image Bank Film; Warner Bros. Studios/Warner Bros. Entertainment; selected-takes/ Creatas Video; selected-takes/Creatas Video; loveguli/Creatas Video; ActiveDesignStudio/ Creatas Video; selected-takes/Vetta; wanetza/Creatas Video; selected-takes/Vetta; Simonkr/one80: Signature; Art Box Images/Verve; U3: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; flavioc77/Creatas Video; antadi1332/Vetta; gogoloji/Creatas Video; itsskin/Creatas Video; NHK/NHK Video Bank Creative; Dorian Weber/Image Bank Film; gogoloji/Creatas Video; commandoXphoto/Creatas Video; naes/Creatas Video; gogoloji/Creatas Video; thisnight/Creatas Video; Dorian Weber/DigitalVision; JK1991/Creatas Video; gogoloji/ Creatas Video; simonkr/Creatas Video; simonkr/Creatas Video+; hh5800/Creatas Video; gogoloji/Creatas Video; querbeet/Vetta; captamotion/Creatas Video; eyeidea/Creatas Video+; Stockshare/Creatas Video; primeimages/Creatas Video; U4: Ahmetov_Ruslan/ Creatas Video+; Mageed/Creatas Video; Film Images Sarl – Footage/Archive Films: Editorial; British Film Institute/Getty Images/Archive Films: Creative; itsskin/Creatas Video; slavemotion/Creatas Video; baranozdemir/iStock; NASA/Photolibrary Video; WW News/Image Bank Film; kafl/Creatas Video; cloudytronics/Creatas Video; U5: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; David Hills/Creatas Video; Robert Harding Video/ Verve+; slavemotion/Creatas Video; ITN; U6: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; ZU_09/ DigitalVision Vectors; Witthaya/Creatas Video; real444/Creatas Video; Pavel Gospodinov/ DigitalVision; Discovery Access; Anthony Collins/Photodisc; MediaProduction/Creatas Video; MediaProduction/Vetta; Andrew Geiger/Photodisc; MediaProduction/Creatas Video; Peter Adams/Corbis Video; Purplevideos/Creatas Video+; piola666/Vetta; Hangar Filmes/Image Bank Film; HOPE PRODUCTIONS/Yann Arthus Bertrand/Getty Images/Yann Arthus-Bertrand; U7: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; smart_design/ Creatas Video; Image Bank Film; ITN; Ariel Skelley/Verve+; Ariel Skelley/Iconica Video: Signature; Sony Pictures Entertainment; SolStock/Creatas Video; Lighthouse Films; Image Source Ltd/Verve+; akiraworks/Creatas Video; ITN; kali9/Vetta; Christian Ender/ Image Bank Film; gawrav/Vetta; SDI Productions/Vetta; Easy_Company/Creatas Video; Ariel Skelley/Image Bank Film: Signature; BBC Motion Gallery Editorial/BBC News/ BBC Editorial; U8: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; Hal Bergman/Image Bank Film; Grinberg, Paramount, Pathe Newsreels/Sherman Grinberg Library; Gavin Hellier/Image Bank Film; Silverwell Films/Archive Films: Creative; The March of Time; BBC Universal/ BBC Creative; Angry Alligator Productions/Image Bank Film; Silverwell Films/Archive Films: Creative; Silverwell Films/Archive Films: Creative; A&E Television Networks/ Image Bank Film; andresr/Vetta; U9: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; Ming Yeung/Getty Images Entertainment Video; Nik Taylor/Moment Open; Leon Neal/Getty Images Editorial Footage; Roy JAMES Shakespeare/Image Bank Film; SkyworksFootage/Creatas Video; Gavin Hellier/DigitalVision; BBC Natural History/BBC Creative; Roy JAMES Shakespeare/ DigitalVision; BBC Universal/BBC Creative; OmniMovi Ltd/Corbis Video; Gavin Hellier/ DigitalVision; OmniReelLife/Photolibrary Video; Roy JAMES Shakespeare/DigitalVision; BBC Motion Gallery Editorial/BBC News/BBC Editorial; OmniReelLife/Photolibrary Video; U10: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; Sky News/DigitalVision; Peter Adams Photography Ltd./Verve+; xijian/Creatas Video; Andrew Holt/Photodisc; PeopleImages/ Creatas Video; GetMyStock/Creatas Video+; Purplevideos/Vetta; Wavebreakmedia/
t
en
m
Page snapshots from Open World Advanced Student’s Book. S: RichVintage/E+; South_agency/E+; Digital Vision./Photodisc; Photodisc; Westend61; georgeclerk/ E+; Jeffrey Coolidge/DigitalVision; Morsa Images/DigitalVision; U1: FilippoBacci/ E+; Flashpop/DigitalVision; George Pimentel/WireImage; SaulHerrera/DigitalVision Vectors; Boarding1Now/iStock/Getty Images Plus; GMint/E+; Eugenio Marongiu/Cultura; Thomas Barwick/DigitalVision; filadendron/E+; Rassco; iStock/Getty Images Plus; VladSt/ DigitalVision Vectors; U2: Matelly/Cultura; Markus Spiering/EyeEm; Leadinglights/ E+; Chalermphon Kumchai/EyeEm; Ziga Plahutar/E+; Oleh_Slobodeniuk/E+; Eric Hevesy/Moment; wundervisuals/E+; vm/E+; Jaromir Chalabala/EyeEm; imamember/ iStock Unreleased; Oscar Wong/Moment; Fuse/Corbis; MATJAZ SLANIC/E+; Fuse/ Corbis; EXTREME-PHOTOGRAPHER/E+; © Marco Bottigelli/Moment; FatCamera/E+; Westend61; martin-dm/E+; Photos by R A Kearton/Moment; designalldone/DigitalVision Vectors; Hispanolistic/E+; Manuel Sulzer/Cultura; Jordan Siemens/DigitalVision; U3: John M Lund Photography Inc/DigitalVision; Remus Kotsell/iStock; by Marion C. Haßold, www.marionhassold.com/Moment; by_nicholas/E+; Natthakan Jommanee/EyeEm; Vicki Jauron, Babylon and Beyond Photography/Moment; PM Images/DigitalVision; skynesher/ E+; John Lawson, Belhaven/Moment Open; David M. Benett/Getty Images Entertainment; Barry Austin Photography/Photodisc; KTSDESIGN/SCIENCE PHOTO LIBRARY; jayk7/ Moment; stock-eye/E+; U4: Christianto Soning/EyeEm; The Washington Post; SCIEPRO/ SCIENCE PHOTO LIBRARY/Science Photo Library; aaaaimages/Moment; JGI/Jamie Grill; eROMAZe/E+; Bill Green/EyeEm; Sarayut Thaneerat/EyeEm; laflor/E+; Paul Fram Photography/Moment Open; ANDRZEJ WOJCICKI/Science Photo Library; John Dickson/ Moment; Pete Barr-Watson/Moment; Science Photo Library; JazzIRT/E+; John Lamb/ Stockbyte; Handout/Getty Images News; U5: Nico De Pasquale Photography/Moment; Cavan Images; NicolasMcComber/E+; Roy McMahon/DigitalVision; Yuri_Arcurs/ E+; Maskot; Colin Anderson Productions pty ltd/DigitalVision; Westend61; A-Digit/ DigitalVision Vectors; bubaone/DigitalVision Vectors; laflor/E+; Busakorn Pongparnit/ Moment; praetorianphoto/E+; Sompong Sriphet/EyeEm; 97/E+; DimaChe/DigitalVision Vectors; Sitthiphong Thadakun/EyeEm; emanuelestano/Moment; U6: Zuraisham/ Moment; Sigrid Gombert/Alloy; PASCAL POCHARD-CASABIANCA/AFP; Monty Rakusen/Cultura; tigerstrawberry/iStock/Getty Images Plus; Tom Ellingham/Moment; Simon Potter/Cultura; ullstein bild; MARWAN NAAMANI/AFP; AWL Images; Mark Scott/DigitalVision; vitranc/E+; STR/AFP; John Steele/Moment; Paul Freeborn/Moment; Chris Walter/WireImage; shunli zhao/Moment; © Naufal MQ/Moment; Arctic-Images/ DigitalVision; mathisworks/DigitalVision Vectors; U7: DrAfter123/DigitalVision Vectors; wundervisuals/E+; mathisworks/DigitalVision Vectors; Andriy Onufriyenko/Moment; Ursula Sander/Moment Open; SDI Productions/E+; Georgijevic/E+; vgajic/E+; Jon Feingersh Photography Inc/DigitalVision; Mint Images/Mint Images RF; hocus-focus/E+; Fuse/Corbis; Tim Hall/Cultura; Thomas Barwick/DigitalVision; skynesher/E+; Jose Luis Pelaez Inc/DigitalVision; Tu xa Ha Noi/Moment; U8: Francesco Carta/Moment Open; RichLegg/E+; mikkelwilliam/E+; MirageC/China; AdrianHillman/iStock/Getty Images Plus; filo/DigitalVision Vectors; A-Digit/DigitalVision Vectors; brianlarson/E+; Photographer is my life./Moment; Dulin/RooM; U9: Image Source; Chris Rubey/Moment Unreleased; Pekic/E+; SOPA Images/LightRocket; Jobalou/DigitalVision Vectors; LauriPatterson/E+; valentinrussanov/iStock Unreleased; Maria Teijeiro/Photodisc; RelaxFoto.de/E+; Damith Wickramasinghe/500px/500Px Unreleased; ozgurdonmaz/E+; MEDITERRANEAN/E+; Marc Wolf/EyeEm; Krissana Porto/EyeEm; Will Grant/Moment; Simone Joyner/EyeEm; U10: wundervisuals/E+; pixdeluxe/E+; NicolasMcComber/E+; Getty Images/Getty Images Sport; perrygerenday/E+; Charlotte Wilson/Offside; cyrop/DigitalVision Vectors; Francois Lacasse/National Hockey League; skynesher/E+; Martin Grimes/FilmMagic; zodebala/E+; Atsushi Tomura/Getty Images Sport; Westend61; Brazil Photo Press/LatinContent Editorial; Mint Images/Mint Images RF; Caiaimage RF; Sino Images/500px Asia; Creative Crop/ Photodisc; franckreporter/E+; BraunS/E+; shapecharge/E+; SDI Productions/E+; BraunS/ E+; U11: FatCamera/E+; SDI Productions/E+; cnythzl/DigitalVision Vectors; DNY59/ E+; piranka/E+; svetikd/E+; Raphye Alexius/Image Source; tacojim/E+; Peter Dazeley/ The Image Bank; Ariel Skelley/DigitalVision; Image Source; thianchai sitthikongsak/ Moment; MARTIN BUREAU/AFP; U12: PIXOLOGICSTUDIO/SCIENCE PHOTO LIBRARY/Science Photo Library; Alain SHRODER/ONOKY; Paul Gilligan/Imagezoo;
m Ca
Creatas Video+; Purplevideos/Creatas Video+; ImagesBazaar/Verve+; RaptTv/Creatas Video+; simonkr/Creatas Video; Wavebreakmedia/Creatas Video+; Wavebreakmedia/ Creatas Video+; purplevideos/Creatas Video+; haizon/Vetta; Roy JAMES Shakespeare/ Photodisc; Roy JAMES Shakespeare/DigitalVision; simonkr/Creatas Video; CRC_Studio/ Creatas Video; Aristine/Creatas Video; U11: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; simonkr/ Creatas Video; Pekic/Vetta; ersen_cira/Creatas Video; evandrorigon/Creatas Video; John_Lamb/Creatas Video; tawattiw/Creatas Video; Laurence Dutton/Creatas Video; PeopleImages/Creatas Video; SimonSkafar/Creatas Video; FG Trade/Creatas Video; querbeet/Creatas Video; Andrew_Howe/Creatas Video; Laurence Dutton/Vetta; tawattiw/ Creatas Video; KLH49/Creatas Video; Vadim_Key/Creatas Video+; Purplevideos/Vetta; THRE3/Creatas Video; gilaxia/Vetta; blackdovfx/Creatas Video; gradyreese/Creatas Video; Hilo/DigitalVision; U12: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; Yuri_Arcurs/Vetta; Jay Yuno/ Creatas Video; PetroglyphFilms/Image Bank Film; RealisticFilm/Creatas Video; simonkr/ Creatas Video; simonkr/Vetta; Just2shutter/Creatas Video; ri4istock/Vetta; Footage of the World/Image Bank Film; 1shot Production/Creatas Video; Kapaopae/Creatas Video; RealisticFilm/Creatas Video; Image Source Ltd/Photodisc; Universal Studios/ DigitalVision; Geoff Tompkinson/one80; Cassidy Inc./Image Bank Film; Osathank/Creatas Video; FilmColoratStudio/Vetta; simonkr/Creatas Video; SimonSkafar/Creatas Video; visualspace/Creatas Video; Verve; basketman23/Creatas Video; BjelicaS/Creatas Video; ferrantraite/Vetta; U13: Ahmetov_Ruslan/Creatas Video+; Discovery Access; slavemotion/ Creatas Video; Revelation/DigitalVision; Wild Shutter Imaging/Moment Video RF; Wild Shutter Imaging/Moment Video RF; Photo and Co/DigitalVision; Wild Shutter Imaging/ Moment Video RR; Copyright Unscripted Films/DigitalVision; robertharding/Verve+; BBC Natural History/BBC Creative; Constantinis/Creatas Video; natleek/Creatas Video; Mutlu Kurtbas/Vetta; Mutlu Kurtbas/Vetta; BBC Universal/BBC Creative; maczkus/Creatas Video; Mike Johnson, Michael Johnson Entertainment/Moment Video RF; Spotmatik/ Verve+; Mike Johnson, Michael Johnson Entertainment/Moment Video RF; SVPhilon/ Vetta; VideoQuestProductions/Creatas Video; Assembly/Image Bank Film: Signature; U14: Samuel Chiovitti Alexandre/Moment Video RF; Scott Mcpartland/Photodisc; Chris Beavon/Moment Video RF; Chris Beavon/Moment Video RF; Betsie Van Der Meer/ DigitalVision; BSPC/Creatas Video; KreangchaiRungfamai/Creatas Video+; Patsanab/ Creatas Video; luckpics/Creatas Video; sayoesso/Creatas Video; staticnak1983/Creatas Video; staticnak1983/Creatas Video; Iamnee/Creatas Video; onuroner/Creatas Video; Multi-bits/DigitalVision; uuoott/Creatas Video; Multi-bits/DigitalVision; Multi-bits/ DigitalVision; Juanmonino/Creatas Video; Multi-bits/DigitalVision; MesquitaFMS/Creatas Video; GCShutter/Creatas Video; mustafasen/Creatas Video; MediaNation/Creatas Video+; Studio DB/DigitalVision; zoranm/Creatas Video; mladn61/Creatas Video.
ge
id
br
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p
U
The following audio clips are sourced from Getty Images.
Co
U1: The California Sunshine/SoundExpress; U2: Anthony Brown/SoundExpress; U3: Brentin Davis/Sound Express; U4: Vitaliy Arkhanhelski/SoundExpress; U5: StockXL/ SoundExpress; U6 & U10: Ladislav Weyrostek/SoundExpress; U7: ColourTunes/ SoundExpress; U8: Michael Panasuk/SoundExpress; U8 & U14 : Diego Martinez/ SoundExpress; U9: Crypt of Insomnia/SoundExpress; U11: Mark Preston/SoundExpress. Audio Produced and recorded by Leon Chambers.
Grammar on the Move and Real World documentary audio produced and recorded by Dan Strauss. Page make up EMC Design Ltd
Grammar on the Move animations and Real World videos QBS
t
en
m
m Ca
ge id br
Co
t
en
m
ss se As d an s le es sa Pr r y fo it t rs no ve y ni p U